DPR-BBSR SWG

Detailed Project Report for
Sewerage System in Bhubaneswar City

(Sewerage District-VI)
(Revised)
Volume - 1
UNDER JICA ASSISTED
ODISHA INTEGRATED SANITATION IMPROVEMENT PROJECT (ID-P187)
MAIN REPORT
Submitted to: Submitted by:
Chief Engineer, OISIP, JICA TEC Consortium

(Tokyo Engineering Consultants Co. Ltd.,
Orissa Water Supply & Sewerage Board, Tetra Tech Inc and Egis International.)
Cuttack Engineering and Project
Management Consultants
TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | 81
Project Management Consultants 2013
Detailed Project Report for Sewerage System in Bhubaneswar
City (Sewerage Dist-VI) under JICA Assisted Odisha Integrated Table of Contents
Sanitation Improvement Project (ID-P187)
Report Structure
1. Volume – I Main Report
2. Volume – II Drawings and Hydraulic Design Statements
Volume – II A DPR Drawings
Volume – II B Hydraulic Design Statement
3. Volume – III Sewer Network Drawings
Volume – III A Sewer Network Drawings for Full Build out
Volume – III B Sewer Network Drawings for Phase-I
Volume – III C Sewer Network Drawings for Phase-II
TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | ii

Project Management Consultants
Table of Contents
References ................................................................................................................................................. xix
Abbreviations ............................................................................................................................................. xx
Executive Summary .................................................................................................................................... 1
Chapter 1 ..................................................................................................................................................... 6
1. Project Background..................................................................................................................... 6
1.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 6
1.2 Project Area .................................................................................................................................. 7
1.2.1 Bhubaneswar City Profile: ............................................................................................................ 7
1.2.2 Location ........................................................................................................................................ 7
1.2.3 Historical Overview:...................................................................................................................... 8
1.2.4 Climate .......................................................................................................................................... 9
1.2.5 Topography ................................................................................................................................... 9
1.3 Existing Conditions of the Project Sector in Bhubaneswar .......................................................... 9
1.3.1 City Management ......................................................................................................................... 9
1.3.2 Population Trend ........................................................................................................................ 10
1.3.3 Slums in Bhubaneswar City ........................................................................................................ 11
1.3.4 Slums in Bhubaneswar Sewerage District-VI .............................................................................. 11
1.3.5 Water Supply: ............................................................................................................................. 12
1.3.6 Strom Water Drains: ................................................................................................................... 12
1.3.7 Solid Waste Management: ......................................................................................................... 13
1.3.8 Sewerage System ........................................................................................................................ 13
1.3.9 Water Quality of Rivers and Drains ............................................................................................ 14
1.4 Need of the Project..................................................................................................................... 15
1.5 Project Formulation .................................................................................................................... 16
1.6 Project Scope and Objectives ..................................................................................................... 16
1.6.1 Project Goal and Objectives ....................................................................................................... 16
1.6.2 Project Scope – Bhubaneswar City ............................................................................................. 17
1.7 Project Area in Bhubaneswar ..................................................................................................... 17
1.8 Project Finances.......................................................................................................................... 18
1.9 Project Implementation.............................................................................................................. 19
1.10 Other On-Going Sewerage Improvement Projects in Bhubaneswar City................................... 19
TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | iii

Chapter 2 ................................................................................................................................................... 21
2. Evaluation of DPR and SAPROF Recommendations ............................................................... 21
2.1 Population Projections: .............................................................................................................. 21
2.2 Length of Sewer Network: .......................................................................................................... 21
2.3 Pumping Stations: ....................................................................................................................... 21
2.4 Wastewater Loads: ..................................................................................................................... 21
Chapter 3 ................................................................................................................................................... 22
3. Existing Sewerage System ........................................................................................................ 22
3.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 22
3.2 Existing System ........................................................................................................................... 23
3.3 Status of Existing Sewage collection system, Sewage Treatment &Effluent Disposal System .. 24
Chapter 4 ................................................................................................................................................... 31
4. Population Projections ............................................................................................................. 31
4.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 31
4.2 Historic Populations.................................................................................................................... 31
4.3 Population Projections, SAPROF................................................................................................. 32
4.4 Population Projections with 2011 Census Data ......................................................................... 32
4.5 Population Projection, BDPA ...................................................................................................... 33
4.6 Population Distribution for Projecting Sewer Flows .................................................................. 34
4.7 Sewer District-VI Area Calculation.............................................................................................. 36
4.8 BDPA Planning Zone Population and Density Perspective ......................................................... 36
4.9 Population Projections Considered for Design of the Scheme................................................... 36
4.10 Population Projections by PMC with various methods with 2011 Census Data ........................ 37
Chapter 5 ................................................................................................................................................... 41
5. Wastewater Flow and Loads .................................................................................................... 41
5.1 Wastewater Characteristics and Per Capita Flows ..................................................................... 41
5.2 Wastewater Characteristics........................................................................................................ 41
5.3 Flow Measurement Program ...................................................................................................... 46
5.4 Household Survey ....................................................................................................................... 47
5.5 Per Capita Flow Estimates .......................................................................................................... 48
5.6 Water Use – Data Analysis.......................................................................................................... 50
TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | iv

5.6.1 Data Analysis, Bhubaneswar ...................................................................................................... 51

5.6.2 Data Analysis, Cuttack ................................................................................................................ 52
5.7 Peaking Factor. ........................................................................................................................... 52
5.8 Conclusion .................................................................................................................................. 52
5.9 Summary ..................................................................................................................................... 53
Chapter 6 ................................................................................................................................................... 54
6. Collection System Design Criteria ............................................................................................ 54
6.1 Sewer Network Design Criteria .................................................................................................. 54
6.2 Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 54
6.3 Separate Municipal Collection System ....................................................................................... 54
6.4 Design Period .............................................................................................................................. 55
6.5 Flow Projections ......................................................................................................................... 55
6.6 Population .................................................................................................................................. 55
6.7 Water Consumption Per Capita .................................................................................................. 55
6.8 Per Capita Wastewater Flow ...................................................................................................... 55
6.9 Peaking Factors ........................................................................................................................... 55
6.10 Ground Water Infiltration........................................................................................................... 56
6.11 Pipe Flow Characteristics ............................................................................................................ 56
6.11.1 Flow Friction Formula ................................................................................................................. 56
6.11.2 Velocity of Flow .......................................................................................................................... 57
6.11.3 Minimize Solids Deposit ............................................................................................................. 58
6.11.4 Erosion and Maximum Velocity .................................................................................................. 58
6.11.5 Depth of Flow in Sewers ............................................................................................................. 58
6.12 Additional General Design Criteria for Sewers ........................................................................... 58
6.12.1 Buoyancy .................................................................................................................................... 58
6.12.2 Slope between Manholes ........................................................................................................... 59
6.12.3 High Velocity Protection ............................................................................................................. 59
6.12.4 Steep Slope Protection ............................................................................................................... 59
6.12.5 Alignment ................................................................................................................................... 59
6.12.6 Changes in Pipe Diameter........................................................................................................... 59
6.12.7 Materials ..................................................................................................................................... 59
TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | v

6.13 Sewer Appurtenant Works ......................................................................................................... 59

6.13.1 Manholes .................................................................................................................................... 59
6.13.2 Manhole Spacing ........................................................................................................................ 60
6.13.3 Invert Drop Manholes................................................................................................................. 61
6.13.4 Manhole Covers and Frames ...................................................................................................... 61
6.13.5 Flushing Manholes ...................................................................................................................... 61
6.14 House Connections and Sewer Connection Chambers .............................................................. 62
6.15 Rising Mains (Force Mains) ......................................................................................................... 62
6.15.1 Riser (Force) Main Design ........................................................................................................... 62
6.15.2 Considerations for Design of the Rising Mains: .......................................................................... 63
6.15.3 Down-Hill Pumping and Force Mains. ........................................................................................ 64
6.15.4 Rising Main Appurtenances and Structures ............................................................................... 65
6.16 Trenchless Installations .............................................................................................................. 66
6.17 Corrosion Control ....................................................................................................................... 66
6.18 Revision of Approved Plans ........................................................................................................ 67
Chapter 7 ................................................................................................................................................... 68
7. Collection System Design.......................................................................................................... 68
7.1 Topographic Survey .................................................................................................................... 68
7.2 SewerCAD Model Development ................................................................................................. 71
7.2.1 Drawing the Model Elements. .................................................................................................... 71
7.2.2 Catchment Areas. ....................................................................................................................... 72
7.2.3 Method of Data Input. ................................................................................................................ 72
7.3 Design ......................................................................................................................................... 74
7.3.1 Output Generation ..................................................................................................................... 74
7.3.2 Summary of Results by Sewer Zone ........................................................................................... 74
7.4 Sewer Appurtenances and Connections..................................................................................... 75
7.4.1 Manholes .................................................................................................................................... 75
7.4.2 Sewer Connection Chambers ..................................................................................................... 75
7.4.3 Sewer Connection Pipe............................................................................................................... 75
7.4.4 Inspection Chamber.................................................................................................................... 75
7.4.5 House Sewers ............................................................................................................................. 76
TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | vi

7.5 Sewer Bedding ............................................................................................................................ 76

Chapter 8 ................................................................................................................................................... 77
8. Trenchless Technology for Sewer Installation ........................................................................ 77
8.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 77
8.2 Conventional Trenchless Methods ............................................................................................. 77
8.2.1 Pipes laid in Heading................................................................................................................... 78
8.2.2 Conventional pipe jacking method ............................................................................................. 78
8.3 New Trenchless Methods ........................................................................................................... 79
8.3.1 Pipe-Jacking ................................................................................................................................ 79
8.3.2 Microtunnelling .......................................................................................................................... 79
8.3.3 Microtunnelling and Pipejacking Technology............................................................................. 80
8.3.4 Guided Drilling ............................................................................................................................ 80
8.3.5 Horizontal Directional Drilling (HDD).......................................................................................... 81
8.3.6 Modern Microtunnelling Methods ............................................................................................. 82
8.3.7 Earth Pressure Balance Shield (Epb Shield)/ Screw Auger Tunneling ........................................ 83
8.3.8 Slurry Pressure Balance Shield Tunnelling.................................................................................. 83
8.3.9 Smaller Diameter Slurry Shield Machines (For 250mm to 700mm Dia Sewers) ........................ 84
8.3.10 Vacuum Suction Auger Tunnelling.............................................................................................. 85
8.3.11 Compact Micro Tunnelling by Auger Boring Machine................................................................ 86
8.4 Technical Guidelines for Trenchless Construction ..................................................................... 88
8.4.1 Technology Selection Guide for Trenchless Construction .......................................................... 88
8.4.2 Economic Installation Depths for Trenchless Sewer .................................................................. 91
8.4.3 Selection of Appropriate Microtunnelling System – Guidelines ................................................ 93
8.5 Geotechnical Investigations ....................................................................................................... 95
8.6 Tolerances................................................................................................................................... 96
8.7 Jacking (starting) and Receiving Pits .......................................................................................... 97
8.8 Jacking Pipes ............................................................................................................................... 98
8.8.1 Loads on Jacking pipes................................................................................................................ 98
8.8.2 Type of Pipe for use in the Project ............................................................................................. 98
8.8.3 Jacking Pipe Technical Requirements. ........................................................................................ 99
8.8.4 Joint Bands................................................................................................................................ 102
TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | vii

8.8.5 Rubber Ring .............................................................................................................................. 103

8.8.6 Compressible packers ............................................................................................................... 103
8.9 Design Guidelines for Microtunnelling And Pipejacking Works and Jacking Pipe.................... 103
8.9.1 Jacking and Exit Shafts .............................................................................................................. 104
8.9.2 Design of Shaft and Construction ............................................................................................. 104
8.9.3 Sizing of Thrust Wall ................................................................................................................. 105
8.9.4 Calculation of Forces in Jacking Pipe ........................................................................................ 105
8.9.5 Friction between Soil and Jacking pipes ................................................................................... 106
8.9.6 Specific Friction Values (Table 8.7) ........................................................................................... 106
8.9.7 Additional Friction Caused by stoppage in jacking ................................................................... 107
8.9.8 Force on the cutter head (Rp) .................................................................................................. 107
8.9.9 Estimate of the maximum pipe jacking forces. ........................................................................ 108
8.9.10 Calculation of the maximum acceptable thrust by the pipes during Jacking ........................... 108
8.10 Construction Technology Selection Guide................................................................................ 109
8.11 Cost Estimation For Microtunnelling Works............................................................................. 111
8.11.1 Major cost components in the microtunnelling rates .............................................................. 111
8.11.2 Cost in Terms of Three Major Work Elements ......................................................................... 112
8.11.3 Microtunnelling and Pipejacking Rates (Smaller Dia from 300 to 1000mm) ........................... 112
8.11.4 Use of High Quality Jacking Pipe............................................................................................... 114
8.12 Trenchless Sewer Construction in District VI, Bhubaneswar.................................................... 114
8.12.1 Trenchless Sewers in Bhubaneswar ......................................................................................... 114
8.12.2 Sewer along Maitri Vihar Road ................................................................................................. 115
8.13 Trenchless Sewer Crossing across Railways, Roads and Canals (19 Nos) ................................. 115
8.14 Utility crossing of Railway shall be laid within a Casing Pipe (Two Pipe System)..................... 117
8.14.1 Use of UPVC Spiral Wound Liner Pipe as a Carrier Pipe ........................................................... 117
8.15 Summary of Trenchless sewers in Bhubaneswar ..................................................................... 118
8.16 Geology of the project Area ..................................................................................................... 119
8.16.1 Predominantly rock strata comprising laterite, sandstone or hard clay .................................. 119
8.16.2 Selection of Microtunnelling System ........................................................................................ 119
Chapter 9 ................................................................................................................................................. 121
9. Pumping Station Design Criteria............................................................................................ 121
TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | viii

9.1 General ..................................................................................................................................... 121

9.2 Basic Design .............................................................................................................................. 121
9.3 Design Capacity and Number of Pumps ................................................................................... 122
9.4 Appurtenances ......................................................................................................................... 124
9.5 Power Supply ............................................................................................................................ 125
9.6 Transformer .............................................................................................................................. 125
9.7 Operation & Maintenence Issues ............................................................................................. 125
Chapter 10 ............................................................................................................................................... 126
10. Pumping Stations and Rising Mains ...................................................................................... 126
10.1 Pumping Stations and Rising Mains.......................................................................................... 126
Chapter 11 ............................................................................................................................................... 128
11. STP Process Selection Analysis .............................................................................................. 128
11.1 Background ............................................................................................................................... 128
11.2 Sewage Treatment Practices In India ....................................................................................... 128
11.3 Project Requirements ............................................................................................................... 129
11.3.1 Compliance With Discharge Standards .................................................................................... 129
11.3.2 Operational Reliability .............................................................................................................. 130
11.3.3 Proven Track Record................................................................................................................. 130
11.3.4 Best Life-Cycle Cost................................................................................................................... 130
11.3.5 Resource Recovery ................................................................................................................... 131
11.4 Selection Criteria ...................................................................................................................... 131
11.5 Resource Recovery ................................................................................................................... 131
11.6 Process Descriptions ................................................................................................................. 132
11.7 Initial Process Screening ........................................................................................................... 136
11.8 Decision Matrix For Pre-Screening Technologies ..................................................................... 138
11.9 Recommendations .................................................................................................................... 139
Chapter 12 ............................................................................................................................................... 141
12. Treatment Plant Design .......................................................................................................... 141
12.1 Treatment Plant Sizing and Phasing ......................................................................................... 141
12.2 Treatment Plant Design ............................................................................................................ 143
12.2.1 Background ............................................................................................................................... 143
TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | ix

12.2.2 Plant Process Description ......................................................................................................... 144

12.2.3 Inlet Chamber ........................................................................................................................... 145
12.2.4 Screening .................................................................................................................................. 145
12.2.5 Grit Chambers and Grit Removal .............................................................................................. 146
12.2.6 Parshall Flume .......................................................................................................................... 146
12.2.7 Distribution Box for Primary Sedimentation and Plant by-Pass ............................................... 146
12.2.8 Primary Sedimentation ............................................................................................................. 146
12.2.9 Distribution Box for Biological Reactors ................................................................................... 147
12.2.10 Biological Reactors and Blowers ............................................................................................... 147
12.2.11 Distribution Box for Secondary Sedimentation ........................................................................ 148
12.2.12 Secondary Sedimentation......................................................................................................... 148
12.2.13 Disinfection by Chlorination ..................................................................................................... 149
12.2.14 Sludge Return ........................................................................................................................... 150
12.2.15 Gravity Thickeners .................................................................................................................... 150
12.2.16 Scum Concentrator ................................................................................................................... 150
12.2.17 Anaerobic Digesters.................................................................................................................. 151
12.2.18 Gas Holder ................................................................................................................................ 152
12.2.19 Sludge Dewatering.................................................................................................................... 153
12.2.20 Effluent Disposal ....................................................................................................................... 153
12.2.21 Electrical Service and Standby Power....................................................................................... 153
12.2.22 Process Instrumentation, Control and SCADA System (PICS)................................................... 153
12.2.23 Facility Security and Surveillance System ................................................................................. 154
Chapter 13 ............................................................................................................................................... 155
13. Environmental Management Plan ......................................................................................... 155
13.1 Environmental Assessment Requirement of the Project ......................................................... 155
13.2 Existing Environmental Issues and Baseline Condition in Bhubaneswar ................................. 156
13.2.1 Physical Resources .................................................................................................................... 156
13.2.2 Ecological Resources................................................................................................................. 158
13.2.3 Economic Development............................................................................................................ 159
13.3 Potential Environmental Impact ............................................................................................... 165
13.3.1 Screening out Areas of No Significant Impact .......................................................................... 165
TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | x

13.3.2 Construction Phase Environmental Impact .............................................................................. 172

13.4 Mitigation Measures – Construction Phase ............................................................................. 173
13.4.1 Prevention of Erosion: .............................................................................................................. 173
13.4.2 Prevention of Dust: ................................................................................................................... 173
13.4.3 Noise and Emission from Vehicles during Construction Activities: .......................................... 173
13.4.4 Relocation of Utility Services: ................................................................................................... 174
13.4.5 Prevention of Dust and Noise during Material Handling: ........................................................ 174
13.4.6 Prevention of Soil, Ground and / Or Surface Water Contamination: ....................................... 174
13.4.7 Prevention of Water Logging/ Flooding: .................................................................................. 174
13.4.8 Road Safety and Traffic Management during Construction: .................................................... 174
13.4.9 Prevention of Accidents and Damage to Property: .................................................................. 175
13.4.10 Health and Safety of Work Force: ............................................................................................ 175
13.4.11 Environmental Health and Safety Considerations at Construction Camp Sites and
Construction Worksites: ........................................................................................................... 175
13.4.12 Prevention of Impacts on Places of Cultural Importance: ........................................................ 175
13.4.13 Protection of Trees: .................................................................................................................. 176
13.5 Operations Phase Environmental Impact ................................................................................. 176
13.6 Mitigation Measures – Operations Phase ................................................................................ 176
13.7 Positive Environmental Impacts ............................................................................................... 177
13.8 Environmental Monitoring Plan ............................................................................................... 177
13.9 Findings and Conclusions.......................................................................................................... 177
13.10 Environment Management Plan............................................................................................... 182
13.10.1 General ..................................................................................................................................... 182
13.10.2 Air Environment........................................................................................................................ 183
13.10.3 Water Environment .................................................................................................................. 184
13.10.4 Land Environment .................................................................................................................... 185
13.10.5 Energy Management ................................................................................................................ 185
13.10.6 Green Belt ................................................................................................................................. 186
13.11 Monitoring of the Implementation of EMP .............................................................................. 187
13.12 Environmental Mitigation Measures ........................................................................................ 188
13.13 Environmental Monitoring Program ........................................................................................ 190
13.14 Institutional Requirement ........................................................................................................ 195
TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | xi

13.14.1 Laboratories .............................................................................................................................. 195

13.14.2 Category “A” Laboratory .......................................................................................................... 195
13.14.3 Environmental Laboratories at each STP.................................................................................. 197
13.15 The Proposed Institutional Structure ....................................................................................... 198
Chapter 14 ............................................................................................................................................... 199
14. Social Assessment of the Project............................................................................................ 199
14.1 Introduction .............................................................................................................................. 199
14.2 JICA Guidelines ......................................................................................................................... 199
14.3 The Indian National Policy on Rehabilitation and Resettlement.............................................. 200
14.4 Capacity Building Program........................................................................................................ 201
14.4.1 Targets ...................................................................................................................................... 201
14.4.2 Methodologies.......................................................................................................................... 201
14.4.3 Contents of the Capacity Building Program ............................................................................. 201
14.4.4 Implementation Schedule ........................................................................................................ 202
14.4.5 Cost Estimate ............................................................................................................................ 202
14.5 Social Impact of the Project on People..................................................................................... 202
14.5.1 Positive Impacts ........................................................................................................................ 202
14.5.2 Negative Social Impacts ............................................................................................................ 203
14.6 Land Acquisition and Resettlement Issues – Bhubaneswar ..................................................... 204
14.7 Public Consultations with local Residents ................................................................................ 205
14.8 Service Level Benchmarks ........................................................................................................ 206
Chapter 15 ............................................................................................................................................... 207
15. Economic Analysis and Project Implementation .................................................................. 207
15.1 General ..................................................................................................................................... 207
15.2 Item Rate Contract ................................................................................................................... 207
15.3 Turnkey Contract ...................................................................................................................... 209
15.4 Operation and Maintenance Costs ........................................................................................... 214
15.5 Work Plan ................................................................................................................................. 218
15.5.1 Phasing Plan.............................................................................................................................. 218
15.5.2 Implementation Plan (Phase-I): ................................................................................................ 222
15.6 Summary of Cost Estimates. ..................................................................................................... 222
TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | xii

15.7 Cost Estimates .......................................................................................................................... 225

15.8 Project Economic and Financial Evaluation .............................................................................. 226
15.8.1 Affordability .............................................................................................................................. 226
15.8.2 Financial Internal Rate of Return (FIRR) ................................................................................... 227
15.8.3 Economic Internal Rate of Return (EIRR) .................................................................................. 227
15.9 Sewerage Tariff ......................................................................................................................... 229
TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | xiii

Detailed Project Report for Sewerage System in
Bhubaneswar City (Sewerage Dist-VI) under JICA Assisted
Table of Tables
Odisha Integrated Sanitation Improvement Project (ID-
P187)
Tables
Table 1.1: General Information: Bhubaneswar ......................................................................................... 7
Table 1.2: Population of Bhubaneswar ................................................................................................... 10
Table 1.3: Source of Water Supply to Bhubaneswar City ........................................................................ 12
Table 1.4: Drainage Channels in Sewerage District VI, Bhubaneswar ..................................................... 12
Table 1.5: Water Quality of Kuakhai and Dayanadi................................................................................. 14
Table 1.6: Waste water characteristics of different drains ..................................................................... 15
Table 1.7: Ward wise area details of District VI, Bhubaneswar............................................................... 17
Table 1.8: JICA Project Loan Summary .................................................................................................... 18
Table 3.1: Ward wise Coverage of Sewerage District- VI, Bhubaneswar ................................................ 22
Table 3.2: Areas provided with Sewerage System .................................................................................. 23
Table 3.4: Statement of size & length of Sewers of Existing system in Sewerage District-VI ................. 25
Table- 3-5: Existing Status of Sewerage System Treatment Disposal in Sewerage District- VI,
Bhubaneswar ........................................................................................................................................... 27
Table 4.1: Historic Population Data of Bhubaneswar.............................................................................. 31
Table 4.2 - Population Projections from SAPROF .................................................................................... 32
Table 4.3 - Population Projections of Bhubaneswar as per BDPA (in Lakhs) .......................................... 34
Table 4.4 – Bhubaneswar Population Projections ................................................................................... 34
Table 4.5 –Population Projection (Bhubaneswar-SD-VI) based on BDPA Data ....................................... 35
Table 5.1: Wastewater Sampling and Flow Measurement Program at Bhubaneswar & Cuttack........... 41
Table 5.2: Sampling Results: Bhubaneswar ............................................................................................. 43
Table 5.3: Sampling Results: Cuttack ....................................................................................................... 44
Table 5.4: Key Sampling Parameters: Ranges and Averages ................................................................... 45
Table 5.6: Flow Measurement Points ...................................................................................................... 47
Table 5.7: Flow Measurement Results .................................................................................................... 47
Table 5.8: House Hold Survey .................................................................................................................. 48
Table 5.10: Summary of Water Use data- Bhubaneswar ........................................................................ 50
Table 5.11: Summary of Water Demand data - Cuttack.......................................................................... 51
Table 6.1 - Design Peak Factors ............................................................................................................... 56
Table 6.3: Coefficients of Roughness for use in Manning’s Formula ...................................................... 57
Table 6.4: Manhole Sizes Vs Depth Diameters ........................................................................................ 60
Table 6.5: Manhole Sizes Vs Depth Diameters ........................................................................................ 60
Table 6.6: Manhole Spacing .................................................................................................................... 61
Table 6.7: Hazen-William Coefficients ..................................................................................................... 63
Table 8.1: Economic Installation depths (minimum depth in meters) for trenchless installation of
sewers below concrete and bitumen surfaced road. .............................................................................. 92
Table 8.2: Trenchless Construction Technique Selection Matrix ........................................................... 94
Table 8.3: Tolerance Limit ....................................................................................................................... 97
Table 8.4: Indicative Sizes of Jacking and Receiving Shafts ..................................................................... 97
Table 8.6: Typical dimension of Vitrified Clay Jacking pipe and Jacking loads ...................................... 102
TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | xiv

Table of Tables
P187)
Table 8.7: Specific Friction Values ......................................................................................................... 107

Table- 8.8: Sewer along Maitri Vihar Road ............................................................................................ 115
Table- 8.9: Sewer Crossings across Railways, Roads and Canal ............................................................ 116
Table 8.10: Soil Strata of Bores for Trenchless Installation of Sewers in Sewerage District VI,
Bhubaneswar ......................................................................................................................................... 120
Table 11.1: Examples of Existing STPs Constructed/under construction in Delhi ................................. 129
Table 11.2: Sewage Treatment Process Selection Considerations ........................................................ 131
Table 11.3: Sewage Treatment Process Merits and Demerits .............................................................. 137
Table 11.4: Compliance with Project Requirements ............................................................................. 138
Table 11.5: Decision Matrix for Comparing Secondary Processes ........................................................ 139
Table 12.2: Influent Characteristics ....................................................................................................... 144
Table 12.3: Effluent Standards .............................................................................................................. 144
Table 13.1: Ambient Air Quality in Bhubaneswar during 2006 ............................................................. 158
Table 13.2: Annual Average and Range Values (January-December, 2006) in Bhubaneswar for Four
Criteria Parameters ............................................................................................................................... 160
Table 13.3: Current Status of Sewerage in the Project Area of Bhubaneswar...................................... 161
Table 13.4: Environmental Checklist for Odisha Integrated Sanitation Improvement Project Sewerage
District VI - Bhubaneswar ...................................................................................................................... 166
Table 13.5: Environmental Monitoring Plan.......................................................................................... 178
Table 13.6: Matrix of Environmental Impacts for Odisha Integrated Sanitation Improvement Project –
Sewerage District VI, Bhubaneswar....................................................................................................... 181
Table 13.7: Proposed Environmental Mitigation Measures .................................................................. 188
Table 13.8: Environmental Monitoring Program................................................................................... 190
Table 14.1: Capacity Building Program Contents .................................................................................. 201
Table 14.2: Mitigation Measures for Identified Negative Social Impacts ............................................. 203
Table 14.3: Identification of Land Acquisition Requirements around Sewerage Dist. VI Project area,
Bhubaneswar and the Current Status ................................................................................................... 204
Table 15.1: Treatment Plant Capital Costs ............................................................................................ 210
Table 15.2: Trenchless Technology Cost Estimate ................................................................................ 213
Table 15.3: Annual Operation and Maintenance Costs......................................................................... 214
Table 15.3.a: Staffing Plan ..................................................................................................................... 215
Table 15.3.b Annual Energy Cost for Pumping Stations ........................................................................ 217
Table 15.4 Detailed Phasing Plan of Proposed Work ............................................................................ 219
Table 15.7 Physical Progress and Disbursement of Funds .................................................................... 222
TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | xv

City (Sewerage Dist-VI) under JICA Assisted Odisha Integrated Table of Figures
Table of Figures:
Fig No. Description Page No.
1.1 Location Map of Bhubaneswar 09A
1.2 Project Area of District VI, Bhubaneswar 09B
1.3 Bhubaneswar Municipal area and Project area (Sewerage District VI) 09C
3.1 Existing Sewer System in District VI, Bhubaneswar 24A
4.1 Ward Map of Bhubaneswar (District VI) 34A
4.2 Planning Zones of Sewer District VI, Bhubaneswar 56A
5.1 Waste Water Sampling location of District VI. Bhubaneswar 43A
5.2 Waste Water Sampling location of Cuttack City 43B
7.1 Total Station 69
7.2 GTS Benchmarks 70
7.3 Benchmark Locations of Bhubaneswar Sewerage District VI 70A
7.4 Cross section of Roads 71
7.5 SewerCAD Base Map 73
7.6 SewerCAD Unit System 74
7.7 SewerCAD Design Parameter 74
7.8 Line Diagram – connection of House Sewer to Street Sewer 76A
7.9 Inspection Chamber 76B
7.10 Sewer Connecting Chamber 76C
7.11 Sewer Connection Arrangement 76D
7.12 Cast in place RCC Manhole Chamber (Typical) 76E
7.13 Precast Manhole Chamber 76F
7.14 RCC precast Manhole Cover and Plastic encapsulated footstep 76G
7.15 Sewer Bedding Details 76H
8.1 Typical Heading Method of trenchless construction 79
8.2 Conventional Pipe jacking general lay out 80
8.3 Microtunneling through Soft and hard Soil 81
8.4 Horizontal Directional Drilling (HDD) Process 82
8.5 Earth Pressure Balance / Screw Auger Tunnelling 84
8.6 Slurry Pressure Balance Shield Tunnelling – General Arrangement 85
8.7 Typical Smaller dia AVN250 – 700 TBM 86
8.8 Vaccum Suction Auger Tunnelling 87
8.9 Typical Auger Boring Machine 87
8.9A Jacking Frame set up 88
8.9B Jacking of Pipe in Progress 88
TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | xvi


8.10 Portable Auger Bore system for smaller dia Sewers 88
8.11 Proposed House Service Connections layout for Trenchless sewers 89
8.12 Technology Selection Flow Chart for gravity pipeline 91
8.13 Technology Selection Flow Chart for pressure Mains 92
8.14 Grain size Distribution Curve and applicability of Slurry and EPB Shield 95
8.15 Geotechnical Profile of Soil Strata of a sample town 96
8.16 Jacking of Pipes through varying Soil Strata 97
8.17 Vertified Clay jacking Pipe 101
8.18 RC jacking Pipe 102
8.19 Typical Details of Jacking Pipe 102
8.20 Pipe Joint with Single sided Fixed Guide Ring 104
8.21 Sizing of Thrust Wall 106
8.22 Schematic Diagram of Pipe Jacking Process 107
8.23 Construction Technology Selection Matrix 110
8.24 Micro Tunnelling Cost Curves for sewer diameters from 250 to 1000 MM 114
8.25 Location of Gravity Sewer Routes for link by trenchless Method 116A
8.26 Road, Railway, Drain & Canal Crossing 117A
10.1 Pumping Station Locations and Rising Main routes 128A
10.1A Proposed Large Pumping Station Typical Site Plan 128B
10.1B Proposed Small Lift Station Typical Site Plan 128C
10.1C Proposed Manhole Pumping Station Typical Site Plan & Section 1 128D
10.1D Proposed Manhole Pumping Station Typical Site Plan & Section 2 128E
10.1E Proposed Main Pumping Station Typical Site Plan 128F
10.2 Plan and Profile of Rising Main from PS (RHS) to ND525 128G
10.3 Plan and Profile of Rising Main from MPS to STP 128H
10.4 Plan and Profile of Rising Main from MHPS 3 to ND1060 128I
10.5 Plan and Profile of Rising Main from MHPS 4 to ND2889 128J
10.6 Plan and Profile of Rising Main from MHPS 11 to ND1331 128K
10.7 Plan and Profile of Rising Main from MHPS 12 to ND2936 128L
10.8 Plan and Profile of Rising Main from SLS-2 to ND1296 128M
10.9 Plan and Profile of Rising Main from SLS-1 to ND1441 128N
10.10 Plan and Profile of Rising Main from SLS-3 to ND2972 128O
10.11 Plan and Profile of Rising Main from SLS-4 to ND0146 128P
10.12 Plan and Profile of Rising Main from MHPS 6 to ND2889 128Q
10.13 Plan and Profile of Rising Main from MHPS 7 to ND0012 128R
10.14 Plan and Profile of Rising Main from MHPS 5 to ND3266 128S
TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | xvii


10.15 Plan and Profile of Rising Main from MHPS 9 to ND2688 128T
10.16 Plan and Profile of Rising Main from MHPS 8 to ND0126 128U
10.17 Plan and Profile of Rising Main from MHPS 10 to ND2726 128V
10.18 Plan and Profile of Rising Main from PS 1 to ND0099 128W
10.19 Plan and Profile of Rising Main from MHPS 13 to ND3232 128X
10.20 Plan and Profile of Rising Main from MHPS 2 to ND1072 128Y
10.21 Typical Trench Section for DI Rising Main 129A
10.22 Blow off Valve Chamber 129B
10.23 Air Valve Chamber 129C
10.24 Typical Thrust Block, Anchor Blocks & Blow off arrangements 129D
10.25 Transition Manhole 129E
10.26 Inside Drop Manhole 129F
10.27 Outside Drop Manhole 129G
12.1 Sewage Treatment Plant Process flow Schematic 146A
12.2 Proposed STP Site Plan District VI, Bhubaneswar 146B
12.3 STP Hydraulic Profile, District VI, Bhubaneswar 146C
15.1 Cost Curve for treatment Plants 212
15.2 Cost Curve for trenchless Technology 213
TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | xviii

References
P187)
References
1. SAPROF: Special Assistance for Project Formation (SARPOF) for Odisha
Integrated Sanitation Improvement Project in India.
2. MOD: “Minutes of Discussion (MOD), 5 December 2006, on Odisha Integrated

Sanitation Improvement Project between JICA and OWSSB, Municipal Corporation
of BBSR and CTC (BMC & CMC, PHED, State Government of Odisha, Ministry of
Urban Development and Government of India,”.
3. DPR (Detailed project Report) prepared earlier by OWSSB through Shah Technical
Consultants.
4. CPHEEO (Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering organisation)

Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment.
5. Relevant Indian Standard Specification.
6. Sewage Collection, Pumping, Treatment and Disposal by Metcalf & Eddy.
7. Sewage Treatment Plant Design by S. R. Quasim.
8. Ten State Standards.
9. CPHEEO (Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering organisation)

Manual on Water Supply and Treatment.
10. Some International Publications.
TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | xix

Bhubaneswar City (Sewerage Dist-VI) under JICA Assisted Abbreviations
Odisha Integrated Sanitation Improvement Project (ID-P187)
Abbreviations
AFBR Anaerobic Fluidized Bed Reactor
ASP Activated Sludge Process
AWWA American Water Works Association
BAF Biological Aerated Filters
BBSR Bhubaneswar
BDA Bhubaneswar Development Authority
BIS Bureau of Indian Standards
BL Bed Level
BMC Bhubaneswar Municipal Corporation
BOD5 5 days Biochemical Oxygen Demand
BOQS Bill of Quantities
BPL Below Poverty Line
CAD Computer Added Drawing
CAS Conventional Activated Sludge
CBOs Community based Organizations
CDA Cuttack Development Authority
CDP City Development Plan
CI Cast Iron
CMC Cuttack Municipal Corporation
COD Chemical Oxygen Demand
CPCB Central Pollution Control Board, Ministry of Environment and Forests
CPHEEO Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organisation
CPM Critical Path Method
CTC Cuttack
CUSEC Cubic Feet Per Second
DEA Department of Economic Affairs
DI Ductile Iron
DO Dissolved Oxygen
TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | xx

DPR Detailed Project Report

E&M Electrical & Mechanical
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
EIRR Economic Internal Rate of Return
EMP Environmental Management Plan
EPA Environmental Protection Agency
FC Fecal Coliform
FIRR Financial Internal Rate of Return
GA General Arrangement
GIS Geographical Information System
GTS Great Trigonometerical Survey
GOI Government of India
GOO Government of Orissa
GPS Global Positioning System
GTS Geo Technical Survey
HUDD Housing and Urban development Department
I&D Interception & Diversion
I/P Implementation Plan
IC/R Inception Report
ICB International Competitive Bidding
IEC Information Education and Communication
IEE Initial Environmental Examination
INR Indian Rupees
IRR Internal Rate of Return
IS Indian Standard
JBIC Japanese Bank for International Co-operation
JICA Japan International Cooperation Agency
JNNURM Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission
JPY Japanese Yen
LC Letter of Credit
LCB Local Competitive Bidding
LCS Low Cost Sanitation
LPCD, l/c/d Litres per Capita per Day
M/P Master Plan
MBR Membrane Bioreactor
MC Municipal Corporation
TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | xxi

MCD Municipal Corporation of Delhi

mg/l Milligram/ Litre
MH Man Hole
MIS Management Information System
ML Millilitre
MLD Million Litres per day
MoF Ministry of Finance
MoUD Ministry of Urban Development
MPN Most Probable Numbers
MPS Main Pumping Station
N/A Not Applicable
NE North East
NHAI National Highway Authority of India
NRCD National River Conservation Directorate
NRW Non Revenue Water
O&M Operation and Maintenance
ODA Official Development Assistance
OP Oxidation Pond
OREDA Orissa Renewal Energy Development Agency
OSPCB Orissa State Pollution Control Board
OWSSB Orissa Water Supply and Sewerage Board
P/R Progress Report
PAP Public Awareness and Participation
PCB Pollution Control Board
PCC Plain Cement Concrete
PD Project Director
PERT Program Evaluation Review Technique
PHED Public Health Engineering Department
PHEO Public Health and Engineering Organisation
PHEU Public Health Engineering Unit
PIU Project Implementation Unit
PMC Project Management Consultants
PMU Project Management Unit
PP/PA Public Participation & Awareness
PQ Pre-qualification
PR Public Relations
PS Pumping Station
TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | xxii

QA/ QC Quality Assurance/ Quality Control

R&R Rehabilitation & Resettlement
RCC Reinforced Cement Concrete
RDBMS Relational Database Management System
RL Reduced Level
RS Remote Sensing
S/W Scope of Work
SAPI Special Assistance for Project Implementation
SAPROF Special Assistance for Project Formation
SASP Standard Activated Sludge Process
SBR Sequence Batch Reactor
SCADA Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition
SE South East
SoE Statement of Expenditure
SOI Survey of India
SoP Statement of Performance
SoR Schedule of Rates
SPCB State Pollution Control Board
SRTM Shuttle Radar Topographic Mission
SS Suspended Solids
STP Sewerage Treatment Plant
TC Total Coliform
TCPO Town and Country Planning
TOR Terms of Reference
TSS Total Suspended Solids
UASB Up flow Anaerobic Sludge Blanket
UFW Unaccounted for Water
ULBs Urban Local Bodies
USAID United States Agency for International Development
VT Vertical Turbine
WHO World Health Organization
WSP Water & Sanitation Program
WWTP Waste Water Treatment Plant
TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | xxiii

Bhubaneswar City (Sewerage Dist-VI) under JICA Assisted Executive Summary
Executive Summary
Bhubaneswar, the capital city of Odisha is the largest city in the state and is today a
centre for economic& religious importance in the region. It is a land of glorious history,
art and culture. It is one of the planned cities in India and it replaced Cuttack as the
political capital of the state in 1948, a year after India gained its independence.
As an emerging IT hub and with the boom in metal and metal processing industries
Bhubaneswar is one of the fastest developing cities of India.
Due to its salubrious climate, magnificent sculptures and architectural heritage, and
opportunity for earning lively hood, there is a large influx of people from different parts
of the state as well as from nearby states.
The city is a unique amalgamation of tradition and modernism and with its temples and
monuments attracts around 2 to 3 thousand foreign and domestic tourists daily.
The city is managed by a Municipal Corporation with an area of approximately 147 sq.
km and a population based on the 2001 national census of 6, 48,032 and national
census of 8,37,737 in 2011.
Though the city is the capital of the state with a copious supply of water, it has no
conventional Wastewater Treatment facility or any centralized sewerage system.
The existing sewerage system covers 30 % of the project area without effective
treatment. Most of the people are depending on septic tanks. In some parts of the city
specifically in slum pockets toilet facilities are not available and people are in the habit
of defecating in open fields or surface drains.
The untreated sewage from both sewered and non sewered areas finds its way
through surface drains to flow into the rivers Kuakhai & Daya. This situation pollutes
the rivers and causes unhygienic and unaesthetic condition throughout the City. There
is constant demand from various corners for a comprehensive centralized sewerage
system for the city.
In response to this, the Odisha State Government have taken steps to provide
improved sanitation system to the city dwellers by providing a planned comprehensive
centralized sewerage system keeping in view the fast growing population of the city.
For this purpose the Government has launched two mega projects namely the Odisha
Integrated Sanitation Improvement Project under the loan assistance from the Japan
International Co-operation Agency (JICA), and the Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban
Renewal Mission( JnNURM) funded by the Government of India.

Both the projects are being implemented by the Odisha Water Supply & Sewerage
Board (OWSSB) under the administrative control of the Housing & Urban Development
(H&UD) Department of the state.
For the purpose of sewer system planning, the city has been divided into 6 Sewerage
Districts. Out of the six sewerage Districts, District-VI is under the JICA assisted
Odisha Integrated Sanitation Improvement Project.
The cost for the project in District VI, as estimated earlier, is Rs109.00 crores, out of
which the Japanese Government is providing loan assistance of Rs117.00 crores (@
2.52 Yen per Rupee) , the balance being provided by the Odisha State Government.
The TEC Consortium, formed by Tokyo Engineering Company of Japan, Tetra Tech,
Inc. of USA and Egis International of France, has been appointed by the Odisha Water
Supply & Sewerage Board (OWSSB) as the Engineering and Project Management
Consultant (EPMC) for the project.
Sewerage District-VI in Bhubaneswar covers approximately 56 sq. Kms of area and is

located north of NH-5 from CRPF to Rasulgarh. The project area includes Jaydev
vihar, IRC Village, Nayapalli, Rental housing colony, Salia Sahi, Maitrivihar, Chandra
Sekhar Pur, Niladrivihar, Lumbini vihar, Sailashree vihar, Damana village, Kanan vihar,
Patia, Sikhar Chandi area, Srivihar, Prachi enclave, Gajapati Nagar, Sainik School
area, Laxmi vihar, Vanivihar area, VSS Nagar, Mancheswar Industrial area,
Chakesiani, Arya vihar, Gadakana, Rang Matia, Kalarahang and Bhatpara etc.
The summary of activities undertaken for preparation of the DPR is as below.
• Population projections. Populations were based oncensus figures of past decades

and the latest information available from the Bhubaneswar Development Authority
and included projection to the year 2045.
• Sewage flow estimates. Sewage flow estimates were based on data collected in
the project area and guidelines recommended in previous reports and the
CPHEEO Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment.
• Topographic survey. The survey was done with Total Station technology with
reference to GIS bench mark and included roadway profiles and cross sections.
• Design Criteria. The design criteria were based on the CPHEEO Manuals and
current best international practices in sewer, pumping station and treatment plant
design.
• Design of gravity sewers, pumping stations, rising mains, and treatment plants.
The design covers the entire project area and was developed in phases to
accommodate costs and growth over the design period.
• Cost estimates and work plan. The estimates were done for both capital and
operation and maintenance costs and were projected over the construction and
operation periods accounting for escalation.

• Environmental assessment. An environmental assessment was done to evaluate

the project impacts and to form the basis for the Environmental Management plan
The amount of the JICA loan that will fund the construction was based on the
Detailed Project Report (DPR) for District VI, Bhubaneswar, prepared by OWSSB in
2006 and the subsequent SAPROF Report. The DPR (2006) and SAPROF
provisions for 98 Kms of Sewers. During the survey carried out by PMC in 2010-11,
a significant increase in the road length has been confirmed. The increase is
primarily due to the following reasons;
1. Inclusion of new roads with habitations alongside which have come up in
between 2005-06 and 2010-11.
2. In consideration to the recently published land use plan and road networks of
comprehensive development plan of the development Authority.
3. A significant number of new lanes and by lanes are added to the collection
network with an objective to maximize accessibility for house connections.
Hence, based on the survey carried out in 2010-11, the length of Sewers has
significantly increased from the original estimate of 97 Km to 259 Km., resulting
increase in the Project Cost.
In view of the above and considering the provisions of the JICA loan, the collection
system is proposed to be implemented in two phases. Phase-I will cover 100Kms of
sewer network with trenchless works, 9 no.s of pumping stations with5.824Km of
rising main, Treatments Plants for intermediate stage (up to 2021) and will be
executed under JICA loan assistance. The remaining portion of work, which
includes about 159 Kms of sewers, 5.148 Kms of rising main & 10 pumping stations
will be taken up in Phase-II with separate funding. The major portions of the sewers
are small sized peripheral sewers, mainly laterals and branch sewers. Out of the 10
pump stations in phase II, one is lift station and the rest nine are Manhole Pumping
Stations.
The Sewage Treatment Plants proposed to be constructed under phase-I cover the
flow to be generated from Phase-II implementation of Sewers for the inter mediate
year
It is important that the works proposed in Phase-II are implemented concurrently
with Phase-I and both phases have to be integrated for achieving the desired
project output. The reason being;
1. The Phase I sewer network alone cannot collect and transport the designed
sewerage flow to the STPs. Hence the capacity of the STPs will remain under
utilized without implementation of Phase II.
2. Without implementation of Phase II, the estimated no. of house connections
cannot be achieved. Hence the Phase I sewer network cannot collect the
designed sewage flow, and will remain under utilized resulting in silting and
dysfunction in due course.
A summary of the salient features of the project along with the phasing follows:

SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT
JICA Assisted Orissa Integrated Sanitation

1 Name of the Project Improvement Project (Sewerage Project for District
VI, Bhubaneswar).
2 Name of the city Bhubaneswar
3 Project Area 56.19 sq. Kms
Population as per 2001
4 6, 48, 032 (Bhubaneswar city)
Census.
5 Present Population ( year2011) 8, 37, 737 (Bhubaneswar city)
6 Design Period 30 years
7 Base year for design 2015
8 Ultimate Design year 2045
Projected Population at the
9 7,48,375
design year 2045
Per capita water supply
10 155 lpd( including 15% UFW)
(considered for design)
Rate of sewage generation
11 120 lpcd
(Considered for Design)
12 Estimated Sewage Generation
96 MLD
at the design year 2045
13 Gravity sewer collection system
a) Size of sewers 150mm to 1800mm

Current Work 100Kms
b) Length of Total Sewers Left out Work 159Kms
Total 259Kms
c) Sewer pipe material RCC pipe (NP3 & NP4)
14 Rising Mains (Force mains)
a) Size of Rising Mains 100 to 1000mm

Current Work 5.524Kms
b) Total length of Rising Main Left out Work 5.148Kms
Total 10.672Kms
Ductile iron pipe inside lined with Cement Mortar &
c) Pipe Material
outside coated with Zinc.
15 Sewage Pumping Station
a) Type of Pump Station Wet well type
b) Type of Pumps Non clog Submersible

Current Work 9 No.s

c) No. of Pump Stations Left out Work 10 No.s
Total 19 No.s
16 Sewage Treatment Plan & disposal system
a) Treatment Process Standard Activation Sludge Process (SASP)
b) Design Influent BoD5 275 mg/l

c)Design Suspended Solids 300 mg/l
d).No treatment plant 1
e)capacity of treatment plant STP = 48MLD
f)Effluent BoD5 30 mg/l

Effluent SS 50 mg/l
f)Phasing of Construction
Intermediate Stage - (2021) STP = 48MLD
Ultimate Stage -(2045) STP = 48MLD additional (96MLD total)

To Budi Nallah after chlorination ultimately flowing
g) Effluent disposal through Gangua Nallah (Erstwhile Gandhabati river)
to river Daya.
17
Estimated cost of the Project
Current Work 533,99,54,000
Left Out Work 308,45,03,000
Total Cost (in Rs.) 842,44,57,000

Current Work Left Out Work
18 Estimated O&M cost (cost in Rs.) (cost in Rs.)
(for 7 years)
42,78,18,000 6,95,86,263
Current Work Left out work
19 Project implementation period 3 years (36 calendar 2 years (24 calendar
months) months)

Chapter-1
Project Background
Chapter 1
1. Project Background
0.1 Introduction
The Odisha Integrated Sanitation Improvement project is being implemented by the

Odisha Water Supply & Sewerage Board under the Housing & Urban Development of
the Government of Odisha. The project aims at improving wastewater collection and
treatment in Bhubaneswar and Cuttack and drainage works in Cuttack.
Odisha, a culturally rich state is located in the south-eastern part of India. It is a littoral
state of India with a long coastline and a storehouse of mineral wealth. Because of its
mineral wealth, availability of adequate water and strategic location it attracts foreign
investment in steel, aluminium, power, refineries, and infrastructure. Cuttack and
Bhubaneswar as the prime business and political urban hubs have significant roles to
play in development of the state.
In parallel with the urbanisation and population increase, water consumption and
wastewater generation is also increasing. However the provision of sewerage
treatment and disposal facilities has not been able to keep pace with the development
needs. Wastewater generated by unregulated, unplanned and ill monitored urban
localities passes on to water bodies and the rivers. This causes pollution with
hazardous consequence to public health and environment.
In order to address the above problems, Housing and Urban Development Department
of the State Government of Odisha through Government of India requested JICA
(Japan International Cooperation Agency), formerly known as JBIC, to assist in
improving water quality of rivers and sanitary conditions of people in Bhubaneswar and
Cuttack. Detailed Project Reports for Bhubaneswar and Cuttack were prepared in
November and December 2005 respectively and sanitation improvement works in the
two cities are prioritized for JICA loan.
Under the Project, updated Detailed Project Reports are to be prepared for Sewerage
improvement works in Cuttack and Bhubaneswar (District-VI) and for Drainage
improvement Works in Cuttack City. The DPRs are to be prepared with review and

Chapter-1
Project Background
cognizance of the DPRs previously prepared by OWSSB earlier in 2004-2005 and

current site conditions.
This report encompasses the details of Sewerage improvement works proposed to be
implemented in a part of Bhubaneswar City (Sewerage Dist-VI) for improvement of
health and sanitary conditions of the area. The report includes proposals for Collection,
Transmission, Treatment and reuse or Disposal of wastewater to nearby rivers.
0.2 Project Area
0.2.1 Bhubaneswar City Profile:
Bhubaneswar is the capital and largest city of the Indian state of Odisha, India. Once
the capital of ancient Kalinga, the city has a long history and is today a centre for
commerce and religious activity. With its vast variety of Hindu temples, Bhubaneswar
is often referred to as the temple city of India.
Table 1.1: General Information: Bhubaneswar
Items Feature
Municipal Area 146.60 Km2

No of Wards 60
Population 8,37,737 (as per 2011 Census)
Languages Oriya, Hindi, English, Bengali and Telugu
Climate Tropical (Temperature- Max-460 C and Min- 100 C)
Average Rain Fall 1,470 mm/year

Source: OWSSB
0.2.2 Location
The city lies in the Mahanadi Delta, on the west bank of river Kuakhai, which is a
distributory of river Kathajori, a branch of Mahanadi River, 30 kms south east of
Cuttack. The river Daya branches off from Kuakhai and flows along the south-eastern
part of the city. Bhubaneswar lies on the western fringe of the mid-coastal plain of
Odisha with an average elevation of 45 meters above mean sea level. Bhubaneswar is
located in Khurda district of coastal Odisha, between Latitude 20°12’ N to 20°25’ N
and Longitude 85°44’E to 85°55’ E on the western fringe of the coastal plain across
the main axis of the Eastern Ghats.
The city has been built along the corridors of East-Coast Railway and National High
Way No.5 with about 146 km2 municipal corporation area and forms the apex of the
"Golden Triangle" with Konark and Puri as the other two points.

Chapter-1
Project Background
The city is subdivided into a number of townships and housings. The City is divided
into 60 municipal Wards. It is a rapidly growing city. Its population increased from
16512 in 1951 to 6,48,032 in 2001 and 8,37,737 in 2011. Bhubaneswar has four
industrial estates. As the Master plan area of BDA has been declared as “air pollution
control area”, there is strict restriction on the use of fossil fuel. As such, there has not
been much industrial activity in the vicinity. However, declaration of Bhubaneswar as
electronic city has attracted some industries in Electronic sector, which are non-
polluting in nature.
Fig. 1.1 &1.2 shows the location of project area and Index map of Project area and Fig
1.3 shows the municipal area along with the project area.
0.2.3 Historical Overview:
The city has a recorded history of 2500 years starting with Chedi dynasty (around 2nd
century BCE) that had Sisupalgarh near present-day Bhubaneswar as their capital.
Historically Bhubaneswar has been known by different names such as Toshali, Kalinga
Nagari, Nagar Kalinga, Ekamra Kanan, Ekamra Kshetra and Mandira Malini Nagari
"city of temples" otherwise known as the temple city of India. The largest city of
Odisha, Bhubaneswar today is a centre of economic and religious importance in the
region.
Bhubaneswar's proud possession of magnificent sculptures and architectural heritage,

coupled with the sanctity as Ekamrakshetra make this one of the great religious
centres of Odisha since early medieval days. With its large number of Hindu temples
(over 600 in number), which span the entire spectrum of Kalinga architecture,
Bhubaneswar is often referred to as a "Temple City" of India. Together with Puri and
Konark and, Bhubaneswar forms the Swarna Tribhuja "Golden Triangle", one of the
most visited destinations in East India.
Kalinga empire, of which present day Odisha forms a part, was ruled by the dynasty of
Nanda kings between the period 370 B.C. to 322 B.C. “Tosali”, known today as
Bhubaneswar, was the capital of Kalinga empire.
Odisha was constituted as a separate province in the year 1936 with its capital in
Cuttack. Subsequently Cuttack could not continue to be the capital of the state due to
various physical constraints and Bhubaneswar was chosen as suitable for the new
capital of Odisha due to several reasons like its location on major transport routes,
availability of vast stretches of government land, excellent soil conditions, healthy
climate, and availability of water and natural drainage conditions.
Construction of the capital started in the year 1948. After completion of the secretariat
building in 1956, different departments of the state secretariat were shifted from

Chapter-1
Project Background
Cuttack to Bhubaneswar. Gradually a stream of offices and institutions like the

Assembly, Rajbhawan, Utkal University and other state level government and semi-
government offices followed.
The salubrious climate, proximity to the administrative centre, availability of suitable

land and other attendant facilities led to residential development in the private sector to
a considerable extent. In keeping with administrative, institutional and construction
activities commercial activities also developed. All this contributed to a rapidly
increasing trend of migration of people from the hinterland, which to some extent
covers the entire state.
0.2.4 Climate
Bhubaneswar enjoys a humid tropical climate. Average rainfall is about 1470 mm

falling from June to September (76%) and from October to December (13%).
Temperature and humidity are high throughout the year. The mean maximum humidity
ranges from 71% to 83%.
0.2.5 Topography
Bhubaneswar lies on the western fringe of the mid-coastal plain of Odisha with an
average elevation of 45 metres above mean sea-level. It is located on a low lateritic
plateau and continuous erosion has shaped the topography into a valley and ridges.
The Rivers Kuakhai, Bhargavi and Daya flow on south-eastern fringe of the town.
Enormous hillock and forests exist in the northern, western and southern parts.
Topographically, the city can be divided into two major parts, namely; western upland
and the eastern lowland with the south-eastern railways forming the boundary between
these two broad units.
0.3 Existing Conditions of the Project Sector in Bhubaneswar
0.3.1 City Management
The following departments / agencies are responsible for water, sanitation related
Operational and developmental responsibilities for the City.
BMC: Bhubaneswar Municipality was formed on 14th April 1979. Bhubaneswar was
declared as Municipal Corporation in 1994.
The Urban Local Body in accordance with the Municipal Act is vested with the
responsibility of Solid Waste Management apart from other duties and responsibilities
embodied in the Act. The Municipality area has been divided in to 14 zones and 60
wards.

Chapter-1
Project Background
BDA: Under the Odisha Development Authorities Act enacted in 1982 the
Bhubaneswar Development Authority was constituted. It is responsible for
development of Bhubaneswar Master Plan Area and has as principal objectives
creation of housing stock, creation of commercial complexes, improvement of city level
infrastructure, environmental improvement, parks and plantations in colonies, blocks,
institutions and roadsides and prepares development plans.
PHEO: Public Health Engineering Organization is a state level organization under

the Housing and urban Development Department of Govt. of Odisha with a mandate of
providing drinking water. The department has three Public Health Divisions in
Bhubaneswar, through which the water supply and sewerage services are currently
operated and maintained.
OWSSB: Odisha Water Supply Sewerage Board under the Housing and Urban
Development Department, Govt. of Odisha is a state level organization with a mandate
to plan and execute water and sanitation projects throughout the state. OWSSB is the
Executive Agency for implementation of the JICA Assisted Odisha Integrated
Sanitation Improvement project in Bhubaneswar and Cuttack City.
0.3.2 Population Trend
Table 1.2: Population of Bhubaneswar
Year Area No. of Population Growth Density per

(sq.km.) Household Rate % sq.km.
1951 25.09 NA 16,512 638
1961 50.25 8211 38,211 131.41 764
1971 65.03 21645 1,05,491 176.07 1622
1981 92.91 44450 2,19,211 107.80 2359
1991 124.74 85973 4,11,542 87.73 3299
2001 145.37 144279 6,48,032 57.40 4458
2011 146.60 186164 8,37,737 29.27 5763
Source: Census data
Table 1.2 indicates that, there is a 131 % growth between in 1951 and 1961. The
shifting of the Capital in 1954 is believed to be the primary reason. The population
further increased by 176 % between 1961 - 71 and was 108% between 1971 - 81. The
high population growth during these two decades was mainly due to inward migration
of rural population. In 2001, the population was 648,032. During 1991-2001, the
growth was 57.40%. In 2011, the population was 8,37,737, during 2001-11 the growth
rate was 29.27%. Such growth in past decades can be ascribed to following reasons:
⁻ Natural growth
⁻ Large number of rural immigrants to the city.

Chapter-1
Project Background
⁻ Establishment of more government, public sector and private sector offices

⁻ Addition of ewer adjoining areas into the ambit of the municipality
Figure 1.3: Population trend
Population Trend
700000
600000
500000
400000
300000
200000
100000
0
-100000 1951 1961 1971 1981 1991 2001
-200000
Year Population Linear (Population)
Based on the census data of 2001, the population of Sewerage District-VI is calculated
to be 4, 01,069 in 2015. The Sewerage District-VI observed sharp rise in population in
recent past.
0.3.3 Slums in Bhubaneswar City
As per the Indo- USAID FIRE (D) Project report, as on 2008 there are 377 numbers of
identified slums in 60 Wards with 60,126 households. The total slum population is
3,08,614. Out of the 377 slums, 281 slum dwellers do not have any land rights.
0.3.4 Slums in Bhubaneswar Sewerage District-VI
Out of total 60 wards, 16 wards (Ward No. 1, 2, 3,6,7,8,9,10 (Part), 11, 12, 13, 14, 15,
16, 19 and 20) comes under Sewerage District-VI of Bhubaneswar City. There are 116
Slums in Sewerage district-VI, out of which only 22 slums have land rights. There are
23938 Nos of slum households with population of 1,27,545. None of the slums have
piped water supply house connections. Only 27 slums are provided by piped water
through stand posts. 64 slums are provided by tube well and 12 with open well. There
are 91 community toilets with a total of 191 seats in 31 slums, at an average of 3 per
settlement. Only 4 slums are coming under the existing sewerage system. None of the
slum household has sewerage connection.

Chapter-1
Project Background
0.3.5 Water Supply:
The Kuakhai headworks are located on river Kuakhai which is downstream of the
outfall point of drain no.1 into river Kuakhai and Daya headworks are located on river
Daya upstream of the outfall point of Gangua nala into river Daya.
Table 1.3: Source of Water Supply to Bhubaneswar City
Sl. Sources of water Supply Quantity
1 River Kuakhai, River Daya, River 211.70 MLD

Mahanadi
3 Ground Water Production 49.08 MLD
4 Total quantity of water generated 260.78 MLD
5 Number of Tube wells 2873 Nos.
6 Number of Stand posts 563 Nos.
6 Population (2010) Covered 9,37,500
7 Per Capita Water Supply 278 lpcd
8 Ward wise Coverage Total No. Wards Fully Wards Partly Uncovered
Of Wards Covered Covered Wards
60 25 31 4
Drain no. 1 passes through developed areas of the town north of NH 5 and carries
untreated sewage of this area into the river Kuakhai. The untreated sewage of rest of
the town is being carried by 9 other drains into Gangua nala which also outfalls into
river Kuakhai.
0.3.6 Strom Water Drains:
The City slopes from west to east, hence has a natural advantage for drainage. Ten
major drainage channels are there in the City. There are four drainage channels in
sewerage District-VI as tabulated below.
Table 1.4: Drainage Channels in Sewerage District VI, Bhubaneswar
Drain Drain Starting Point Outfall Point Major areas Ward

No. name nos
Chander Shekharpur,
Forest Lake, Daya West
1 Patia Damana, Garkhana, 1
Chandrasekhar pur Canal crossing
Patia,Rokata, Mancheswar
Railway Bridge
Sainik Sainik School
2 (Confluence Garkhana 2
School Road Culvert
with drain no. 3)
Railway Bridge
OAP Field near Sainik Samanta Vihar, Vani 2,3,5,
3 (Confluence
area School Vihar, Garkana 6,7,8
with drain no. 2)
Culvert near Nayapalli, Madhusudan
Vani Daya West 4,6,7,
4 Reserve Forest Nagar, Vani Vihar, Pandar,
Vihar Canal, CD 17
Bharatpur Garkana, Bhoi Nagar

Chapter-1
Project Background
The drains in the area are maintained by the Bhubaneswar Municipal Corporation
(BMC).
0.3.7 Solid Waste Management:
The BMC is responsible for solid waste management in the City. The BMC is having a
conventional and primitive system of Solid Waste management system. The BMC
have health Wing with a city medical officer, sanitary inspectors (12Nos), sweepers
(1277 Nos), loading staff (175 Nos), and assistant unit officers etc, .The Total Solid
Waste generation in Bhubaneswar Municipal area is estimated as 432 MT/Day. The
City is divided into different sanitation Wards and each sanitation wards are further
divided into sub-units. The normal frequency of collection of wastes is at least one in a
day in busy commercial areas and in others areas once in 3-7 days. The collected
waste is dumped into 8 designated dumping sites located throughout the city.
Segregation of wastes is almost absent in the system.
Following is a brief summary of present Solid Waste Management scenario in

Bhubaneswar City.
⁻ Absence of scientific & systematic method of collection, segregation,

transportation and treatment of wastes.
⁻ Solid wastes dumped into the drains results in clogging and choking of drains,
mosquito breeding etc.
⁻ Crude methods of open dumping, unsanitary land filling and open incineration
are practiced, which may result sub-soil and ground water pollution.
⁻ Biomedical & hazardous waste collection and treatment are not properly
addressed.
0.3.8 Sewerage System
Presently, Bhubaneswar is partially covered with an underground sewerage collection

and conveyance system with glazed stoneware and reinforced cement concrete pipes.
Around 50 % of the Municipal Area and 30 % of the population are covered under the
present sewerage system. Sewage collected at the intermediate pumping stations is
pumped by primary sewage pumps to the influent distribution chamber of the sewage
treatment plants (Oxidation ponds and aerated lagoons) at different locations for
treatment and disposal.
About 80 % of the existing sewer are inadequate or in dilapidated condition and needs
repair or replacement. Out of existing approximate 20000 manholes, 80 % are in
damaged condition. Wastewater is discharged through storm drain outfalls to Gangua
nallah and finally to Daya river. Only part of generated sewage flows through closed
conduits leading to treatment systems, and major quantity flows through the 10 Nos. of

Chapter-1
Project Background
open storm drains. The Drain No. 1 open into the river Kuakhai and the remaining 9
drains open into Gangua nallah which in turn transfers the volume and load to River
Daya near Barimula village about one kilometer D/S of Kakudia Bridge. At present 23
community septic tanks, 10 aerated lagoons and 7 Oxidation ponds exist. Out of all,
only one aerated lagoon at Laxmi Sagar is functioning.
The sewage collection system is neither adequate nor functioning properly. The open
drains of the city are severely polluted by sewage and garbage being dumped into it.
In District- VI, sewerage network exists in 30 % of the area, covering about 32.5% of
population (Zone I – 13.5%, Zone II – 16.5%, Zone III – 2.5%). Out of 16 wards, in 11
wards sewerage network is existing either fully or partially. 5 out of the 11 wards are
fully covered except alum areas in those wards. In remaining 6 wards, partial coverage
of sewerage network is existing. The existing sewerage system in district-VI, consists
of 82 Kms of sewer network and two pumping stations. Out of which, one pump house
at RHS pump house at Nayapalli is pumping to nalla through a Oxidation pond
(currently defunct) at VIP Colony and the other pump house at Salia Sahi is not
commissioned.
0.3.9 Water Quality of Rivers and Drains
The results of monitoring of water quality of river Kuakhai and Daya, as conducted by
the State Pollution Control Board are presented here. Table 1.5 gives water quality of
river Kuakhai and Daya and clearly depicts the degradation in water quality of the river
from U/S to D/S. Table 1.6 gives wastewater characteristics of different drains.
Table 1.5: Water Quality of Kuakhai and Dayanadi
Parameters Result
Upstream of Bhubaneswar Downstream of Bhubaneswar on
on River Kuakhai River Daya
Avg. Range Avg. Range
pH 7.5 7.3-7.7 7.8 7.7-8.0
SS (mg/l) 3.2 2.6-3.9 4.0 3.1-5.8

TDS (mg/l) 10.8 8.0-14.4 16.2 12.8-19.2
BOD (mg/l) 118 90-140 150 120-180

COD (mg/l) 98.3 70-120 124 100-160
Cl (mg/l) 24.5 20-42 28.8 30-34
Source: OSPCB

Chapter-1
Project Background
Table 1.6: Waste water characteristics of different drains
Parameters Monitoring Sites

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
PH 7.4 6.1 7.5 7.6 6.9 7.2 7.2 5.9 6.9
SS (mg/l) 120 20 460 100 140 180 60 160 200
TDS (mg/l) 180 200 200 200 400 300 400 200 400
BOD (mg/l) 100 160 120 60 140 120 140 24 100
COD (mg/l) 130 208 160 120 208 176 176 52 160
Cl (mg/l) 36 50 66 34 72 64 88 25 72
Source: OSPCB
Due to disposal of untreated disposal of wastewater, the water pollution in Storm

drains Drains and in rivers is increasing. It is imperative to control and prevent the
pollution in order to improve the river water quality.
0.4 Need of the Project
As inferred above, the major environmental and public health problems in

Bhubaneswar City (Sewerage Dist-VI) are due to:
1) Insufficient capacity and deteriorated and/or lack of treatment facilities.

2) Storm drains which are used as sewage collection facilities.
3) Absence of systematic solid waste collection and open dumping without leachate
treatment and soil cover, resulting in choking of drains and groundwater
contamination,
4) Lack of financial resources and human capacity in institutions responsible for
sewerage, drainage and solid waste management.
Since at present there is no proper sewerage system or treatment plant in the city, the
discharge of domestic waste through storm water drains goes to the river. In the
existing reports of Odisha State Pollution Control Board, the water quality of Kuakhai
River shows general increase of pollution with time. Downstream of Bhubaneswar,
there is a higher degree of pollution with higher values of organic matter, bacteria and
chemicals. The pollution in the river is due to the direct flow of sewage into the river.
Apart from the health risk to the city population, damage and dislocation from flooding,
the lack of sanitation in the city results in a similar risk to the health of downstream
villagers in the Mahanadi Delta. The natural environment of the delta and the Bay of
Bengal are affected as the generally polluted drains and discharges to the surrounding
Mahanadi and Kothajori, Kuakhai and Daya Rivers.
Therefore a major improvement to the sanitation of Bhubaneswar requires a

comprehensive sewage collection, treatment and disposal system.

Chapter-1
Project Background
0.5 Project Formulation
In order to address the above problems in Bhubaneswar city, the Housing and Urban
Development Department of the State Government of Odisha through Government of
India requested JICA (Japan International Cooperation Agency), formerly known as
JBIC, to assist in improving water quality of rivers and sanitary conditions of people in
four cities including Bhubaneswar, Cuttack, Berhampur and Sambalpur. of the four
cities, Detailed Project Reports for Bhubaneswar and Cuttack were prepared in
November and December 2005 respectively, and the sanitation improvement works in
the two cities (except for solid waste management) are included in the JICA loan.
JICA has undertaken a study, Special Assistance for Project Formulation (SAPROF)
for defining the project scope. A Minute of Discussion (MoD) was also prepared and
signed in December 2006 between Housing and Urban Development Department,
Govt. Of Odisha, Public Health Engineering Department, GoO, Odisha Water Supply
and Sewerage Board, Ministry of Urban Development, Govt. of India and the Japan
International Cooperation Agency (JICA) for defining the project scope, its
components, schedule of implementation and budget. The Loan agreement was
signed in March 30, 2007.
0.6 Project Scope and Objectives
0.6.1 Project Goal and Objectives
The objective of the project is to free the citizens from the woes and miseries of
drainage and sewerage problems in the city. The project aims at reducing the frequent
inundation in low lying areas and the poor sanitary conditions mainly due to the
absence of organised drainage and sewerage facilities.
The goals of the project are to improve the water quality in surrounding Rivers and
upgrade sanitary condition for the people in urban and peri-urban areas. This will be
done through sewerage and drainage improvement integrated with institutional
improvement that will support successful performance of the facilities in a sustainable
manner.
In line with above mentioned goals, the major objectives of the Odisha Integrated
Sanitation Improvement Project (OISIP) are:
(i) To provide an improved and extended sewerage system for District VI,
Bhubaneswar. This will be done in an environmentally and socially acceptable
manner, to meet the projected population demand for year 2045;
(ii) To strengthen the Public Health Engineering Organization (PHEO) and
Bhubaneswar Municipal Corporation so that they can operate and maintain the
systems on a sustainable basis.

Chapter-1
Project Background
0.6.2 Project Scope – Bhubaneswar City
The project provides for the improvement of sewerage systems in the Sewerage
District-VI of the city in a modern, advanced and scientific manner with support of
international and national experts. For improvement in the Sewerage facilities,
approximately 259 km of underground gravity sewers and several pumping stations
with sewage treatment plant at Rokat. 48 MLD of wastewater will be treated daily at
the treatment plants and discharged into the Kuakhai River (downstream of intake)
without causing pollution for the people downstream of the discharge point.
The Project in Bhubaneswar City:
i) Construction of the sewerage system, including sewage treatment plants, sewage

pumping stations, and gravity sewers for Sewerage Districts VI.
ii) Construction and rehabilitation of low cost sanitation units such as community
toilets in slum areas.
iii) Public awareness enhancement on the environment and public sanitation.
iv) Recommendations regarding institutional strengthening and capacity building
programs.
0.7 Project Area in Bhubaneswar
The Sewerage District-VI area of approximately 56.19 Sq. Km is covered under the
JICA project. The Sewerage district-VI covers around 16 wards (Full 15 Wards and
partly one Ward) out of 60 total wards of the City. The wards wise area details are
tabulated below in table 1.7;
Table 1.7: Ward wise area details of District VI, Bhubaneswar
Ward
Area Covered
No.
Patia Industrial Area, Mula Sahi, Chandaka Industrial Area, Maruti Vihar,
1
Chandrasekharpur, Saileshree Vihar (Phase- VII and Duplex)
2 Patia Village, Kanan Vihar (Phase- II), Sree Vihar & Damana Village
Chakei Siani, Samai Gadia, Kalaspur, Mancheswar, Vatapada & PHED Water Works
3
Colony
6 IDCO Colony, Mancheswar Industrial Area, Rasulgarh & Sabara Sahi
Gadakana, Rangamatia, Mancheswar Railway Coach Factory Area and nearby Slum,
7
Omfed Center, Kanchanjangha Apartment Area
Damana Hata Area, Arya Vihar, Apolo Vihar, Nilamadhaba Basti (Slum), Omfed Centre,
8
C. S. Pur, OSHB Housing Colony Phase- I.

Chapter-1
Project Background
Ward
Area Covered
No.
Saileshree Vihar (VIM & GA), Niladri Vihar (Slum), Niladri Vihar(Sector 1 to 5 GA Plots),
9
Defense Plots, Army Housing & Lumbini Vihar
10 Half of Udyan Vihar Area, VIP Area, Rental Housing Colony, Ekamra Villa, Private Plot
(Part) Area.
Nalco Colony, C. S. Pur BDA Colony (Phase- 1 & 2), Rail Vihar, Nalco Colony Phase- II,
11
Nilamadhab Basti (Slum.)
th
Gajpati Nagar, IMMT, Survey of India Office, 7 Batalion, Durdarshana Kendra, Institute
12 of Physics, CMPDI Colony, Text Book Press, GA Quarters, Sainik School, Laxmi Vihar &
Samanta Vihar.
V S S Nagar Housing Board Colony, Gaheswal Hata, V S S Nagar Private Plots, Hotel
13
Management Institution, Pathara Khani Basti (Slum)
Vani Vihar Area, Pathar Kata Basti (Slum), Income Tax Colony, (Revenue Colony),
14
Bajapeyi Nagar, Mangala Basti (Slum), P & T Colony.
Kalinga Hospital Area, Maitri Vihar, Xavier Area, Bajpeyi Nagar, Mangala Basti (Slum),
15 Sarala Vihar, Salia Sahi, Nilachakra Nagar, Mayfair Basti (Slum), Tarini Nagar, Bishnu
Priya Apartment.
Adivasi Area, Nilachakra Nagar, Beddy Sahi, Janata Nagar, Maitri Nagar, Salia Sahi,
16
Loyala School.
19 N-1, N-2, N-3, N-4 blocks of Nayapalli, RBI Colony & Iscon Area.
Jaydev Vihar,, N-5& N-6 blocks of Nayapalli, Indradhanu Market Area, Biju Patnaik
20
College Area.
0.8 Project Finances
The President of India / Government of India has received an official development

assistance (ODA) loan from JICA in the amount of 19061 million YEN towards the cost
of implementation of Odisha Integrated Sanitation Improvement Project. The loan
conditions, summarized in Table 1.8, cover sewerage works in District VI Bhubaneswar
and Cuttack and drainage works in Cuttack.
Table 1.8: JICA Project Loan Summary
S.No. Descriptions JICA Approved Data
1 Loan Account No. ID-P189

2 Loan Approved Date March 30, 2007
3 Loan Amount (in Yen) 19061 Million Japanese Yen
Category (in million Japanese Yen)
a Construction Works & Supporting Activities 17335
b Consulting Services 859
c Contingencies 867
Total Allocated Loan
5 Rate of Interest 0.75% per annum paid semi-annually

Chapter-1
Project Background
6 Repayment Period (Grace Period) 40 Years (10 Years)

7 Name of the Borrower President of India
8 Name of the Executing Agency OWSSB
9 Name of the Consultants TEC Consortium
10 Lead Consultants Tokyo Engineering Consultants Co.Ltd.
Other Consultants Tetra Tech Inc
11
Egis BCEOM International
12 Project Completion February 2015
The Total project cost in Bhubaneswar is estimated at Rs. 332.70 crores, of which the
Government of Japan will fund Rs. 117 crores through Japan International
Cooperation Agency (JICA) as loan assistance and the balance will be borne by the
State Government. The loan will be repaid by the State Government in 40 years with a
moratorium period of 10 years with an interest rate of 0.75 percent per annum.
Construction is scheduled to start in the beginning of 2013 and will be completed by
the beginning of 2016. Training and capacity building will also be provided to the local
authorities during the implementation stage to ensure sustainable operation and
maintenance of the assets during the post-construction period.
0.9 Project Implementation
The project is being implemented by the Odisha Water Supply & Sewerage Board
under the Housing & Urban Development of the Government of Odisha as the Project
Implementation Unit for implementation of the project.
A consortium of Tokyo Engineering Consultants Company of Japan, Tetra Tech Inc. of

USA and Egis BCEOM International of France was appointed by OWSSB as the
Engineering and Project Management Consultants (PMC) for the Project.
0.10 Other On-Going Sewerage Improvement Projects in Bhubaneswar City
In addition to the JICA project in District-VI, there are two other projects under
implementation for improvement of sewerage system in remaining sewerage districts
of Bhubaneswar.
a. 12th Finance Commission Grant.

The Sewerage laying Works in sewerage District – I & II of Bhubaneswar city are
covered under the scheme and the project is under execution by OWSSB.
b. JNNURM Fund.
The Sewerage improvement works in sewerage Districts – I, II, III, IV, V & VI shall
be met from JNNURM funds excluding cost of sewer laying in sewerage District – I

Chapter-1
Project Background
& II. The Sewerage Treatment plants of the five sewerage Districts (except for
sewerage district-VI) are provisioned under JNNURM funded scheme, which is
under execution by OWSSB. The scope of the works under JNNURM funds for
sewerage district-VI is limited to rehabilitation of existing sewerage system only.
The development of new sewerage system along with treatment plant is
provisioned under the JICA project.

Detailed Project Report for Sewerage System in Chapter-2
Bhubaneswar City (Sewerage Dist-VI) under JICA Assisted Evaluation of DPR & SAPROF
Odisha Integrated Sanitation Improvement Project (ID-P187) Recommendations
Chapter 2
2. Evaluation of DPR and SAPROF Recommendations
The DPR for sewerage improvement in Bhubaneswar was prepared in 2005-06 and the
SAPROF report was prepared in 2006 based largely on the DPR. Since that time, there
have been a number of changes in Sewerage District-VI of Bhubaneswar that have
caused adjustments in the DPR designs and recommendations.
The following are the key changes made to the SAPROF recommendations.
2.1 Population Projections:
The population projections were revised based on the more recent data available from
the Bhubaneswar Development Authority. The projections show higher populations in
the future as described in Chapter 4. The population projections have an impact on the
generation of sewage flows and consequently on the sizing of the sewers, pumping
stations and treatment plant.
2.2 Length of Sewer Network:
The length of sewer that was surveyed and designed for District VI is 287 Km vs. 97.8
Km estimated in the SAPROF report. This is because the SAPROF report included
sewers on the main and some secondary roads and did not include most of the smaller
roads. Further there has been significant habitation growth in district-VI area since the
SAPROF report was prepared in 2006 and these new roads have also been included
in the design. The sewer system design is described in Chapter 7.
2.3 Pumping Stations:
The numbers of pumping stations have also been increased as a result of the
expanded sewer coverage as discussed in Chapter 10.
2.4 Wastewater Loads:
The influent concentration of the wastewater to the treatment plant used in the design
is BOD 275 mg/l and 300 mg/l. This is consistent with the DPR recommendations.
However, the BOD concentration is higher than the value suggested in the SAPROF
Report of 250 mg/l. Influent concentrations are discussed in Chapter 5.

Chapter-3
Existing Sewerage System
Chapter 3
3. Existing Sewerage System
3.1 Introduction
The Project Area of Bhubaneswar city has been divided in to 6 nos. of Sewerage
Districts namely District-I, District-II, District-III, District-IV, District-V and District-VI.
The Sewerage District VI covers 16 wards out of 60 nos. Municipal wards of the city.The
main areas coming under this Sewerage district are IRC Village, Nayapalli, Jaydev
Vihar, Salia Sahi, Rental Housing Colony, Chandrasekhar pur, Niladrivihar, Sailashree
vihar, Maitri Vihar, Patia, Kanan vihar, Damana, Gadakana, Kalarahang,Satya Vihar,
Sainik School, Gajapati Nagar, Utkal University area, Veer Surendra Sai Nagar &
Mancheswar Industrial estate area etc.
Table 3.1: Ward wise Coverage of Sewerage District- VI, Bhubaneswar
Sl.
Ward
No. Area Covered
No.
Patia Industrial Area, Mula Sahi, Chandaka Industrial Area, Maruti Vihar,
1 1
Chandrasekharpur, Saileshree Vihar (Phase- VII and Duplex)
2 2 Patia Village, Kanan Vihar (Phase- II), Sree Vihar & Damana Village
Chakei Siani, Samai Gadia, Kalaspur, Mancheswar, Vatapada & PHED Water
3 3
Works Colony
4 6 IDCO Colony, Mancheswar Industrial Area, Rasulgarh & Sabara Sahi
Gadakana, Rangamatia, Mancheswar Railway Coach Factory Area and
5 7
nearby Slum, Omfed Center, Kanchanjangha Apartment Area
Damana Hata Area, Arya Vihar, Apolo Vihar, Nilamadhaba Basti (Slum),
6 8
Omfed Centre, C. S. Pur, OSHB Housing Colony Phase- I.
Saileshree Vihar (VIM & GA), Niladri Vihar (Slum), Niladri Vihar(Sector 1 to 5
7 9
GA Plots), Defense Plots, Army Housing & Lumbini Vihar
10 Half of Udyan Vihar Area, VIP Area, Rental Housing Colony, Ekamra Villa,
8
(half) Private Plot Area.

Chapter-3
Sl.
Ward
No. Area Covered
No.
Nalco Colony, C. S. Pur BDA Colony (Phase- 1 & 2), Rail Vihar, Nalco Colony
9 11
Phase- II, Nilamadhab Basti (Slum.)
Gajpati Nagar, IMMT, Survey of India Office, 7th Batalion, Durdarshana
10 12 Kendra, Institute of Physics, CMPDI Colony, Text Book Press, GA Quarters,
Sainik School, Laxmi Vihar & Samanta Vihar.
V S S Nagar Housing Board Colony, Gaheswal Hata, V S S Nagar Private
11 13
Plots, Hotel Management Institution, Pathara Khani Basti (Slum)
Vani Vihar Area, Pathar Kata Basti (Slum), Income Tax Colony, (Revenue
12 14
Colony), Bajapeyi Nagar, Mangala Basti (Slum), P & T Colony.
Kalinga Hospital Area, Maitri Vihar, Xavier Area, Bajpeyi Nagar, Mangala
13 15 Basti (Slum), Sarala Vihar, Salia Sahi, Nilachakra Nagar, Mayfair Basti
(Slum), Tarini Nagar, Bishnu Priya Apartment.
Adivasi Area, Nilachakra Nagar, Beddy Sahi, Janata Nagar, Maitri Nagar,
14 16
Salia Sahi, Loyala School.
15 19 N-1, N-2, N-3, N-4 blocks of Nayapalli, RBI Colony & Iscon Area.
Jaydev Vihar,, N-5& N-6 blocks of Nayapalli, Indradhanu Market Area, Biju
16 20
Patnaik College Area.
Source: Coverage of Area- As per BMC statement.
3.2 Existing System
In previous reports (DPR & SAPROF) the existing sewer areas were identified as shown
in Figure 3.1. A part of the district –VI area mainly Government and Semi Government
colonies, BDA & Housing Board constructed colonies has been provided with sewerage
system and in the rest part of the district the house owners are having individual Septic
tanks.
The areas where sewerage system has been provided is presented in Table 3.2
Table 3.2: Areas provided with Sewerage System
Sl.
Sl.
No. Name of the areas developed Name of the areas developed
No.
1 Maitri Vihar 14 Nayaplli
2 C. S. Pur and BDA Colony 15 RHS Area
3 C. S. Pur OSHB Colony 16 VIP Area

Chapter-3
Sl.
Sl.
No. Name of the areas developed Name of the areas developed
No.
4 Vani Vihar 17 Institute of Physics
5 Saileshree Vihar 18 Institute of Mathematics
6 Niladri Vihar 19 Jaydev Vihar
7 Lumbini Vihar 20 Xavier Area
8 Vira Surendra Sai Nagar 21 KIIT area
9 Prachi Enclave 22 CS Pur District Center
10 Mancheswar Area 23 Arya vihar
11 Chakeisiani 24 Sri vihar
12 Satya Vihar 25 Infosys area
13 IRC Village 26 RRL area
3.3 Status of Existing Sewage collection system, Sewage Treatment &Effluent

Disposal System
The existing collection system consists of Stone ware and RCC pipe sewers and brick
masonry Man holes Chambers. The sizes of sewers are from 100mm to 500mm
diameter. Most of the brick masonry man hole Chambers are in damaged condition and
at many places the sewer lines are either damaged or choked, and hence sewage is
allowed to flow in to nearby by surface drains.
The size and length of sewers in existing sewerage areas is presented in Table No. 3.4

Chapter-3
City (Sewerage Dist-VI) under JICA Assisted Odisha Integrated
Table 3.4: Statement of size & length of Sewers of Existing system in Sewerage District-VI
Sl. Length of Sewers in meter Total

No. Area 100 mm 150 mm 200mm 225mm 250mm 275mm 300mm 350mm 400mm 450mm 500mm Length
(m) (m) (m) (m) (m) (m) (m) (m) (m) (m) (m) (m)
Housing Board
1 Phase- I Colony at 955 4685 585 - 225 265 120 - - 150 - 6985
C. S. Pur
BDA Housing Colony
2 2890 1985 920 - 270 215 - 100 - 150 - 6530
Phase- I
3 G. A. Dept. - 3502 655 - 465 - - - - - - 4622
4 Sainik School - 1470 624 - 176 - - - - - - 2276
5 V S S Nagar - 4369 - 207 1001 - 1165 - - - - 6742
6 IRC Village - 31163 1265 - - - - - - 2502 - 34930
Netaji Subhash
7 293 1680 - - - - - - - - - 1973
Enclave (BDA)
8 Niladri Vihar 4480 4551 1160 - 348 - 627 - - - - 11166
9 Lumbini Vihar - 1223 191 - - - - - - - - 1414
10 Kanan Vihar Phase- I - - 3497 - - - - - - - - 3497
GA Quarters near
11 - 1479 624 - 176 - - - - - - 2279
Sainik School
12 GBR Colony C. S. Pur 2502 - 65 - 250 - - - - - - 2817
Total 11120 56107 9586 207 2911 480 1912 100 - 2802 - 85225
Source: State P.H.E.O., Odisha

Chapter-3
There are two nos of Sewage Pumping Stations, one in Rental Housing colony and the
other is in Salia Sahi. The pumping station at Salia Sahi which was meant for
transferring the sewage from IRC village to an aerated lagoon is not functional where
as that in Rental Housing Colony is functioning at present. The Pumping station at
Rental Housing Colony is of 0.53 MLD capacity consisting of a wet well of 10m dia and
10m deep, and a Pump house provided with 2nos 12.45HP submersible pumps
running 10 hours a day. This is now pumping the generated sewage from Rental
housing colony to a defunct Aerated lagoon at VIP area from where it is flowing to
nearby valley through 150mm dia CI pumping main of 618m length.
No Centralized Treatment facility is available for treatment of generated sewage. Few

treatment plants have been provided locally. These are Oxidation ponds, Aerated
lagoons, Root zone treatment or common septic tanks. Some of them are incomplete
in construction, some of them have become defunct and some are of inadequate
capacity, and hence serving no purpose. At some places no treatment is provided. The
sewage generated from almost all the areas is discharged to nearby vallies or storm
water drains which ultimately goes to Gangua Nallah and finally discharged to river
Daya away from the town in south.
Photo 3.1 Existing Oxidation Pond

at VIP Colony.
Photo 3.2 Existing Pump station at

Rental Housing Scheme (RHS)
Colony.

Chapter-3
Table- 3-5: Existing Status of Sewerage System Treatment Disposal in Sewerage District- VI, Bhubaneswar
SI. Area Covered Sewer Network Type of Sewage Present Status of existing Remark
No. System Treatment Treatment Plant
Proposed in the system
1 Chandra Sekhar Sewer Line laid Aerated lagoon Construction of lagoon is The sewage is directly
Pur, BDA, Phase-I prior to 1986 left in incomplete stage discharged to the
nearest valley
2 Chandra Sekhar Sewer Line laid Aerated lagoon 2 nos. of laggons are left
Pur, OSHB, prior to 1986 incomplete in construction
Phase- I stage -Do-
3 Chandra Sekhar Sewer Line laid No Treatment
Pur OSHB Phase- prior to 1990
II-V - -Do-
Pur, OSHB, prior to 1992
Phase- VI - -Do-
Pur, OSHB, prior to 1992
Phase- VII - -Do-
6 District Centre ISewer Line laid No Treatment
BDA prior to 1996
- -Do-
7 Chandra Sekhar Internal Sewer No Treatment
Pur, BDA, Line laid prior to
Phase- II 1994 - -Do-
8 Kanan Vihar Sewer Line laid Aerated Lagoon Construction of lagoon is
Phase- I prior to 1992 left in incomplete stage
-Do-
9 Kanan Vihar, No Sewerage Individual Septic tank Septic tanks are functioning
Phase- II System -

Chapter-3
10 Rail Vihar Sewer line laid Aerated lagoon The lagoon has been The sewage is directly
damaged and has become discharged to nearest
defunct valley
11 Maitri Vihar No Sewer System Individual Septic tank
Septic Tanks are
functioning
12 Lumbini Vihar Sewer line laid No Treatment The Sewage is flowing
- to a nearby Storm
Water Drain.
13 Gift Press Internal Sewer Oxidation Pond Oxidation Pond is over
Line laid prior to loaded -
1973
14 Sainik School Internal Sewer Oxidation Pond & Root The capacity is inadequate The treated effluent of
Line laid prior to Zone System and not functioning properly OP & RZ will be
1970 connected to Trunk
Sewer
15 VSS Nagar Internal Sewer Partial Treatment by ST The effluent is
Line laid prior to (20%) and path ally by The Capacity is inadequate discharge to storm
1980 Oxidation Pond (80% by water drain
Oxidation pond)
16 Utkal University Internal Sewer Common Septic tanks Septic Tank over loaded
Vani Vihar Line laid prior to Capacity inadequate and sewage is
1957 overflowing to drainr
17 Regional Internal Sewer Septic Tank
Research Line laid prior to
Laboratory 1970 ×
Campus
18 IRC Village Internal Sewer Aerated lagoon The capacity of lagoon is The sewage is directly

Chapter-3
Nayapalli Jaydev Line laid prior to inadequate and also not discharged to storm
Vihar 1986 functioning properly water drain
19 Rental Colony Internal Sewer Aerated lagoon The lagoon is not The sewage is
Nayapalli Line laid prior to functioning properly discharged to nearby
1989 valley
20 Subash Chandra Sewer line laid Package Treatment plant The Treatment plant is new Sewage Treatment Plan
Bose Enclave and put in to operation is new and functioning
Gadakana recently
21 Prachi Enclave Sewer line laid Not Treated The Sewage is flowing
- to a nearby Storm
Water Drain.
22 GA Plots at C. S. Sewer line laid Not Treated The Sewage is flowing
Pur - to a nearby Storm
Water Drain.
23 GA Quarters near Sewer line laid Common Septic Tank Soak pits are not The effluent is
Adimata Colony functioning properly discharged to nearby
drain
24 Adimata Colony Sewer line laid Common Septic Tank Soak pits are not The effluent is
functioning properly discharged to nearby
drain

Chapter-3
The DPR provides integration of the present existing sewered area with the new
proposed system and accordingly Sewer net work has been designed to collect the
sewage from these areas and transfer to the proposed Treatment plant, and the
capacity of Treatment plant has been designed to accommodate this flow. The
rehabilitation or up gradation of sewer pipes and Man holes Chambers if any will be
dealt separately by the OWSSB and not included in the scope of this DPR.
As per conditional assessment survey made by OWSSB, 85.225km of sewer pipeline

is existing in Sewerage District VI with 8826 house connections. Out of 85.225km
sewer about 23.225km sewer line is damaged and needs replacement.

Chapter-4
Population Projections
Chapter 4
4. Population Projections
4.1 Introduction
This Chapter includes a review of previous census records for the City of
Bhubaneswar. It also includes projections of the populations for the city and Sewer
District VI to the design year of 2045 based on the most recent Comprehensive
Development Plans for the city. These projections are compared to the projections in
the SAPROF Final Report and the JICA Minutes of Discussion (MOD) on the project.
Because the Comprehensive Development Plans are the most recent government
approved population projections they will form the basis for projecting future sewage
flows in the city, as per CPHEEO guidelines. Finally the recommended populations are
disaggregated in District VI for use in the sewer design for 2045 conditions.
4.2 Historic Populations
The population history for Bhubaneswar is given in Table 4.1 by decade from 1951 to
2011. These data are based on the Census of India reports taken every ten years.
These data (1951-2001) were also used in the MOD and the Detailed Project Reports
(DRPs) prepared by OWSSB earlier for Sewerage System of Bhubaneswar.
Table 4.1: Historic Population Data of Bhubaneswar

Census Year Bhubaneswar Population
1951 16,512
1961 38,211
1971 105,491
1981 219,211
1991 411,542
2001 648,032
2011 8,37,737

Chapter-4
4.3 Population Projections, SAPROF
The population projections that have been included in the SAPROF was based on
previously completed DPRs and have considered different methods as recommended
in the CPHEEO Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment published by the
Ministry of Urban Development (MoUD), Government of India.
The results of the different approaches are summarized in Table 4.2. Also included in
Table 4.2 is the population projection for sewerage District VI as identified in the
SAPROF.
Table 4.2 - Population Projections from SAPROF

Bhubaneswar Projected Population
Method of Analysis
to Design Year 2041
Arithmetic Increase 11’53,000
Incremental Increase 16,90,000
Geometric Increase 1,13,76,000
SAPROF City-wide Recommendation 21,13,000
Population of Sewer District VI 5,91,000
4.4 Population Projections with 2011 Census Data
With availability of the 2011 Provisional Census data, Population Projections were
carried out by the following methods as recommended in the CPHEEO Manual.
• Arithmetic Increase Method
• Incremental Increase Method
• Geometric Increase Method
• Graphical Methods
For the graphical methods a new projection using a regression (curve fitting) analysis
has been calculated. This is a more rigorous statistical analysis and is judged to be the
most accurate of the statistical methods.
The Detail of population projections calculations are enclosed at the end of this
chapter at 4.10. The summary of Population Projections up to 2045 carried out by
various methods considering the 2011 provisional Census data is presented in below
table;
Bhubaneswar Projected Population to

Method of Analysis
Design Year 2045
Arithmetic Increase 13,03,098
Incremental Increase 15,54,435
Geometric Increase 86,16,129
Regression Analysis (*) 20,90,706

Chapter-4
These projections done by the standard methods based on historical trends are
statistical and therefore by nature are ‘backward’ looking. This included the regression
analysis. On the other hand the projections done by local Development Authorities are
based on population allocations using land uses and demographics and are by nature
‘forward’ looking. Because of this distinction, previous reports have recommended
using projections based on land use and demographics done by the local
Development Authorities. To be consistent with this approach the Bhubaneswar
Development Authority was contacted and the most recent population projections
being used in their Comprehensive Development Plans has been obtained;
• Comprehensive Development Plan for Bhubaneswar Development Plan Area

(BDPA), Approved – April, 2010.
A comparison of the population projections with the earlier SAPROF projections is
described in the next section.
4.5 Population Projection, BDPA
The population projections in the Comprehensive Development Plans are based on

recent data and the planning experience of the Development Authority. The projections
were made to 2030 and breakdown of the population by planning zones were different
from the previous reports noted above. Therefore in order to compare the old and new
projections, the newer BDPA projections needed to be disaggregated for Sewer
District VI and further projected to 2045.
The population data used for Bhubaneswar are found in the Comprehensive
Development Plan for Bhubaneswar Development Plan Area 2030, in particular
Chapter 5 Population Perspective.
The first step was to define the Sewer District VI boundary in Bhubaneswar, since
there are two maps in the SAPROF report with slightly different boundaries (SAPROF
Report, Drawings, November 2006, DRWG S1 and DRWG S5). Based on a review of
the report and the apparent accuracy of the two maps, DRWG S5 will be used for
comparison purposes.
The BDPA population data were developed by planning zones and portions of three
Zones (12-Bharatpur, 13-Chandrasekharpur and 14-Sribantapur) are in SAPROF
Sewer District VI. An overlay of the BDPA and the SAPROF maps is shown in Figure
4.1, map pocket. Based on area calculations using AutoCAD software and population
densities given in the BDPA Comprehensive Plan, the population for District VI was
computed for 2030. BDPA data represents a straight line projection from 2011 to 2030.
Therefore, the population was increased to 2045 by continuing the BDPA’s straight line
projection. The results are summarized in Table 4.3 along with the SAPROF
projections for 2011 and 2041.

Chapter-4
Table 4.3 - Population Projections of Bhubaneswar as per BDPA (in Lakhs)

Year 2001 2008 2011 2015 2021 2025 2030 2041 2045
Bhubaneswar 6.58 10.80 12.60 15.01 15.60 15.98 20.00 28.82 32.03
City
∗ Table 5.1 of CDP of Bhubaneswar at page 37
Table 4.4 – Bhubaneswar Population Projections
Year 2011 2041

% Difference % Difference
SAPROF BDPA SAPROF BDPA
Dist.
2,60,000 2,90,000 14% (+) 5,91,000 7,41,667 25% (+)
VI
City
10,26,000 12,61,000 23% (+) 21,13,000 24,60,000 16% (+)
(BMC)
The comparison of population projections in Table 4.3 shows that more recent BDPA
projection is higher than the SAPROF projection in Bhubaneswar Sewer District VI.
This difference appears reasonable given the available land uses, infrastructure and
growth potential as described in the BDPA Comprehensive plans. It is the PMC’s
opinion that the BDPA’s most recent and ‘forward looking’ projections best represent
future conditions in Bhubaneswar District VI. As such these populations should be
used in projecting future sewage flows in these areas.
The population projections and distribution in the preceding Tables include estimates
of slum populations, but do not include floating populations. For the purpose of
estimating sewage flows, a floating population of 5% will be used in Bhubaneswar
District VI. This is consistent with the SAPROF Report.
4.6 Population Distribution for Projecting Sewer Flows
The population projections were further evaluated so that sewer flows throughout
Sewer District VI can be projected based on population densities and the distribution of
those densities within each planning zone.
Planning Zone 13 covers a majority of the area and most of the population in Sewer
District VI. Based on the evenly distributed land uses and the lack of any large areas
where development would be precluded to 2045, a uniform population density of
18,846 people per Sq.KM will be used for projecting sewer flow in Planning Zone 13.
The remaining areas in Sewer District VI are adjacent planning zones to the West and
East - planning zones 12 and 14. The distribution of population densities within
Planning Zones 12 and 14 vary widely since large forest, recreational and agricultural
areas are included. This required the population densities to be adjusted so that only

Chapter-4
existing and potential populated areas in Planning Zones 12 and 14 will be considered
for projecting sewer flows.
Table 4.4 summarizes the land areas and population densities that will be used in the
sewer design for 2045 conditions while Figure 4.2 illustrates the areas and densities.
Table 4.5 –Population Projection (Bhubaneswar-SD-VI) based on BDPA Data
Area 2015 2045

Total Habitable
Density Population Density Population
Area Area
Persons / Persons
Sq.KM Sq.KM
Sq.KM / Sq.KM
Zone - 12 11.27 5.01 571 2863 1427 7148
(Bharatpur)
Zone - 13 38.33 38.33 8281 317411 19018 728961

(Chandrasekharpur)
Zone -14 6.6 5.55 1432 7946 2210 12266

(Sribantpur)
Sewer District VI – 3,28,220 7,48,375

Total (Rounded) Say 3,28,220 Say 7,48,400
*The density is derived taking habitable area in to consideration
Sewer District - VI - Population Density Curves

25000
Population Density -Persons/Sq.KM
23000
21000
19000
17000
15000
13000
11000
9000
7000
5000
3000
1000
-1000
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Density 2001 2011 2015 2021 2025 2030 2041 2045
Bharatpur 137 218 254 363 388 489 581 634
Chandrasekhar pur 3574 6495 8281 10960 12596 14641 17427 19018
Sribantpur 1023 1059 1204 1422 1508 1616 1703 1858

Chapter-4
4.7 Sewer District-VI Area Calculation
District VI
Sr. % of District VI
Area BDPA Area # population
No included
2041 2045
1 Bharatpur 26682 28 % 6550 7148
2 Chandrasekharpur 900709 80 % 667989 728961
3 Sribantpur 56020 21 % 11240 12266
Total 685779 748375
4.8 BDPA Planning Zone Population and Density Perspective
BDPA
Area Area Populations Sewer District VI
Area
Population Sq.KM 2001 2011 2015 2021 2030 2041 2045 2011 2015 2021 2025 2030 2041 2045
Bharatpur 40.86 5598 8907 10378 14832 15854 19981 23740 2457 2863 4091 4373 5511 6550 7148
Chandrasekhar
pur 47.81 170873 310526 395915 523998 602215 699986 833185 248953 317411 420097 482805 561190 667989 728961
Sribantpur 30.95 31662 32776 37264 44011 46673 50015 52708 6989 7946 9385 9953 10666 11240 12266
Total 208133 352209 443557 582841 664742 769982 909633 258399 328220 433573 497131 577367 685779 748375
Area
Density Sq.KM 2001 2011 2015 2021 2025 2030 2041 2045
Bharatpur 40.86 137 218 254 363 388 489 581 634
Chandrasekhar
pur 47.81 3574 6495 8281 10960 12596 14641 17427 19018
Sribantpur 30.95 1023 1059 1204 1422 1508 1616 1703 1858
Source: BDPA data (*Note – Population data for Chandrasekharpur in 2008 was adjusted to
reflect a continuous growth trend between 2001 and 2011).
4.9 Population Projections Considered for Design of the Scheme
The Below Population Projection figures are finalized in view of the above explained sections
and accounted for design of the sewerage system.
Bhubaneswar (SD-VI)
Year
Population
2015 3,28,220
2025 4,97,130
2030 5,77,367
2045 7,48,375

Chapter-4
4.10 Population Projections by PMC with various methods with 2011 Census Data
1. Arithmetical Increase Method: Bhubaneswar

Year Event Population Population Difference
(X) x (Y) (dy)
1951 1 16512
1961 2 38211 21699
1971 3 105491 67280
1981 4 219211 113720
1991 5 411542 192331
2001 6 648032 236490
2011 7 837737 189705
2015 8 892485
2021 9 974608
2025 10 1029356
2031 11 1111479
2041 12 1248350
2045 13 1303098
2051 14 1385221
Total (1951 to 2001) dy = 8,21,225
Average increase dy 1,36,871
The increment in arithmetic increase is determined from past decades and the average
of that increment is added to the average increase.
2. Incremental Increase Method: Bhubaneswar
Year Event Population Increment Incremental
(X) x (Y) (a) x Increase (b) y
1951 1 16512 0
1961 2 38211 21699 45581
1971 3 105491 67280 46440
1981 4 219211 113720 78611
1991 5 411542 192331 44159
2001 6 648032 236490 -46785
2011 7 837737 189705 n
2015 8 901894 0.4
2021 9 1008209 1
2025 10 1085806 1.4
2031 11 1212282 2
2041 12 1449957 3
2045 13 1554435 3.4
2051 14 1721232 4
Total (1951 to = 136871 33601.2
2011) dy

Chapter-4
3. Geometric Increase Method: Bhubaneswar
Population
Year Event Increment Increase
(capita)
(X) x (Y)
1951 1 16512 0
1961 2 38211 21699 1.31
1971 3 105491 67280 1.76
1981 4 219211 113720 1.08
1991 5 411542 192331 0.88
2001 6 648032 236490 0.57
2011 7 837737 189705 0.29
2015 8 1070670
2021 9 1546954
2025 10 1977084
2031 11 2856583
2041 12 5274927
2045 13 8616129
2051 14 9740606
USE: 7,33,800 capita, Year 1941
(A) Geometric Mean (5 positive elements)= 1.05
4. Population Projection by Regression Method: Bhubaneswar
Bhubaneswar
Year
Population
1951 16,512
1961 38,211
1971 1,05,491
1981 2,19,211
1991 4,11,542
2001 6,48,032
2011 8,37,737
2015 10,04,955
2021 11,58,483
2025 13,22,984
2031 14,98,456
2041 18,82,317
2045 20,90,706

Chapter-4
2600000
2400000
y = 21944x2 - 33075x + 18667
2200000
2000000
1800000
1600000
Poplation Y
1400000
1200000
1000000
800000
600000
400000
200000
0
1951 1961 1971 1981 1991 2001 2011 2021 2031 2041 2051
Year x
Bhubaneswar District VI Population 2041 -2045

1150000
1100000
1050000
1000000
983400
950000
900000 900709
850000
800000
770000
750000
700000 700000
650000
Population
600000
583000
550000
524000
500000
450000
400000 396000
350000 348000
323200
300000
278500
250000
200000 208100
170859
150000
100000
50000
Year

Chapter-4

Chapter-5
Wastewater Flows and Loads
Chapter 5
5. Wastewater Flow and Loads
5.1 Wastewater Characteristics and Per Capita Flows
This Chapter evaluates the results of a field sampling program in the sewer systems
in Bhubaneswar District VI and Cuttack for the purpose of collecting samples for
laboratory analysis of wastewater characteristics and measuring wastewater flows.
The results are included for both cities to give the most comprehensive view of
available data. This Chapter also includes an evaluation of available water records to
gain insight into resulting per capita wastewater flows.
The objective is to determine design values for the influent wastewater to the treatment
plants for BOD5 and Total Suspended Solids (TSS) and per capita flow contributions.
5.2 Wastewater Characteristics
The field sampling program was conducted between 02.05.2010 and 20.05.2010 at 5
locations each in Bhubaneswar and Cuttack as below;
Table 5.1: Wastewater Sampling and Flow Measurement Program at Bhubaneswar &
Cuttack
City Wastewater Sampling Duration

Points Phase-I Phase-II
Bhubaneswar 1.Chandrasekharpur, BDA Colony Phase-I. 9:00 A:M, 13.05.2010
2. Sailashree Chowk, Near Sailahsree Vihar Area 2.05.2010 To
To 16.05.2010
3.Kanan Vihar Phase-I, Near Nandan Kanan Road
9:00 A:M,
4.Salia Sahi (at Pumping Station)
3.05.2010
5. VSS Nagar (Near Market) (Added in Phase-II)
Cuttack 1. Pattapola Area 2.05.2010 10.05.2010 To
2. Professor Pada Chowk 9:00 A:M To 12.05.2010
3. Mahandi Vihar, Justice Chowk 3.05.2010 And 17.05.2010
4. CDA, Bidanasi, (Added in Phase-II) 9:00 A:M To
5. Saanta Sahi (Added in Phase-II) 20.05.2010

Chapter-5
Maps showing locations of sampling and flow measurement points are presented in
Figure- 5.1 and 5.2.
Two 24 hour composite samples were taken at each location, one on a weekend
(Phase 1) and one on a weekday (Phase 2). The areas tributaries to the sampling
locations are primarily residential with some mixed commercial uses. The results are
summarized in Tables 5.2, and 5.3.

Chapter-5
Table 5.2: Sampling Results: Bhubaneswar
Chemical Analysis of Water Collected From Different Area
Bhubaneswar
SL Phase I Phase 2
Parameter
No C.S Pur, Sailshree Kannan Salia Sahi Average BDA Ph-1, Sailshree Kannan Vihar Salia Sahi VSS Nagar, Average
BDA Ph-I Vihar Vihar Station Nilmadhav basti Vihar Station near market
area
1 PH at 25°c 69 6.7 6.9 6.8 6.80 7.4 7.1 7.2 7.2 7.3 7.2
2 Dissolved Oxygen, mg/l Nil Nil 2.6 Nil 0.65 Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil -
3 Total suspended Solid, mg/l 154 138 128 102 130.5 162 172 16 86 120 129
4 Volatile Suspended Solid
82 86 48 64 70 76 80 64 46 78 69
mg/l
5 Biochemical Oxygen
70 95 18 75 64.5 78 72 62 92 122 85
Demand 5 days at 20°c
6 Chemical Oxygen demand
176 168 77 154 133 195 184 152 224 296 210
mg/l
7 Total Nitrogen(as N), mg/l 18 25 6 16 16 16.5 14.2 12.8 16.1 28.9 17.7
8 Oil and Grease, mg/ 14 24 2 10 12.5 30 24 22 32 34 28
9 Nickel (as Ni), mg/ <0.01 <0 01 <0.01 <0.01 - <0.01 0.01 <0.01 0.02 <0.01 -
10 Copper (as Cu), mg/l 0.04 0.02 0.02 <0 01 - 0.01 0.03 0.02 0.04 0.01 -
11 Chromium (as Cr), mg/l 0.02 <0.01 0.01 <0.01 - <0.01 <0.01 <0 01 <0.01 <0.01 -
12 Zinc (as Zn),mg/l 0.37 0.16 0.21 0.3 - 0.1 0.27 0 09 0.2 0.1 -
13 Iron (as Fe), mg/l 5 56 1.68 451 1.18 - 2.2 2.7 1.4 1.57 2.1 -
14 Mangaese (as Mn),mg/l 0.12 0.08 0 05 0.14 - 0.17 0.24 0.15 0.22 0.18 -
15 mercury (asHg), mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 - <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 -
16 Arsenic(as As), mg/l <0.005 <0.005 <0 005 <0.005 - <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 -
17 Selenium(as Se),mg/l <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 - <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 -
18 Fecal Coliform/100ml 1.6*10 3 9.01*104 1.6*10 3
9.0*10 5
3.5*10 6
5* 10 5
5.4 *10 5
1.1 * 10 5
3.5*104
Organis - -
Organism Organism Organism Organisms Organisms Organisms Organisms Organisms
m

Chapter-5
Table 5.3: Sampling Results: Cuttack
Chemical Analysis of Water Collected From Different Area
Cuttack
SL Phase I Phase 2
N Parameter
Pattapola Professor Mahanadi Average Pattapola Professor Mahanadi Saanta Sahi Sector -6 Average
o area Para Chowk Vihar, Justice Area Para Vihar, Justice (In front of CDA,
Telephone Bhawan) (Near PMC Office)
Chowk Chowk Chowk
1 PH at 25°c 6.9 7.2 7.1 7.07 7.1 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.3 7.20
2 Dissolved Oxygen, mg/l 1.6 2.9 1.4 1.97 Nil 0.5 1.2 1.4 1 0.8
3 Total suspended Solid, mg/l 56 20 152 76.0 200 52 56 82 100 98.0
4 Volatile Suspended Solid mg/l 42 12 56 36.6 120 34 34 42 60 58.0
Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5
5 20 11 27 19.3 112 46 32 29 38 57.4
days at 20°c
6 Chemical Oxygen demand mg/l 88 53 125 88.6 208 144 83 83 93 122.2
7 Total Nitrogen(as N), mg/l 3.8 2.4 4 3.4 16.8 9.3 10.0 13.9 8.7 11.7
8 Oil and Grease, mg/ 2 4 2 2.7 17 3 12 10 8 10.0
9 Nickel (as Ni), mg/ <0.001 <0.001 <0.01 - 0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.02 -
10 Copper (as Cu), mg/l <0.001 0.002 0.02 - 0.08 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.04 -
11 Chromium (as Cr), mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.01 - 0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 -
12 Zinc (as Zn),mg/l 0.007 0.1 0.12 - 0.26 0.1 <0.01 0.07 0.18 -
13 Iron (as Fe), mg/l 1 02 1.34 3.97 - 4.97 2.03 1.57 1.2 4.2 -
14 Manganese (as Mn),mg/l 0.53 0.06 0.63 - 0.74 0.07 0.82 0.48 0.84 -
15 mercury (asHg), mg/l 0.003 <0.001 0.002 - <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 -
16 Arsenic(as As), mg/l <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 - <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 -
17 Selenium(as Se),mg/l <0.005 0.005 <0.005 - <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 -
18 Fecal Coliform/100ml 5.42*103 1.6* 103 5.42*104 - 5.4*106 3.5*104 5.4*104 9.0*105 1.4*107 -
0rgaism Organism Organism Organism Organism Organism Organism Organism

Chapter-5
Table 5.4: Key Sampling Parameters: Ranges and Averages
Chemical Analysis of Water Collected From Different Areas
Parameters Cuttack Bhubaneswar
High Low Average High Low Average
Total suspended Solid, mg/l 200 20 87 172 86 130
Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days at 20°c 112 11 38 122 18 74
Chemical Oxygen demand mg/l 208 53 105 296 77 177
The key influent parameters for the design of the wastewater treatment plants are BOD5
and Total Suspended Solids (TSS). In order to better understand what values to use for
these key parameters it is useful to compare them with the recommended design values
and to data in other parts of India. These comparison data are shown in Table 5.5.
Table 5.5: Wastewater Characteristics: Comparison Data
Wastewater Characteristics, Comparison Data
Location Design Flow BOD, mg/l TSS, mg/l
MLD Actual Design Actual Design
Amritsar 95 192 210 185 340

Mumbai (Mundhwa) 45 202 250 334 350
Bagalore - - 350 - 450
Arioli 80 134 210 186 156
Vashi 100 142 194 236 311
Khagar 25 115 175 132 200
Nerul 100 199 175 170 200
PCMC 30 90 - 142 -
GOA 125 140 - 195 -
Okhla 136 - 250 - 400
(1) (1)
Average 152 254 198 322
(2) (2)
Odisha <60 74/38 275/158 115/87 300/160
(Bhubaneswar/Cuttack)
Design (CPHEEO) - - 375 - 750
1. Excludes values less than 200 mg/l which are judged below acceptable design limits.
2. Values from DPRs. SAPROF references design BOD of 250 mg/l for domestic wastewater (page 3-29).

Chapter-5
The data in Table 5.4 show that the results in Cuttack for BOD5 and TSS are lower than
the data typically found in other sewer systems in India. There are a number of potential
reasons for this including defects in the sewers allowing excess infiltration which would
dilute the sewage, a low percentage of actual functioning house connections which
would further reduce the amount of sewage with respect to infiltration and in-system
deposition due to low flows that would tend to reduce downstream concentrations. This
is particularly true for the samples taken in the Cuttack system, where the locations were
open street drains/sewers. This is illustrated when comparing the concentrations in
Cuttack and Bhubaneswar. The samples from the closed sewers in Bhubaneswar were
higher by 90% for BOD5 and 30% for TSS and would be more typical of domestic diluted
sewage.
The concentrations measured in the field program are representative of existing
conditions but are not representative of those found in a new properly functioning
sewerage system where infiltration will be better controlled and connection of house
sewers will be high. For these reasons the field data should not be used as a guide to
setting influent design concentrations for BOD and TSS. These concentrations are too
low for design purposes because it is critical that the influent design concentrations not
be underestimated or the treatment plants will not have the built-in capacity to reliably
treat more typical wastewater concentrations as well as the higher concentrations that
would be expected to occur during a 30-day maximum month period.
On the other hand designing the treatment plants to meet Government design guidelines
of BOD5 375 mg/l and TSS 750 mg/l (Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment,
Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organization (CPHEEO)) would
likely over design the systems, in part because it does not account for infiltration and
would not be cost effective.
Based on the available data as presented in Table 5.4, the influent design
concentrations of BOD5 275 mg/l and TSS 300 mg/l should be used, which are the
same as the original Bhubaneswar DPR recommendation and are similar with other
treatment plants in India. The same values should be used for Bhubaneswar and
Cuttack since the sewer systems in both cities will be built to the same standards. As
such each system will control infiltration and deliver sewage to the treatments plants at
the strengths noted above.
The remainders of the sampling data are consistent with the dilute domestic wastewater.
The nitrogen concentrations and bacteria counts are low and in line with dilute
wastewater as noted above. The metal concentrations are also low and do not suggest
industrial discharges that may adversely impact a biological treatment process.
5.3 Flow Measurement Program
The Flow measurements were taken between 13.05.2010 and 20.05.2010 at 4 locations
in Bhubaneswar and 5 locations in Cuttack as below;

Chapter-5
Table 5.6: Flow Measurement Points
City Flow Measurement Points Duration
Bhubaneswar 1. Chandrasekharpur, BDA Colony Phase-I, at 13.05.2010

Nilamadhav Basti. To
2. Sailashree Chowk, Near Sailahsree Vihar Area 16.05.2010
3. Kanan Vihar Phase-I, Near Nandan Kanan Road
4. VSS Nagar
Cuttack 1. Pattapola Area 10.05.2010 To
2. Professor Pada Chowk 12.05.2010
3. Mahandi Vihar, Justice Chowk And
4. CDA, Bidanasi, 17.05.2010 To
5. Saanta Sahi 20.05.2010
The data were taken for a continuous period of 48 hours. The results are summarized in
Table 5.7.
Table 5.7: Flow Measurement Results
Flow in MLD
Location
Average Maximum Minimum
Bhubaneswar District VI
BSA 1 Chandrasekharpur, BDA Colony 0.07 0.22 0
Phase-I, at Nilamadhav Basti.
BSA 2 Sailashree Chowk, Near 0.36 1.17 0.01
Sailahsree Vihar Area
BSA 3 Kanan Vihar Phase-I, Near 0.15 0.52 0.02
Nandan Kanan Road
BSA 4 VSS Nagar 0.12 0.26 0.01
Cuttack
CSA 1 CDA, Bidanasi, 0.07 0.17 0.01
CSA 2 0.29 0.73 0.076

Mahandi Vihar, Justice Chowk
CSA 3 0.23 0.66 0.02
Professor Pada Chowk
CSA 4 0.17 0.46 0.031
Saanta Sahi
CSA 5 0.46 1.87 0.21
Pattapola Area
5.4 Household Survey
The household survey of each of the tributary areas of the flow measurement points
were carried out between 12.06.2010 to 08.07.2010.

Chapter-5
The main objective of the exercise was to estimate the population in each area tributary
to the flow measurement locations. For defining the tributary area, in case of
Bhubaneswar drawings of existing sewerage networks were collected from respective
Public Health divisions. In Cuttack, thorough site visits were carried out to define the
tributary area.
Table 5.8 summarizes the house hold survey data.
Table 5.8: House Hold Survey
S. N Tributary Area Duration of Population

Survey
Bhubaneswar
1 Chandrasekharpur, BDA Colony Phase-I, at 12 - 16.06.2010 7160
Nilamadhav Basti.
2 Sailashree Chowk, Near Sailahsree Vihar Area 17 - 20.06.2010 7662
3 Kanan Vihar Phase-I, Near Nandan Kanan Road 21 - 24.06.2010 735
4 VSS Nagar 28 - 30 .06.2010 3814
Cuttack
1 CDA, Bidanasi, 30.06.2010 337
2 Mahandi Vihar, Justice Chowk 03.07.2010 1281
3 Professor Pada Chowk 06.07.2010 1079
4 Saanta Sahi 07.07.2010 873
5 Pattapola Area 08.07.2010 3457
5.5 Per Capita Flow Estimates
Based on the flow measurement results and the population data from the house hold
survey the per capita wastewater generation (LPCD) was calculated by using following
formula;
Per capita Waste Water generation (litres per capita per day) = (Average Flow
(MLD)/Total Population) X 1000000
The results are summarized in Table 5.9 as below;

Chapter-5
Table 5.9: Per Capita Flow Estimates
Per Capita Flow Estimates

Location Tributary Area Average Tributary Per Capita Flow,
Flow, Population Liters per capita
MLD per day
Bhubaneswar
BSA 1 Chandrasekharpur, BDA Colony 0.07 7160 10
Phase-I, at Nilamadhav Basti.
BSA 2 Sailashree Chowk, Near 0.36 7662 47
Sailahsree Vihar Area
BSA 3 Kanan Vihar Phase-I, Near 0.15 735 210
Nandan Kanan Road
BSA 4 VSS Nagar 0.12 3814 32
Total 19371 36
Cuttack
CSA 1 CDA, Bidanasi, 0.07 337 208
CSA 2 0.29 1281 228

Mahandi Vihar, Justice Chowk
CSA 3 0.23 1079 215
Professor Pada Chowk
CSA 4 0.17 873 194
Saanta Sahi
CSA 5 0.46 3457 133
Pattapola Area
Total 7027 173
Recommended Per Capita Flow Estimate, CPHEEO 120
The data in Table 5.9 indicate that the per capita flow estimates measured in
Bhubaneswar District VI are below the value recommended in the CPHEEO Manual of
120 litres per capita per day in three areas and above in one area. In Cuttack the per
capita flows are higher in all five locations. Like the wastewater concentrations these
values are representative of existing conditions, but are not values to be used for the
design of new sewers, pumping stations or treatment plants. The lower values in
Bhubaneswar suggest that there are problems in the collection systems related to
operational and/or structural conditions in the sewers or household connections. It also
doesn't account of changing water use practices that are likely to occur over the life of
the system as properly functioning water and sewer systems are more fully used.
The higher values in Cuttack are suspected to be caused by excessive infiltration into
the sewers due to groundwater entering structural cracks and/or deteriorated / defective
joints. This is consistent with the lower concentrations of BOD and TSS reported in
Table 5.3 for Cuttack, those are representative of diluted sewage with high groundwater
infiltration.

Chapter-5
For these reasons the CPHEEO design value of 120 lpcd will be used for design of the
sewers, pumping stations and treatment plants.
5.6 Water Use – Data Analysis
In addition to direct measurements of wastewater flows a review and analysis of the

water use data was conducted for Bhubaneswar and Cuttack. The purpose of the
analysis is to determine if the data are representative of actual water consumption and to
use the data as a guide in selecting per capita wastewater generation rates.
The Bhubaneswar data were obtained from the Office of the Assistant Engineer P.H.
Sub-Division of Chandrasekharpur and from the Office of the Assistant Engineer P.H.
Sub-Division C.S. Pur, Bhubaneswar. The data include the present and future demand
of water from Hill Top Reservoir at Niladrivihar, signed by the assistant engineer P.H.
Sub-division, Chandrasekharpur, no date. Also provided are the details on water supply
stand posts located under P.H. Sub- division, C Spur, Bhubaneswar, no date. The
present and future use data are in tabular format for major areas: Niladrivihar,
Saileshreevihar, Kananvihar, District Center, Maitrivihar, Adimata Colony, Samant Vihar,
Sastri Nagar, NW of Kalinga Stadium, Sabar Sahi and Unit VIII.
A breakdown of the major areas into sectors and sub areas was provided for
Niladrivihar, Saileshreevihar and Kananvihar. Although these data do not represent all of
Bhubaneswar, it does provide relevant information about water use. The data have been
summarized in Table 5.10 and per capita calculations have been performed for each
area. The methodology for calculating the per capita water use is explained in more
detail in the next section.
Table 5.10: Summary of Water Use data- Bhubaneswar
Area/ Location House No. of Present Use Per Capita, After 30%
hold People Liters (Lit) Lit Losses, Lit
Niladri Vihar 3,907 19,535 35,32,475 180 126
Saileshree Vihar 4,293 21,465 66,05,325 307 215
Kanan Vihar 1,350 6,750 12,88,050 190 133
District Ctr. 338 1,690 1,11,600 66 46
Maitri Vihar 246 1,230 5,55,675 451 316
Adimata Colony 126 630 1,79,025 284 198
Samant Vihar 75 375 1,39,500 372 260
Sastri Nagar 340 1,700 3,48,750 205 143
NW of Kalinga stadium 285 1,425 2,55,750 179 125
Sabar Sahi 85 425 99,975 235 164
Unit VIII 96 480 2,23,200 465 325
Total 11,141 55,705 1,33,39,325 239 168
Average Average

Chapter-5
The data provided for Cuttack were from a document entitled Status of Urban Water
Supply Infrastructure dated December 31, 2009. It provided pertinent data on 2001 and
2009 population, production of water, population served by the water system and the
number of connections & stand posts.
The data have been summarized in Table 5.11 and per capita calculations have been
performed for the population served by the water supply system. The methodology for
calculating the per capita water use is explained in more details in the next section.
Table 5.11: Summary of Water Demand data - Cuttack
Area/ Population Served Present Use, Lit Per capita, Lit After Losses, Lit
Location by water system
Cuttack 600,000 130,000,000 217 152
5.6.1 Data Analysis, Bhubaneswar
The data represents approximately 10% of the population of Bhubaneswar and provides
valuable water use information within the project area. For this reason the data serves
as a good representative sample of water use conditions in Bhubaneswar District VI.
It is important to note that the water use data provided were not based on metered data
but instead was a calculated value based on the individual water pump station operating
records, which were not provided. The reliability of these data is uncertain but provides
the best available information to estimate water uses. Much of this uncertainty lies in the
estimate of unaccounted for water which could be as high as 40-50% in some areas.
The water use information provided the number of households for each area. Upon
review of the 2001 census data it was observed that an average household size of 5
people would be reasonable. This average household size was used to calculate an
average per capita demand.
The daily water use ranged from 46 liters per capita to 326 liters per capita but the
majority of the values for the more populated areas were between 127 and 215. Due to
this wide range of values the data were combined to calculate a composite value of 168
LPCD.
Information relative to the number of water stand posts in the communities was provided.
In the areas where these stand posts are used the average person is utilizing what they
can carry during the course of the day. The prevalence of stand posts will tend to reduce
the estimated per capita water use.

Chapter-5
For some of these households, the residents may also be using hand pumps and not a
tap which would indicate that a water closet may not be available and this water
consumption may not be contributing to a sanitary sewer. For estimates of future water
demand and wastewater flows, all households within the project area will be provided
with water connections and a sewer connection.
5.6.2 Data Analysis, Cuttack
These data represent the population of Cuttack and represent the number of households
that are served by the municipal water system today. It is important to note that the
water use data provided was not based on metered data but instead was a calculated
value similar to the information for Bhubaneswar. The reliability of the data is uncertain
however it represents the best available information to estimate per capita water use. As
with Bhubaneswar a large part of the uncertainty lie in the estimate of non-revenue
water.
5.7 Peaking Factor.
In addition to average flows, it is important to understand the relationship between

average and peak conditions. The ratio of average to instantaneous peak flows range
from 2.1 to 4 for the 9 locations where flow measurements were taken. The average
peaking factor is 2.9 for both Bhubaneswar and Cuttack. This is typical, although on the
lower side, for small tributary areas and the diurnal timing of the peak flows in the
morning and evenings is consistent with typical domestic wastewater patterns. Therefore
the peaking factors that are in the CPHEEO manual will be used.
5.8 Conclusion
The water data in Bhubaneswar and Cuttack provided an average per capita use of 168
and 152 LPCD respectively for an average of 160 LPCD between the two data sets.
According to the CPHEEO Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment, Second
Edition, and in accordance with standard engineering practice 80% of the water demand
should be used to estimate wastewater flows. Using 80% of the average water use value
results in wastewater flows of 134 LPCD for Bhubaneswar & 122 for Cuttack. The
Bhubaneswar data is greater than the value of 120 LPCD recommended in the SAPROF
report and used as a standard in India. The 122 LPCD for Cuttack is similar to the
recommended 120 LPCD.
The calculated values of 134 LPCD and122 LPCD do not take into account infiltration
and other sources which will be addressed when total wastewater flow in each city are
estimated.
There are a number of variables that can influence and add a level of uncertainty into an
evaluation of water records. They include:

Chapter-5
• Lack of actual metered water usage

• Variations in the number of persons per household
• Estimates of unaccounted for water
• Use of standposts and associated population served
Notwithstanding these uncertainties, there is nothing in the available water data that
would suggest not using the national standard of 120 LCD to estimate wastewater flows
in Bhubaneswar and Cuttack.
5.9 Summary
On the basis of the explanations above, the following design criteria will be used.
1) The influent design concentrations of BOD5 275 mg/l and TSS 300 mg/l will be
used for Cuttack.
2) The design value of wastewater generation at the rate of 120 lpcd will be used for
design of the sewers, pumping stations and treatment plants, as recommended in
CPHEEO manual.
3) The peaking factors that are in the sewer design criteria and recommended in
CPHEEO Manual will be used.

Bhubaneswar City (Sewerage Dist-VI) under JICA Assisted Chapter-6
Odisha Integrated Sanitation Improvement Project (ID- Collection System Design Criteria
P187)
Chapter 6
6. Collection System Design Criteria
6.1 Sewer Network Design Criteria
The Chapter includes the Design Criteria for sewers and outlines relevant City policies,
applicable codes, and engineering and operational practices and procedures that have
been developed to establish a cost-effective, reliable, and safe wastewater collection
system. Also used in conjunction with these design criteria are applicable current
standard drawings, specifications, and industry requirements for the planning and design
of wastewater infrastructure.
This guide is not a substitute for professional experience, nor is it meant to relieve the
design engineer from his/her responsibility to use good engineering judgment. The
design engineer shall be responsible for providing a design that, within industry
standards, can be safely repaired and maintained, will provide good service and life, and
will not create a public nuisance or hazard. Under most conditions, this guide should
serve as a minimum standard. However, it is not meant to preclude alternative designs
when the standards cannot be met, or when special or emergency conditions warrant.
6.2 Introduction
This document provides design criteria for sanitary sewers including interceptors,
collectors, building service connections, Rising (force) Mains and related appurtenances.
The CPHEEO Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment, second edition, is the
primary reference for design criteria. In addition to the CPHEEO Manual additional
references and other International design guidelines and practices have been used to
develop the design criteria.
6.3 Separate Municipal Collection System
A separated collection system will be designed for conveying sanitary sewage to a

treatment plant. Storm water drainage will be conveyed in a system which is separate
from the sewage system.

P187)
Industrial waste water shall be treated separately. In those cases where industrial
wastes are allowed to be discharged to the municipal system attention shall be given to
the volume and composition of the wastewater. Before allowing an industrial discharge
to the sewer, data should be collected by the industry about the industry process,
quantity and quality of the waste water. Based on these data the impact on the sewers
and treatment processes should be evaluated by OWSSB and the suitability of
transporting and treating the treated waste water will be determined.
6.4 Design Period
Sewage collection systems will be designed for a period of 30 years. The base year will
be 2011. The ultimate design year will be 2045.
6.5 Flow Projections
Wastewater flows will be based on population, water consumption estimates and

infiltration. Acceptable peak factors will be applied to the flow projections.
6.6 Population
The population will be based on data provided by the local development authorities and
the flows for each tributary area and sewer reach shall be calculated in accordance with
the population densities for the given area as presented in Chapter 4.
6.7 Water Consumption Per Capita
The quantity of wastewater generated, to be transported and treated will depend on

population and per capita water use. The Manual on Water Supply and Treatment
(Ministry of Urban Development, New Delhi, May 1999) recommends water use at 150
LPCD. This will be considered to calculate sewage flow as per section 1.4.3.
6.8 Per Capita Wastewater Flow
The amount of water returned as sewage will be 80% in accordance with the CPHEEO
Manual (REF 1, Page 39). This will result in a per capita wastewater flow of 120 LPCD.
6.9 Peaking Factors
The Peak Factors is the ratio of maximum to average daily flow and is a function of
service area population. This factor is applied to the average daily wastewater flows to
account for higher than normal daily flows. Design peak factors are summarized in Table
6.1 with reference to contributory Population.

P187)
Table 6.1 - Design Peak Factors
Item Contributory Population (capita) Peaking Factor

1 Up to 20,000 3.0
2 20,000 to 50,000 2.5
3 50,000 to 7,50,000 2.25
4 Above 7,50,000 2.00
NOTE: From CPHEEO Manual (REF 1, 6-51 CPHEEO/ND/94, Page 39).
6.10 Ground Water Infiltration
The CPHEEO Manual on sewerage and sewage treatment specifies rates for ground
water infiltration for sewers (clause 3.2.7). The groundwater infiltration rates are
summarized in Table 6.2.
Table 6.2: Ground Water Infiltration
Infiltration Condition Units Minimum Maximum
Service Area liters/hectares/day 5,000 50,000
Pipeline Length liters/kilometer/day 500 5,000
Manholes liters/each/day 250 500
NOTE: From CPHEEO Manual (REF 1, Page 40).
Groundwater infiltrations rate will be based on pipeline length (i.e. – liters / kilometres /
day) and on permeability of soil. Major portions of the project area of District VI,
Bhubaneswar are in higher elevation and the ground water table is low. The soil strata
are generally of laterite or moorum beyond 1.5m depth overlaid by hard soil. As such the
soil strata can be considered as semi-permeable and accordingly a lower infiltration rate
of 2500 liters / kilometres / day has been considered in the hydraulic design of sewers.
6.11 Pipe Flow Characteristics
6.11.1 Flow Friction Formula
The designer will use Manning’s Formula for open channel flow and the Hazen Williams
Formula for closed pressure conduit in rising (force) mains. The Modified Hazen
Williams Formula may also be used for rising mains. The Manning’s formula is given
below. (Ref. Page 46 of Manual of Sewerage and Sewage Treatment by CPHEEO). The
Hazen - Williams and Modified Hazen - Williams formulae are described in Rise (Force)
Main Design (Section 6.15.1).

P187)
Manning’s Formula
V= (1/n) x (R2/3) x (S½)
2/3
Q= (1/n) x (A) x (R ) x (S½)
Where:
Q= Discharge (cubic meters per second)
S= Slope of Hydraulic Gradient (meter/meter)
R= Hydraulic Radius (meters)
A= Cross Sectional Area of Flow Stream (square meters)
V= Velocity (meters per second)
n = Manning’s Coefficient of Roughness (dimensionless)
The values of Manning’s Roughness Coefficient (n) for various pipeline materials are
summarized in Table 6.3 below.
Table 6.3: Coefficients of Roughness for use in Manning’s Formula
Pipe/Channel Material Roughness Coefficient,

n
Cement concrete, with collar joints, good 0.013
Cement concrete, with collar joints, fair 0.015
Concrete, spun with socket-spigot joints (RCC and PSC) 0.011

Steel, welded 0.013
Steel, riveted 0.017
Steel, slightly tuberculated 0.020
Steel, spun cement mortar lining 0.011
Cast Iron, unlined 0.013
Cast Iron, spun cement mortar lining 0.011
Plastic (PVC) smooth 0.011
NOTE: Manning Coefficients of Roughness from the CPHEEO Manual (REF 1, Table 3.4, Page 47). Factors,
representing asbestos cement pipe and earthen channels, have been deleted. Asbestos cement pipe and earthen
channels will not be used as conduits in the sanitary sewer phase of the Cuttack and Bhubaneswar projects.
Adjustments may be made in the roughness factor if the existing sewers are being
evaluated.
6.11.2 Velocity of Flow
To maintain self cleaning velocities in the sewers it is usual practice to maintain a

minimum velocity of 0.6 m/sec at initial peak flow and 0.8 m/sec at design peak flow is
recommended in paragraph 3.4.3.1 of the CPHEEO Manual. However in sewers with

P187)
small initial peak flows, typically the upper reaches of the system, depths will be shallow
and correspondingly velocities may be less than 0.6 m/sec. In these cases a minimum
velocity of 0.3 m/sec will be allowed which is sufficient to ensure minimum self cleaning
velocity. In those cases where a 0.3 m/sec velocity cannot be maintained periodic sewer
flushing will be required.
6.11.3 Minimize Solids Deposit
The pipe diameter and slope shall be selected to obtain the greatest practical velocities
to minimize settling problems.
6.11.4 Erosion and Maximum Velocity
To avoid scouring and erosion of sewer pipes caused by sand and other gritty material
the maximum velocity in gravity sewers is recommended not to exceed 3.0 m/sec, as per
section 3.4.3.2 of the CPHEEO Manual.
6.11.5 Depth of Flow in Sewers
As per CPHEEO Manual sewers are to be designed to flow 0.8 full at ultimate peak flow.
As suggested the sewers will be designed for 0.5 and 0.8 for current peak flow and
ultimate peak flow, respectively. In addition, a d/D ratio of 0.5 (maximum) for sewer
diameter up to 300 mm and 0.8 (maximum) for larger diameters at design peak flow. It is
often not possible to achieve the required depth in the upper reaches of the sewer
system.
• Minimum diameter of pipe: The minimum diameter for public sewer shall be 150
mm. Sub-main (collector) sewer connected with two or more laterals shall be a
minimum diameter of 200 mm.
• Maximum diameter of pipe: As per detailed design.
• Minimum cover: 1.0m from above the pipe crown. This can be reduced to 0.8 m in
lanes where movement of four - wheeler heavy vehicle are not anticipated.
• Maximum depth of Sewer: As per detailed design. However effort will be made to
limit the maximum deph of sewer to 7.0 m in Bhubaneswar and 5.0m in Cuttack
when considering the geotechnical information.
• Bedding for Sewers : As per site conditions. Sewer bedding design for different soil
conditions will be furnished in accordance with IS 783 – 1985 / CPHEEO manual.
• Location of Sewers on roads : As per site conditions
6.12 Additional General Design Criteria for Sewers
6.12.1 Buoyancy
For pipelines and appurtenances to be installed in areas where high groundwater exists,
buoyancy will be taken into consideration. For these areas buoyancy of sewers and

P187)
appurtenances shall be considered and flotation of the pipe shall be prevented with the
proper design of anchoring systems at joints and along the pipeline and for structures as
necessary and as per manufacturer’s recommendations.
6.12.2 Slope between Manholes
Sewers shall be laid with uniform slope between two consecutive manholes to provide a
steady hydraulic profile (TWL).
6.12.3 High Velocity Protection
Where velocities greater than 3.6 m/s are attained, special provision shall be made to
protect against displacement by erosion and impact.
6.12.4 Steep Slope Protection
Sewers on 20 percent slopes or greater shall be anchored securely with concrete, or

equivalent.
6.12.5 Alignment
In general, sewers shall be laid with straight alignment between manholes. Curvilinear
alignment of sewers will not be considered for design.
6.12.6 Changes in Pipe Diameter
When a smaller sewer joins a larger one, the invert of the larger sewer should be
lowered sufficiently to maintain the same energy gradient. An approximate method for
securing these results is to place the 0.8 depth point of both sewers at the same
elevation or to match the crown elevation.
6.12.7 Materials
Generally accepted material for sewers will be given consideration, but the material
selected should be adapted to local conditions, such as abrasion, corrosion, and similar.
RCC pipe Class NP3 shall be used for diameters up to 900 mm Class NP4 for diameters
above 900 mm. RCC non-pressure pipe suitable for joints with rubber gaskets shall be
watertight and conform to IS 458:2003. Portland Pozzolana Cement shall conform to IS
1489(Part 1): 1991 shall be recommended for piping materials. Where a specification is
not available, equivalent industry standard specifications may be acceptable.
6.13 Sewer Appurtenant Works
6.13.1 Manholes
Various types of manholes are to be provided as per CPHEEO manual to facilitate

cleaning and inspection of sewers. Table 6.4 gives the type and size of various

P187)
manholes to be employed for different diameter of sewers and for different depths. The
selection of types of manhole shall also be based on the economic and construction
factors.
Table 6.4: Manhole Sizes Vs Depth Diameters
Types of Manholes Description Size of manhole
Rectangular For depth of manholes less than 0.9 m 900 x 800 mm
Rectangular For depth of manholes from 0.9 m to 2.5 m 1200 x 900 mm
Circular manholes For depth above 0.90m and up to 1.65m 900 mm diameter
Circular manholes For depth above 1.65m and up to 2.30m 1200 diameter
Circular manholes For depth above 2.30m and up to 9.0m 1500 mm diameter
Circular manholes For depth above 9.0m and up to 14m 1800 mm diameter
Note: As per CPHEEO manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment
Consideration in selecting manhole size will also be given based on sewer size as noted
in Table 6.5.
Table 6.5: Manhole Sizes Vs Depth Diameters
Sl. No. Description Diameter of manhole
1 For sewers up to diameter 300mm 900mm

2 For sewers diameter from 300 mm to 600 mm 1200mm
5 For sewers diameter from 1200 mm and more 2100mm
Note: Circular manhole depths are derived from CPHEEO (REF 1). Manhole will be constructed directly over the
centerline of the sewer pipe.
6.13.2 Manhole Spacing
Considering structural safety only circular manholes are being proposed. Rectangular
manholes may be provided based on specific site requirements. Diameter of manholes
shall be per the CPHEEO Manual and IS 4111(Part 1). Manholes should be built at
changes of alignment, gradient or diameters, and at junction of two or more sewers. On
sewers which are to be cleaned manually and cannot be entered for cleaning or
inspection, the maximum distance between manholes shall be per The CPHEEO
Manual. Table 6.6 gives the standard manhole spacing criteria. In addition, the spacing
of manholes on large sewers above 900 mm diameter is governed by the following:

P187)
For sewers to be cleaned manually:

• The distance up to which silt or other obstruction may have to be conveyed
through the sewer to the nearest manhole for removal
• The distance up to which materials for repairs may be conveyed through the
sewer, and
• Ventilation requirement for men working in the sewer.
For sewers which are to be cleaned with mechanical devices, the spacing of manholes
will depend upon the type of equipment to be used for cleaning sewers.
Table 6.6: Manhole Spacing
Sewer Diameter (mm) Manhole Spacing Interval (m)
Sewers less than 900 mm 30 m
Sewers from 900 mm to 1500 mm 90 to 150 m
Sewers from 1500 mm to 2000 mm 150 to 200 m
Sewers greater than 2000 mm 300 m
NOTES: Manhole spacing intervals are derived from CPHEEO (REF 1).
6.13.3 Invert Drop Manholes
Due to maintenance demands and complex construction methods invert drop in

manholes are not recommended. If an invert drop is necessary it shall be constructed
outside of the manhole and shall be provided with a plug for access to clean the main
line. The lower drop section of the connection shall meet the invert elevation of outgoing
sewer. However, large invert drops may be avoided by providing a series of drops in a
stepped manner not exceeding 0.6 m in depth in successive manholes preceding the
end/junction manhole as recommended per the CPHEEO Manual.
6.13.4 Manhole Covers and Frames
The diameters of manholes shall be such that there should be a clear opening of not
less than 560 mm diameter per entry. Steel Fiber Reinforced Concrete covers (SFRC) or
RCPC manhole covers conforming to IS 12592:2002 will be used. Cover and Frame
shall be extra heavy duty (EHD 35) or Heavy Duty (HD-20) grade designation. Internal
diameter of 560 mm will be considered.
6.13.5 Flushing Manholes
Where ever it is not possible to achieve self-cleansing velocity due to flatness of

gradient, especially at the top upstream ends of branch sewers which receive very little

P187)
flow, provisions for sewer flushing/cleaning needs to be considered. Suitable flushing

considerations will be evaluated during the design based on actual field conditions.
6.14 House Connections and Sewer Connection Chambers
House connections to sewers in public roads shall be made through connecting

chambers. Wye branch connections for house connections shall not be made. Lateral
pipes in the public road will be provided up to the private property line. Inspection
chambers will be installed at locations along the public/private property line for
connection to existing building sewers or to accommodate future sewer connections. at
certain points along the public right of way, specifically at vacant land and property
where future development is possible a lateral pipe will be provided within the public way
and will terminate at a sewer connection chamber with a temporary solid plug at the end
of the pipe within the chamber to provide for future connection. This will avoid having to
excavate within the public way in the future by providing these laterals and chambers.
6.15 Rising Mains (Force Mains)
The design of a sewage riser main (force main) must be coordinated with the design of
the wastewater pumping station. An analysis of the range of design flows for the
proposed pumping stations must be completed and this information used in the design of
force mains system. The Hazen-Williams (HW) formula and the Modified Hazen-Williams
(MHW) formula will be provided to OWSSB for consideration and the selected formula
will be used to design the force mains. The WH formula and the MHW formula are
shown below.
6.15.1 Riser (Force) Main Design
The Hazen-Williams formula, as given in page 48 of the CPHEEO manual on Sewage

and Sewerage treatment, reprinted in the equation below for circular conduits is:
V = 0.849 x C x R0.63 x S0.54

Where:
V= Velocity of Flow (meters per second)
C= Hazen Williams Pipe Roughness Coefficient (see Table 6.7)
S= Slope of the Energy Grade Line friction slope

P187)
Table 6.7: Hazen-William Coefficients
Conduit Material Values for Cr

New Pipe Design
Concrete (RCC & PSC) with socket & spigot joints 150 120
Plastic Pipe (PVC) 150 120
Ductile Iron 130 100
Ductile Iron (Mortar lined) 140 120
Steel, welded joints 140 100
Steel, welded joints lined with cement or bituminous enamel 150 120
NOTE: The Hazen-Williams Coefficients of Roughness have been reprinted from the CPHEEO Manual (REF 1, Table
3.5, Page 49). The coefficient, representing asbestos cement pipe, has been deleted. Asbestos cement pipe will not be
used as pumping mains in the sanitary sewage phase of the Cuttack and Bhubaneswar projects.
The Modified Hazen Williams formula is as follows:

V = 143.534 x CR x R0.6575 x S0.5525
Where:
V= Velocity of Flow (meters per second)
CR = Pipe Roughness Coefficient
S= Friction Slope
The value of pipe roughness coefficient (CR) can be considered 1 for smooth pipe and
less than 1 for rough pipe.
6.15.2 Considerations for Design of the Rising Mains:
• Techno-economic analysis for rising main will be done. Ductile Iron (DI) pipes with
SRC lining or equivalent will be used for forced mains.
• When minimum capacity pumps are working the velocity should not be less the
0.60 m/sec in accordance with the IS Standard Specification.
• Total discharge heads should be minimized.
• The velocity and head losses in the pumping main should be based on the actual
discharge, within the limits of the selected pumps. Velocity and head losses
should not be based on peak average and peak discharge flows.
• Alignment: Develop the proposed alignment in plan and depict the changes in
force main elevations in profile. The number of air release/vacuum value
installations should be minimized. This can be achieved by reducing the number
of high points and slope breaks, and by using a profile that rises continuously from
the pumping station toward the transition manhole. This allows the use of air

P187)
injection as a method for the control of hydrogen sulfide (H2S) corrosion and odor
problems, if necessary.
• Head loss in fittings: When calculating head losses in force mains due to fittings
an additional 10% friction loss shall be added to the theoretical design value. Pipe
fittings will include, but not be limited to, horizontal/vertical bends, reducers,
enlargers and valves. Final hydraulic calculations will be checked once the final
force main alignment and number of fittings are known. Adjustments may be
made if necessary.
• Develop the system curve for the force main, which shows the total energy
losses associated with the range of possible pumping rates. Using the system
curve, develop the HGL profiles.
• Develop HGL profiles for the range of pumping rates (minimum, average and
maximum rates) planned for the pumping station. Pumping regime shall conform
to NRCD guidelines except where noted otherwise.
• Base the static head on the difference in vertical elevations between the wet well
low operating level and the point of force main discharge to the gravity sewer.
• It is desirable to minimize the length of the force main so as to minimize the cost
of construction and operation.
6.15.3 Down-Hill Pumping and Force Mains.
For areas where the vertical profile of the force main indicates that downhill pumping
conditions may occur, this will require special analysis to ensure proper hydraulic
performance. These types of force main profiles are also conducive to potential severe
water-hammer pressures caused by rapid velocity change in the force main resulting
from pump start up or shut down. It is therefore recommended that force main profiles
which can generate downhill flow be avoided. If downward pumping condition cannot be
avoided, then proper hydraulic performance of the force main should be ensured based
on sound engineering and design principles.
Considered the following, when downhill pumping is required:
• The downward sloping force main section following the high point may not flow full
during initial line start up because the flow carrying capacity exceeds the line filling
rate. The elevation of the high point, in this case, will give the highest static head that
the pump must overcome during initial start up.
• The downward sloping force main section may not flow under pressure at some
pumping rates during normal operation of the pumping station and when pumps shut
down. Consider whether and how the pressurized pipe flow should be achieved and
maintained.

P187)
• The trapping of air/sewer gases at the high point and the downward sloping section,
and the effects on pumping head and removal of the air/gas from the force main
should be considered.
• In general, a minimum velocity of 0.6 m/s is required to maintain solids in
suspension. Velocities ranging from 0.9 – 1.1 m/s would be required to re-suspend
solids that have settled in the force main. This higher velocity is required for force
main profiles which exhibit multiple high points and low points. Relatively small
stations with intermittent pumping of one or two pumps generally should be designed
for higher minimum velocities in the force main, compared to larger stations having
more than three pumps. The minimum velocity required must be based on
engineering as well as operation and maintenance considerations.
• The maximum velocity in a force main is about 1.8 m/s. With velocities upto 3 m/s
allowed (CPEHEEO Manual, Section 3.4.7), high velocities generating high head
losses and potential severe waterhammer pressures are not desirable. Flow velocity
can vary in a force main, depending on the number of pumps operating in a pumping
station. Base the maximum force main velocity on the peak pumping rate that would
be delivered during the peak wastewater influent condition.
• The minimum size for a force main is 100 mm (4-inch) diameter.
• Evaluate the severity of waterhammer pressures in the force main under the
worse case scenario assuming power failure at the pumping station coincident
with firm pumping capacity.
6.15.4 Rising Main Appurtenances and Structures
• Air release, and air and vacuum valves shall be installed as necessary at high points
along the force main alignment.
• Blowoffs.
⁻ Locate blow offs near the wastewater pumping station. The wastewater pumping
station by-pass piping may be used to blow off the force main piping.
⁻ Blow offs along the force main normally are not required, however, where the force
main contains a long depressed section between two high points or in case the force
main needs a point to drain the system, a blow off is recommended.
• Flushing Connections.
Provide flushing connections on the force main where necessary for proper
maintenance and cleaning of the pipe.

P187)
• Transition manhole.
⁻ The connection between the force main and gravity sewer are designed with a
transition manhole so that wastewater will be flowing full in the force main. Typically,
the invert of the gravity sewer will be 25 mm (1 inch) above the crown or top of the
force main.
⁻ When the force main is 300 mm and larger, provide a design for the transition
manhole with a connection to the manhole that will allow the force main to remain full
at all times. The design must also protect maintenance personnel or others from
harm while accessing the manhole.
⁻ Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S) corrosion mitigation to be specified as required by the
design.
• Pipe material for Riser Main (force mains)

Ductile iron pipe (DI), class K-9 pipe with interior epoxy or cement mortar lining and
exterior bituminous coating systems or equivalent will be provided. Restraint systems
will be installed where ever necessary.
• Thrust Restraint
The horizontal and vertical alignments for pumping mains shall be reviewed for thrust
restraints. Horizontal and vertical alignment changes shall be fitted with poured in
place thrust restraint anchors in order to prevent the separation of flexible joints as
necessary. Thrust restraints should be designed for the pipeline thrust load and the
bearing strength for the adjacent soils structure will be designed.
6.16 Trenchless Installations
It may be practical to install small diameter gravity pipelines and pumping mains in
confined or congested areas with trenchless technologies. Trenchless technologies for
sewer design and installation will be evaluated for specific locations as necessary during
the design phase. Wherever trenchless technology is not feasible, due to confined road
with high rise buildings or water Table conditions, open excavation using SBH shoring or
equivalent system may be considered during design and cost estimating efforts.
6.17 Corrosion Control
Piping and permanent casing systems, fabricated of ferric materials, will be protected
against corrosion degradation as needed. The protection system should include coating
systems and cathodic devices. The systems should be designed for degradation from
chemical and electrolytic reactions. Due to short life spans and maintenance difficulties
underground sacrificial anodes should not be used for corrosion protection. Other

P187)
alternative methods will be considered and recommended during the design. Test
stations will be installed at regular intervals along pipelines fabricated of ferric materials.
6.18 Revision of Approved Plans
Any deviations from approved plans or specifications affecting capacity, flow, operation
of units, or point of discharge shall be approved, in writing, before such changes are
made. Plans or specifications so revised should, therefore, be submitted well in advance
of any construction work which will be affected by such changes to permit sufficient time
for review and approval. Structural revisions or other minor changes not affecting
capacities, flows, or operation will be permitted during construction without approval. "As
built" plans clearly showing such alterations shall be submitted to the reviewing authority
at the completion of the work.

Chapter-7
Collection System Design
Chapter 7
7. Collection System Design
7.1 Topographic Survey
The project area has been surveyed using Total Station and Automatic Level
Instruments survey technology to prepare Topographical Plans of the City detailing
features like road, railways, drains, canals, culverts, building lines, ponds and low laying
areas. Figure 7.1 shows a Total Station used on the project. Drawings have been
developed in AutoCAD.
Figure 7.1. Total Station

Chapter-7
The first step as part of the field work was to locate temporary and permanent Bench
Marks (GTS / any other reference Bench Marks) and survey them by parallel levelling in
loops throughout the city to establish vertical and horizontal controls. Next a 500 meter
grid system was established covering the study area. Finally spot elevations were taken
across the project area to establish roadway elevations, cross sections and as the basis
for creating the topography contours. Once the field work was completed the data were
checked and reduced into existing conditions plans.
The Great Trigonometrical Survey (GTS) Bench Mark inside Veterinary Science College
of OUAT (Odisha University of Agriculture & Technology) as shown in Figure 7.2 was
identified by OWSSB to be taken as the Reference Bench Mark for the survey work and
accordingly this was use used as the starting Bench Mark. The Reduced level (RL) i.e.
it’s elevation above Mean Sea Level (MSL) of this Bench Mark was ascertained to be
40.273 m and used in the survey as a reference and all subsequent transfer of levels
has been carried out to other Bench Marks.
Figure 7.2. Bench Marks
All together 39 Benchmarks have been established in the project area at about 1 Km
intervals along road ways and at proposed locations of STP and Sewage Pumping
Stations. Out of these 8 are of Permanent nature and established in protected places
like premises of Government Departments mostly inside Over Head Tank premises of
PH Engineering Department. The rest 31 numbers are of temporary nature designated
as Reference pillars established by constructing small RCC pillars along road sides for
use during construction. The benchmark locations for District VI, Bhubaneswar is shown
in Figure 7.3.
Positions, both in plan and elevation, of natural and artificial features like waterways,
railway tracks, pucca and kutcha roads including culverts and crossings were
established and subsequently shown on survey maps by means of conventional
symbols. Necessary levelling work of the area were surveyed and plotted on maps by
establishing horizontal location so that contours for the area can be done at specified
intervals and in specified scales.

Chapter-7
The field work has been done with Total Station Equipment in the following steps:
∗ Establishing horizontal and vertical controls and locating reference grids.

∗ Surveying for establishing spot levels and plotting contours.
∗ Surveying for locating the natural and manmade details as described earlier.
The grids for the survey work have been established in N-S & E-W direction
(Corresponding to Magnetic North) or the Site North.
The accuracy was as follows:

Horizontal Control 5’ (Standard Deviation for 1Km traverse)
Vertical Control (+/-) 15mm. (Standard Deviation for 1Km double run levelling)
Total Station Instrument used for the topographic Survey works is Sokkia – 510 with
accuracy of 5 seconds (ISO 12857 – 2 1997).
Spot elevations were taken at an interval of 25 meters along roadways for contouring the
area. Levels have also be taken on traverse stations and on salient points located at
random over the area. Contours were interpolated at 0.5 M intervals after the above
points were plotted. Spot elevations have been distributed over the area off the
roadways for contouring.
Cross Sections of roads have been collected at 50 m interval in straight section and at
25m interval in curve locations as shown in Figure 7.4.
Figure 7.4. Cross Sections of Roads

Chapter-7
This elevation and cross-section data were used in the design of the sewers and specific
site topography plans were mapped for the treatment plant and pumping station.
7.2 SewerCAD Model Development
The sewer system for Bhubaneswar District VI has been designed using Bentley Sewer
CAD V8i. the Sewer CAD V8i is a powerful software for the design of gravity flow
through sewer networks. The software can be run in Micro station and AutoCAD mode
or in a Stand-Alone mode utilizing its own graphical interface.
Sewer CAD V8i allows the designer to create a graphical representation of a pipe
network containing information on each pipe and manhole based on a set of design
criteria such as population, flow, and hydraulics. It provides a choice of conveyance
elements including circular pipes, arches, boxes and non-conventional shapes. The
Sewer CAD model is used to analyze conditions under one flow condition at a time.
These typically include average and peak flows for different design years.
The area in District VI where new sewers are being designed was divided in 3 Zones.
These Zones are based on the topography of the three watersheds that generally drain
from west to east toward the treatment plant site. In several cases, these Zones were
further divided into subzones because of divides like the railroad and drainage canals.
Sewer CAD offers different methods for drawing the elements and assigning data to the
elements. The method used for Bhubaneswar District VI is given below:
7.2.1 Drawing the Model Elements.
Survey maps were converted into a SewerCAD base map and then into a .dxf format for
use in the model. The SewerCAD model elements (i.e. Manholes, Pipes, and Pumping
Stations) as planned on paper drawings were then entered on the base map. Figure 7.5
shows an example of the model elements drawing on the SewerCAD screen.
SewerCAD has various built-in utilities to highlight errors in the drawings created by the
designer (unconnected elements, pipe crossings, loops, etc). These facilities were used
to identify and correct such errors in the model drawings created for Cuttack.

Chapter-7
Figure 7.5. SewerCAD Base Map
7.2.2 Catchment Areas.
After the model drawing was ready, SewerCAD built-in features were used to divide the
Zones into individual catchments for each pipe based on topography. These data were
used for calculating flows in each pipe based on population densities previously
calculated by Ward and disaggregated by Zone, along with per-capita flows and
infiltration.
7.2.3 Method of Data Input.
Once the model drawing was created, each element was assigned its corresponding
data values as described below. The method of data input into SewerCAD was through
a graphical user interface.
• Project Setup: The first step in setting up the project was to define the basic
parameters such as units and the friction loss calculation method to be used. The
design of Sewer net work of District-VI, Bhubaneswar has been done using the SI
unit system and Manning’s equation for gravity flows. Figure 7.6 below shows
project setup Table.

Chapter-7
Figure 7.6. SewerCAD Unit System
• Element Data: Once the project setup stage was completed data were assigned to
each element of the model. These data, such as material, size, infiltration, were
defined for each pipe element. The population and ground elevation were also
defined for each Manhole. These data were also entered using graphical user
interface.
• Design Parameters: Design parameters for sewers are described in Chapter 7

were entered into the model as shown in Figure 7.7.
Figure 7.7. SewerCAD Design Parameters.

Chapter-7
7.3 Design
After setting the design parameters, the Sewer CAD model was ready for run. Before
designing the network, validation of the model was done to check completeness of these
data attributed to each element of the model. The validation process identified errors in
the input data and these were corrected before the model was run.
The model was then run in design mode. After getting the design results, further iteration
were done by varying different pipe parameters (slope, routing, diameter etc.) to
optimize the network within the design parameters. If the results of this iteration did not
yield a solution within the design parameters, then the model was modified by adding
pumping stations and the entire iteration process was repeated.
7.3.1 Output Generation
The final design results were prepared in the form of excel sheet and AutoCAD drawing
and included in Volume II.
7.3.2 Summary of Results by Sewer Zone
A separate sewer network has been planned for each Zone. The network routing has
been done based on topography, availability of the land for pumping station, width of
roads, and shortest path to pumping stations. The original design guidelines in
Bhubaneswar called for sewers to be kept at depths less than 7 meters where practical.
At the same time an effort was made to minimize the number of pumping stations.
The original scope of the project, as presented in the SAPROF report, called for
approximately 100 km of new sewers. However to have sewer service throughout District
VI, a fast growing section of Bhubaneswar, the field survey data indicated that
approximately 259 km of sewers including manholes would be necessary. This additional
length of sewers also necessitated additional pumping stations and described in the
following Chapters on pumping station design. Most of these additional pumping stations
are in the northern portion of District VI where the sewage needs to be pumped over a
drainage divide into the northern most watersheds draining naturally to the treatment
plant.
The standard design is to locate the sewer in or near the middle of the roadway and to
have connections from either side of the road. However this standard was not followed in
Nandankanan Road (i.e; Road from Jaydev Vihar Square to Nandankanon Zoo).
Because it is a wide divided four-lane recently paved roadway it was decided to locate
the main sewer on one side and as necessary locate another ‘secondary’ sewer on the
opposite side. The secondary sewer receives multiple house connections and connects
to the main sewer at one point. This minimizes the number of crossings of the road from
both sides and the associated construction and roadway disruption.

Chapter-7
The results of the sewer design in Bhubaneswar District VI are summarized in Table 7.1.
7.4 Sewer Appurtenances and Connections
In order for the gravity sewers to function properly there needs to be access through
manholes and provisions for house connections. Figure 7.8 shows a schematic diagram
of a street with sewers, manholes, sewer connection chambers and the house
connection system to the property line. It will be the responsibility of the property owner
to make to final connection from buildings to the Inspection Chambers which will be
located at the side of the public right-of way. Following is a summary of the sewer
appurtenances and connections. Plans for each are shown in Figures 7.9 to 7.15.
7.4.1 Manholes
Manholes will be a maximum of 30 meters apart on straight runs and will also be located
at changes in grade, direction and size. Manholes will be circular and will range in size
from 900mm to 2500mm depending on depth and size of sewers. They can be either
cast-in-place or pre-cast reinforced concrete (RCC) depending on the Contractors
selection and approved by OWSSB.
7.4.2 Sewer Connection Chambers
These Chambers will be constructed in between the manholes and are designed to
accept the sewage from adjacent building up along the roadway. They will also be
circular and constructed of a cast-in-place or pre-casted RCC base, a shaft to 1.5m
below ground level and brickwork above to street level. The diameter will vary between
900 mm and 1800 mm depending on depth and diameter of sewer pipe. Pipes entering
these Chambers from the Inspection Chambers will enter through the brick sections, and
will transfer the sewage flow at the channel of the chamber.
7.4.3 Sewer Connection Pipe.
The sewer connections will be RCC pipes of 150 mm in diameter and connect the
Inspection Chamber to the Sewer Connection Chamber.
7.4.4 Inspection Chamber.
These Chambers will be on both sides of the roadway / right-of-way. They will be square
chambers of one standard size with the inside dimension of 600mm and a depth of
approximately 1 meter. They will be of brick construction and placed as close to the
property line as possible to be easily accessible to the building connection. Each
Chamber will be able to connect up to 6 building sewers. It is anticipated that there will
be no more than 2 Inspection Chambers between each manhole on either side of the
road.

Chapter-7
7.4.5 House Sewers
These sewers will be 100mm in diameter and their installation and connection to the
Inspection Chambers will be the responsibility of the property owners.
7.5 Sewer Bedding
Considering the soil strata in District VI, Bhubaneswar, class – B granular bedding is
suggested for sewer bedding.

Bhubaneswar City (Sewerage Dist-VI) under JICA Assisted Trenchless Technology
Odisha Integrated Sanitation Improvement Project (ID-P187) for Sewer Installation
Chapter 8
8. Trenchless Technology for Sewer Installation
8.1 Introduction
The rapid economic and social changes taking place in the urban and metropolitan cities
of India today have triggered a substantial utility infrastructure development programme,
provision of public sanitation facilities to many cities in particular. Installation of sewers in
already built up and congested cities and along built -up narrow streets and roads
without affecting the social, industrial and business activities of the people has become a
problem to many city authorities and the government departments.
In addition, road authorities and railway authorities are no longer permitting installation of
utility crossings across to their transportation corridors by non trenchless methods. This
is becoming serious issue to city authorities as such roads and railway corridors
invariably sterilise city’s residential, business and industrial areas. As such installation
of utilities across these corridors is unavoidable. Thus the utility providers have no
choice but to adopt trenchless methods for crossing such corridors regardless of the
increase in construction cost.
There are a number of trenchless methods now available to overcome the construction
difficulties and install the utility across transport corridors and waterways safely.
8.2 Conventional Trenchless Methods
Conventional trenchless methods have been used in the past in many developed and
developing countries, as an alternative to open trench method to install utilities in man
dug tunnels across railways, roads, waterways, etc. The most commonly used methods
are:
(a) Pipes laid in Heading

(b) Conventional pipe jacking (confined to larger [man entry] diameter pipes).

8.2.1 Pipes laid in Heading
Heading is the oldest trenchless method of constructing pipelines under roads, railways
or canals. In this method soil is excavated manually, usually in a square cross section.
As the excavation proceeds, the excavated section is lined with close timbering so that
when completed it forms an underground passage way between two manholes. Pipes
are then laid within the underground timbered tunnel and the space around the pipe is
filled with concrete.
To overcome the problems of excavation in unstable or water charged ground, the air
within the tunnel is pressurised (compressed) to prevent the unstable tunnel face from
collapsing and to restrain the flow of ground water into the tunnel. Figure 8.1 shows
typical heading method of trenchless construction. Working in compressed air
environment pose serious safety and health risk and the method is no longer in use and
is replaced with modern shield tunnelling methods.
8.2.2 Conventional pipe jacking method
Before the introduction of modern tunnelling and pipe jacking technology, the
conventional pipejacking technique was commonly used for installing larger (usually man
entry size) pipes in soft ground conditions and for crossings under urban roads, railways,
rivers and buildings. Conventional pipe-jacking process consist of pushing concrete or
steel pipes forward from a shaft by large capacity jacks as shown in Figure 8.2. While
the pipes are being pushed, excavation in front of the pipe is normally carried out
manually from within the pipe. Sometimes mechanical shields are used to assist in the
excavation. Figure 8.2 also shows the process involved in the pipe-jacking operation.
Figure 8.1: Pipes laid by Heading method

(adjacent photograph shows typical manual pipejacking at Bhubaneswar)

Figure 8.2 : Conventional pipe jacking-General layout
8.3 New Trenchless Methods
The introduction of remote controlled mini shields for tunnel excavation and
developments in directional and guided drilling techniques have given birth to a series of
trenchless techniques for installation of services in built up and congested areas without
digging up roads and across busy roads, expressways, railways etc. The new
trenchless methods for installing gravity pipelines can be grouped into the following
categories:-
(a) Pipe jacking

(b) Micro tunnelling and Pipe jacking
(c) Directional/Guided Drilling
Some basic definition of various terms description of the processes are given below:
8.3.1 Pipe-Jacking
It is a process of lining an excavated underground passage (formed by tunnelling

machine or other means) by pushing or jacking, especially designed reinforced concrete
pipes or other pipes from a shaft (known as jacking shaft) to another shaft (known as
receiving shaft).
8.3.2 Microtunnelling
Micro tunnelling is a process of excavating a tunnel, using a remote controlled, computer

aided and laser guided tunnelling machines (known as Micro Tunnel Boring Machines,
MTBM). In this process, the excavation is carried out under controlled conditions in
which the tunnel face and the ground water pressure are balanced by counter exerting
appropriate pressure on to the face of the tunnel by pressurised earth or slurry. In this

way, any free flow of soil or ground water into the tunnel excavation is prevented. This is
an important feature in the system as any loss of soil or ground water, that are
commonly associated with the conventional cut and cover construction method, would
cause the ground to settle.
8.3.3 Microtunnelling and Pipejacking Technology
Micro tunnelling and Pipe jacking technology is an art of installing underground

pipelines, without digging up of roads, busy streets or freeways and parks, using micro
tunnel boring machines (micro shields) for tunnel excavation to true gradient and level
and jacking of a string of jacking pipes (usually the product pipes) to line the excavated
bore. As the micro shield excavates and moves forward, a string of jacking pipes are
jacked simultaneously, one after another, from the jacking shaft. Figure 8.3 below
illustrates the process.
Figure 8.3 Microtunnelling through soft and hard soils
Micro tunnelling shields have capability of performing extremely well in difficult ground
conditions without expensive dewatering systems or compressed air. The machine is
efficient, effective and faster for installing pipelines. Micro tunnelling and pipe jacking
method is an environmentally friendly technology and it offers an efficient, effective and
faster method of installing underground utilities without affecting the activities of the
people or causing disturbance or damage to the nearby properties and facilities.
8.3.4 Guided Drilling
The technique involves the use of a steerable fluid assisted or mechanically driven
boring equipment, typically launched from the surface at an angle, to form a pilot bore.
The boring head consists of a bevelled cutter which gives the steering capability. The
method incorporates electronic sonar or other navigational system which allows position
monitoring of the drilling head. The pilot bore is then enlarged by back reaming to the
desired size. This method does not have a precise guidance system as in
microtunnelling process and is more suitable for utilities and pipelines which do not
require stringent level and alignment requirements.

8.3.5 Horizontal Directional Drilling (HDD)
The technique, illustrated in Figure 8.4, involves the use of fluid-assisted drill head that is
pushed through the ground from the starting pit where a drilling rig equipped with a
battery of drill pipes is stationed. The guidance is done by a flat end (angular head)
located on the drilling head fitted with a transmitter, with a receiver placed on the
surface. The trajectory is straight due to the rotation of the drill pipes and a simultaneous
thrust. The flat end angular head can be made to deflect to the desired direction (hence
the name directional drilling) using only a thrust without rotation.
These are commonly known as ‘Walk-over’ systems. Many of the more recently
developed walkover guidance systems also now have the capacity to ‘capture’ sonde
signals in situations where no direct access is available immediately above the
transmitter such as that in a river crossing.
In earlier years, HDD was used mainly for the installation of pressure pipes and cable
ducts, where precise gradients are not usually critical, rather than for gravity pipelines
which demand close tolerances in vertical alignment in order to meet hydraulic design
criteria. However, in more recent years, drilling machines and guidance systems have
offered improved accuracy in suitable ground conditions, and it is expected that the
technique will become increasingly popular for gravity pipelines.
Figure 8.4 Horizontal Directional Drilling (HDD) Process
Equipment capabilities have improved in recent years, both in the power and diameter of
installation available and in the wider range of ground conditions that can be bored, and
the advantages of trenchless technology for new construction have become more widely
appreciated. Some utility companies now have a presumption against open-cut
techniques (particularly in roads) where a no-dig alternative is available. Apart from the
obvious environmental benefits of trenchless installation, the relative cost of HDD has

fallen to below that of trenching for many applications, even ignoring the social costs of
traffic disruption and delay.
As with smaller rigs, it is normal practice to drill a smaller pilot hole, and then to back-
ream to the required diameter while pulling in the conduit behind the reamer, using a
drilling fluid to assist the cutting operation and to lubricate and cool the cutting head. The
fluid may also power a down-hole 'mud-motor' for cutting rock and other hard formations,
in which case higher fluid flow rates are necessary. Some systems are designed for dry
operation without the use of large quantities of water or drilling fluids. These are simpler
to operate, create less mess and do not require as much on-site equipment, but there
may be restrictions on the sizes that can be installed and on the ground conditions that
the machines can cope with.
An increasingly common feature is the use of percussive action to complement axial

force and rotation. This can be achieved either with a percussive hammer at the boring
head, or by generating the percussion at the machine on the surface and transmitting it
along the drill string. Either way, this can improve significantly the ability of HDD
machines to punch through difficult ground or hard inclusions
The method is used for installation of pipes and cables usually in an arc profile. For
directional control of the drilling operation, it uses the technique involving positional
monitoring and guidance of the drill head. This method is more suitable for installing
pressure mains, cables etc but less suitable for installing gravity pipe as they require
accurate direction control both in level and alignment. Thus the use of this method is
usually not recommended for installing gravity pipelines.
8.3.6 Modern Microtunnelling Methods
The unmanned steerable micro tunnelling systems are classified into three categories
based on the way the excavated soil is conveyed and removed from the tunnel boring
machine. The excavated soil is conveyed by means of (a) screw augur conveyor (dry)
(b) Slurry through a pipeline and (c) Pneumatically through a suction pipeline
The three types of modern micro tunnelling shield are:
(a) Earth Pressure Balance Shield Tunnelling /Screw Auger Tunnelling

(b) Slurry Pressure Balance Shield Tunnelling
(c) Vacuum Suction Auger Tunnelling

8.3.7 Earth Pressure Balance Shield (Epb Shield)/ Screw Auger Tunneling
Earth Pressure Balance Shield is a closed face tunnel boring machine. In this shield the
excavated soil itself is kept under a desired pressure in a compartment just behind the
cutter head. The excavated soil is transported from the shield’s face via an enclosed
screw auger or screw conveyor which discharges the soil into a muck car or a conveyor
belt. By controlling the rotation of the screw auger and the opening door at the discharge
outlet, the pressure of the soil in the chamber can be increased or decreased to balance
the tunnel face or the ground water pressure at the tunnel face. The Figure 8.5 illustrates
the features of Augur tunnelling shield.
Figure 8.5: Earth Pressure Balance/Screw Auger Tunnelling
Shield-General Arrangement
1.Cutting head 2. Cutter bits 3.Rock crushing chamber 4.Crusher spiral

5. Water nozzle 6. Main bearing 7. Rotation drive 8.Steering cylinder
9. Spiral conveyor 10.Target board 11. Laser beam 12.Vlave manifold
8.3.8 Slurry Pressure Balance Shield Tunnelling
Slurry shield is also a closed face tunnel boring machine. In this shield the excavated
soil is made into slurry by mixing it with water or bentonite in a chamber just behind the
cutter head as shown in Figure 8.6. The slurry is pumped via pipelines from the tunnel
face to slurry separation tanks on the ground where the excavated soil is allowed to
settle while the over-flown slurry water is pumped back to the shield.
The slurry at the tunnel face is pressurised by controlling the (variable speed) slurry
pumps to a desired pressure to support the tunnel face against collapsing. The
pressurised slurry also prevents any flow of ground water from the surrounding areas.
As the shield excavates, the shield and the pipes behind are pushed forward from the
jacking shaft.

Detailed
ailed Project Report for Sewerage System in Chapter-8
Bhubaneswar City (Sewerage Dist--VI) under JICA Assisted Trenchless Technology
Odisha Integrated Sanitation Improvement Project (ID
(ID-P187) for Sewer Installation
Figure 8.6 Slurry Pressure Balance Shield Tunnelling

Tunnelling-General
General Arrangement
8.3.9 Smaller Diameter Slu

Slurry
rry Shield Machines (For 250mm to
t 700mm Dia
Sewers)
The TBM and the jacking system is designed as a compact unit for use in narrow
sections (streets,
streets, foot paths etc) with limited access and restricted space for constructing
jacking and receieving shafts. It is designed for softground, mixed ground and hard rock
conditions by use of diffrenet cutting wheel. The machine, illistrayed in Figure 8.7, is
equiped with highly effective cone crusher and heavy duty long-lifelife main bearing and high
torque peripheral drive. The TBM is capable of tunnelling in grounds with high or no water
Table and it has a highly reliable steering system on board. The machine is equipped with
high pressure water system for operation in cohesive soil.
The size of the jacking shaft for a 250mm dia pipe installation is only 2m in diameter and
that of the receiving shaft is only 1.5m (or 1.5m long x 1.0m wide rectangular shaft). Short
length jacking pipe up to 1.5m long can be jacked from the 2m jacking shaft. Usually
vitrified clay jacking pipe with stainless steel collar is used for installing smaller diameter
pipes.
Bigger size machines are available from sewer install

installation of 800mm dia to 2000mm dia
and beyond.

Figure 8.7: A typical smaller diameter AVN 250-700 TBM (by Herrenknecht)
8.3.10 Vacuum Suction Auger Tunnelling
In this tunnelling machine, shown in Figure 8.8, the vacuum suction technology is used
to transport the excavated soil at the tunnel face. An Australian Tunnelling Contractor
adopted this technique to install sewers in self standing type of soils with no ground
water. The excavation is done by a steerable auger head which is mechanically
powered. Automatic laser guidance system is used to steer the machine.
For harder ground, the cutter head is pushed and drilled by a string of rotating axle with
facility to exert force on the cutter head from the starting pit (not shown in the figure
below).
In stable ground, the line is bored using a full face drilling cutter. On reaching the
receiving pit, the cutting head is removed. The product pipes are then inserted into the
free bore and the annulus between the bore and the product pipe is grouted.
In softer and unstable ground the same equipment is used to sleeve bore using steel
sleeves to support the ground while drilling. On completion of the bore, product pipes are
inserted in the sleeve and the annulus between the pipe and the sleeve is grouted. The
equipment can be also used for jacking specially designed pipes, eliminating the need
for a steel sleeve.

Detailed
Figure 8.8: Vacuum Suction Auger Tunnelling
1.Cutting head 2 Airflow 3.Opening of the rotary vane lock 4.High pressure jet
5.Steering cylinder 6.Target board 7.Pipe rotation link 8.Boring & Steering head
9.Trailing shield segment 10.Suction nozzle 11. Rotation drive
8.3.11 Compact Micro Tunnelling by Auger Boring Machine.
Several compact type Auger boring systems, shown in Figures 8-9,, are available to
install smaller diameter sewers in narrow streets and pathways where no adequate
space is available to build conventional Jacking and Receiving shafts. The system uses
a compact jacking frame so that that it can fit inside the manholes or smaller shaft as
illustrated below.
Figure 8.9 Typical Augur boring machine

Figure 8.9a A jacking frame set up Fig 8.9b Jacking of pipe in

progress
Figure 8.10: Portable Auger Bore System for smaller diameter sewers
Typical Jacking Frame for Sewers Jacking fom for sewers up to 400mm dia
up to 600mm dia
The approach to connecting Inspection Chambers to the sewers is illistrated in Figure

8. 11. In these cases a shallow pipe is run along the side of the road and connected
directely to the nearest manhole. Construction of shallow sewers along the edge of
the road is simple, not expensive and will not pose serious construction difficulties in
the narrow streets. Moreover, the shallow trench required for constructing the
connecting sewers will not cause any damage to the nearby houses.

Figure 8.11: Proposed house service connections layout for trenchless sewers
Inspection chambers
450 to 600mm deep, 150mm dia sewer Main Sewer installed by

constructed along the road shoulder
microtunnelling method
connecting inspection chambers to the MH at
the centre of the road
8.4 Technical Guidelines for Trenchless Construction
8.4.1 Technology Selection Guide for Trenchless Construction
As discussed in the foregoing sections there are number of trenchless techniques

available to construct trenchless pipelines. When selecting the technology the following
factors shall be taken in into consideration:-
(a) Type of the pipelines whether they are gravity or pressure mains,
(b) Diameter of the pipeline,
(c) Technical requirements on the level and alignment,
(d) Structure in the vicinity and above the pipelines and their sensitivity to ground
disturbances due to construction activities,
(e) Authorities requirements to safe guard their facilities,
(f) Ground conditions and the ground water Table and
(g) Impact of dewatering to the structure in the vicinity of the pipeline.

The engineer shall also carry out a risk evaluation on the various trenchless methods
considered suitable for the construction and cost evaluation before selecting the final
method.
The flow diagram in the Figures 8.12 & 8.13 shows the selection procedure,
incorporating all the above factors, to select appropriate trenchless method for
construction of gravity pipelines and pressure pipelines.

Figure 8.12: Technology Selection Flow Chart for Gravity Pipelines

Figure 8.13: Technology Selection Flow Chart for Pressure Mains
8.4.2 Economic Installation Depths for Trenchless Sewer
It has been found in Berlin, Germany that cost of installation of sewers by

microtunnelling methods, especially the house service lines along the narrow and
concrete paved streets and walkways, can be cost effective beyond certain depths if the
high cost of re-instatement of concrete or paved or bitumen road surface is taken into

consideration in the overall construction cost of sewers. The Table 8.1 below shows the
economic installation depths of trenchless sewers along concrete, paved and bituminous
roads.
Many other cost factors such as social cost, inconvenience to traffic, high labour cost etc
in Berlin would have been used in determining the economic installation depths for
trenchless sewer installation. However, in the context of Indian scenario, these costs
(social, inconvenience to traffic etc) are considered not significant at present hence the
information on the economic depths given in the Table may have to be adjusted to suit
the local economic conditions.
However, the information in the Table gives a good guideline to decide where to use
microtunnelling methods. The sewers laid by trenchless methods beyond these depths
are considered economical (when compared to the cost required to install the sewer by
conventional open trench method).
It is evident from the Table below that trenchless sewer installation of sewers of
diameters from 200mm to 800mm along concrete paved and narrow streets, is
economically justifiable against the use of open trench method. However, the problem in
India is that open trench cost is considerably cheap because all the contractors are
allowed to adopt wide trenching, poorly made concrete pipe with weak or improper joints
and shoddy or no reinstatement of road surface.
Table 8.1: Economic Installation depths (minimum depth in meters) for trenchless
installation of sewers below concrete and bitumen surfaced road.
Nominal Type of Surface & Economic Trenchless Installation Depths in Meter

Sewer Size
Unpaved Interlocking paving Concrete Bituminous
ID in mm
stones in gravel pavement Pavement
beddings
200 2.95 1.75 0 0
250 3.80 2.55 0 0
300 4.40 3.45 2.45 2.25
400 >6.0 5.45 4.30 4.15
500 >6.0 5.00 4.00 3.8
600 6.0 4.95 4.00 3.8
800 5.20 4.35 3.40 3.35
Note: The above Table is based on sewer installation by micro tunnelling & pipe jacking with
vitrified clay pipes in the nominal Internal Diameter (ID) 200mm to 800mm in water charged
ground (based on micro tunnelling and open trench costs in Berlin, Germany,

8.4.3 Selection of Appropriate Microtunnelling System – Guidelines
The selection of the approparite trenchless techniques for installtion of gravity pipelines
are influenced by:
(a) Surface and undeground structures and systems

(b) Subsoil and ground water conditions
(c) Technical requirements on alignmnet and level tollarences
(d) Site constarinst and restrictions
(e) Requirements of authorities
(f) Economical aspects
(g) Supply and disposal facilities
(h) Jacking distance and alignment
(i) Dimensions and materails of the jacking pipes
(j) Third party approval
(k) Enviornmental aspects
Thus, at the planning stage and prior to starting construction works, it is necessary to
gather relevant information and documents and to make them available in the bids as
appropraite. A ‘microtunnelling specific’ geotechnical investigation is critical, not only for
the selection of approriate tunnelling machine but also to drive the machine through
different soil strata that may be present along the route.
Microtunnelling project represents a difficult construction tehnique. Specialised

technical and contractual knowledge as well as extensive experience is required for
their planning, call of tenders, evaluation of tenders and award of works.
Only the specialist contractors who have the required technical qualifications, capability
and realiability and who possess sufficient technical and economioc means shall be
assigned with the trenchless constrction works.
Some guidelines on the selection of approparte trenchless construction techniques for

installing sewers in various soil conditions are given below as a guidance.
The below Table shall be also read in conjuction with information in the garin size
distribution curve in Figure 8.14, obtained from the publication of Herrenknecht
Tunnelling Systems, Germany.

Table 8.2: Trenchless Construction Technique Selection Matrix
Sub soil condition

Conventional Auger Slurry Shield Vacuum Suction Compact Auger
Pipe jacking Tunnelling Tunnelling Tunnelling Tunnelling
(with Ground Water)
Rock
Possible Possible Yes Possible Possible
(UCS less than 10Mpa)
Rock
critical Critical Yes Critcal Critical
(UCS is 10~50Mpa
Rock
No No Yes No No
UCS is >50Mpa
Non cohesive soil
dense
Non cohesive soil
medium dense
No Cohesive soil
Possible Possible Possible Possible Possible
Loose
Interbedding strata
Possible Possible Yes Yes Possible
10% < cohesive
Cohesive soil
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Very Stiff
Cohesive Soil
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Firm to stiff
Cohesive Soil
Yes Yes Critcal Yes Yes
Soft to very soft
Sewer Diameter
350 to 1200 350 to 1100 350 to 2500 1500 to 4500 350 to 900
(OD), De in mm
Maximum Jacking
60 to 100 80 to 100 80-600 250 to 800 60 to 100
Distance in m
>1.5 x De >1.5 x De >1.5 x De >1.5 x De >1.5 x De
Cover (min) in m (min 1m) (min 1m) (min 2m) (min 2m) (min 1m)
Note The above Table was prepared based on information contained in Standard DWA-A-125E and data available with TTI Consulting
Engineers, Australia
Figure 8.14: Grain size distribution curve and applicability of Slurry and EPB shield

8.5 Geotechnical Investigations
Micro tunnelling can be carried out through wide ranging soils and rocks including soft
clay, sandy clay, silty soils, sandy soils, gravel soil, gravel with cobble consolidated soil,
laterite soft rock, weathered rock and hard rock, almost in all types of ground strata with
high ground water table or in dry conditions
Selection of the right micro tunnelling system is much depended on the actual soil
conditions and the ground water table to be encountered at the tunnel face. Thus it is
critical to know the geotechnical conditions and the ground water table along the tunnel
route. Figure 8.15 illustrates typical soil profile and figure 8.16 shows soil data of a town.
This soil conditions are consistent through the city where soils are typically sand and silt
with soft clay, a high water table and no rock. The figure 8.16 also illustrates the typical
jacking of pipes through such varying soil strata.
However the soil strata in Bhubaneswar (District VI) Project area, predominantly rocky
dominant by laterite and sand stone, with silty sand, clay silt and hard soil or moorum at
some areas, mostly in top layers. An appropriate Trenchless Technology of Micro-
Tunnelling method suitable for these soil strata shall be selected while taking up the
work.
Figure 8.15: Getechnical Profie of Soil Strata (Typical)

Figure 8.16: Typical Jacking of pipes through varying soil strata
8.6 Tolerances
Maximum allowable deviation from the designed alignment and level shall be defined in
the tender. The limit of tolerances shall be such that the sewer shall fulfil its function and
does not endanger other structures. Similarly allowance on ground subsidence and
heaves shall be also specified. When setting limits on the tolerances, the owner shall
take into account of important structures and infrastructure facilities in the vicinity and
directly above the sewer.
Recommended maximum deviation in mm from the target alignment as specified in

Standard DWA A 125 E is tabulated below as a guide. For trenchless construction of
new sewers, only steerable method such as microtunnelling and pipejacking, which has
the ability to achieve the specified tolerance limits, shall be used.

Table 8.3: Tolerance Limit
Diameter (ID) Vertical Horizontal
< 600 ± 20 ± 25
≥ 600 ≤ 1000 ± 25 ± 40
> 1000 < 1400 ± 30 ± 100
≥ 1400 ± 50 ± 200
8.7 Jacking (starting) and Receiving Pits
Design and construction of Jacking and Receiving Shafts are critical for trenchless
construction by microtunnelling techniques. They are expensive to construct and
contribute a significant cost in the unit trenchless cost. Thus, they shall be effectively
utilised and often they are utilised to construct manholes and chambers etc.
Jacking shaft diamension is governed by the jacking pipe lengths or foot print of the
jacking frame. Receiving pit serves the pupose of recovering the tunnelling machine or
recovering the pilot rods, steel casings etc. Thus, its diamension is often governed by
the daimension of the tunnelling shiled.
The sizes of the jacking and receiving pits as given in the Standrad DWA-A 125 E is
shown in table 8.4 below.
Table 8.4: Indicative Sizes of Jacking and Receiving Shafts
Dia (ID) Dia (OD) Pipe length Diamension Diamension

De in mm in m in mm in mm
in mm Jacking Shaft Recieving Shaft
2.0 m diameter or 2.0 m diameter or
300 - 400 To 406 1.0 m
2.5 m x 2.0 m 2.0 m x 2.0 m
3.2.m diameter or 2.6 m diameter or
400 – 800 556 - 970 2.0 m
4.5 m x 3.0 m 3.0 m x 2.5 m
6.0 m diameter or
800 – 1400 1100 - 1720 3.0 m 4.5 m x ( 2.5 m to 3.0)
5.8 m x 4.0 m
10 m diameter or 6.0 m x (3.0m x 4.6 m)
1500 -3000 1820 - 3600 3.5 m
10 m x (4.5 to 6.0 m)

8.8 Jacking Pipes
Buried sewer pipes are subjected to permanent soil load from the overburden soil, live
loads from traffic above and hydraulic loads etc. In India the sewer pipes are classified
into NP1, NP2, NP3 and NP4 categories depending on the loads the pipe is designed to
carry. The jacking pipes will fall under NP4 category.
Various types of jacking pipe are used for construction of sewers. They comprise:
(a) Reinforced concrete Pipes

(b) Reinforced concrete pipe with corrosion protection
(c) Vitrified Clay pipes
(d) Fibre Reinforced Pipes
(e) Polycrete concrete pipes
(f) Cast iron pipes
(g) Asbestos pipes (no longer used in many countries due to health concerns)
8.8.1 Loads on Jacking pipes
Jacking pipes are subjected to substantial installation loads (mainly from the jacking load
required to push the pipes) and permanent loads (as explained above) which are usually
much less than those which may act on the pipe during installation. As such minimum
NP4 pipe is recommended for use in the project. The pipe shall comply with IS458 and
IS 3597or relevant British or Australian or European Standards. AS/NZS 4058: 2007
gives the method for determining the permanent vertical loads acting on pipes installed
by pipe jacking method.
The jacking pipe is installed underground into undisturbed natural ground where the
soil’s natural cohesion contributes to arching over the pipe. However in the context of
sewer installed in developing areas (prevalent in developing countries), where there is a
likelihood of future developmental activities in the vicinity of the sewer interfering with the
integrity of the soil, it is recommended to disregard the arching effect in the soil.
The axial load capacity of the concrete pipe is determined based on the minimum pipe
wall thickness, concrete strength, properties of the timber packers and the deflections
that can be expected at pipe joints during installation.
8.8.2 Type of Pipe for use in the Project
Given the size and the length of pipes to be used in the project, it is recommended that
vitrified clay jacking pipes (to be imported) for sewers up to 800m diameter and HDPE
or PVC lined Reinforced Concrete Jacking Pipes for sewers beyond 900mm diameter.

8.8.3 Jacking Pipe Technical Requirements.
The concrete jacking pipes shall be manufactured by a centrifugal or other equivalent

process to be approved by the owner. Design, manufacture and factory testing of the
pipes and specials shall be to A.S. 1342 or S.S 183 or JSWAS A-6-1989/A-2-1973 ( or
the latest JSWAS standard) or other acceptable standard and shall also meet the basic
requirement specified in I.S 458 & I.S 3597 of 1966 or its equivalent standard as
amended up to-date . The clear cover of concrete over steel reinforcement on the wet
side shall not be less than 40mm.
A corrosion protection system such as HDPE or PVC shall be embedded firmly into the
inner concrete surface of the jacking pipe. The corrosion protection system shall be cast
in situ with the pipe as an integral part of the jacking pipe. The Contractor/manufacturer
shall acquire the know-how and the technology for installing the above-mentioned
corrosion protection system and shall demonstrate to the owner his capability to produce
HDPE or PVC lined Jacking Pipe before commencement of production.
The outside and inside diameters of the pipe shall be such that they match the
dimensions of the tunnelling equipment or vice versa. The standard length of the pipe
may be 2.00m or 2.5m or any suitable length. However, the length of the pipe shall be
shortened if desired by the Contractor/ Manufacturer to suit the site conditions with
Engineer’s approval. The precast reinforced concrete pipes shall be sufficiently
reinforced with steel to withstand all stresses induced by handling, jacking, earth and
water pressures and all working loads at the depths at which they are to be used without
cracking, spalling or distortion.
The pipes shall be of at least strength Class NP4. A load factor (for the maximum jacking
force) of not less than 2.5 shall be used in the calculations to determine the strength of
the pipes required. The strength of the pipes shall be tested by the three edge bearing
test. When subjected to the design load in such a test, the load required to produce the
crack width of 0.25mm on the pipe shall be in accordance with IS Code 458. When
designing the jacking pipes, the Contractor/ Manufacturer shall take into consideration
the following: jacking load, pipe stiffness, corrosive resistance, flexibility, durability etc.
The Contractor/ Manufacturer shall submit full details of his proposals for the pipes,
giving detailed drawings showing sizes, reinforcement and type of joints, calculations,
together with the name of the proposed manufacturer, the place of manufacture and the
manufacturing process to the Engineer for approval along with a consent letter for
manufacture of the pipes.
All workmanship and materials used in the manufacture shall be subject to the approval
of the Engineer who shall from time to time be permitted to inspect materials at source
and the manufacturing processes in the factory. Contractor/ Manufacturers shall allow
for eccentric loading in the pipe, rather than an axial loading, during the installation of the

pipe. To minimize the resultant pipe stresses in a jacking pipe and to achieve a trouble
free jacking operation, attention shall be paid to the following:
The pipes shall be sufficiently cured before they are used in the construction of the
Works. They shall be handled with extreme care to prevent the edges of the pipes from
chipping. Repaired pipes shall not be allowed for use in the Contract.
(a) Pipe shall be straight and uniform with square ends. The joints shall be well
formed to allow efficient transfer of jacking load from pipe to pipe.
(b) Pipe joint shall be fitted with compressible packer for better distribution of jacking
load.
(c) The jacking frame, jacks and steering head shall be properly aligned along the
designed alignment and grade and the whole assembly shall be square and true
to the thrust wall.
(d) Steering corrections shall be made gradually to minimize abrupt misalignment

angles between the pipes
After factory testing and before dispatch, every pipe and special shall be marked in
accordance with the Standard used. In addition, each pipe shall be marked with a
number corresponding with the order of manufacture. Test certificates from the
manufacturers or other relevant authority shall be submitted to the Engineer. Vitrified
Clay and Concrete pipe are shown in Figures 8.17 and 8.18 and a typical detail of a
jacking pipe is shown in Figure 19. Tables 8.5 and 8.6 show the characteristics of each
type of pipe.
Figure: 8.17 Typical Vitrified Clay Jacking Pipe

Figure 8.18: Typical RC Jacking Pipe
Figure 8.19: Typical details of a Jacking Pipe
Table 8.5: Typical dimension of RC Jacking pipe and jacking loads
* The OD is indicative only. The final O.D will be such that it can match the OD of the Shield Machine. + Jacking load shown is
indicative only and for the manufacture to have a general idea on the jacking load requirements. ++ Jacking load with 0.25
degrees deflection in any plane. This value is given only as guide. (Source: Buchan and Humes pipes)

Table 8.6: Typical dimension of Vitrified Clay Jacking pipe and Jacking loads
8.8.4 Joint Bands
The jointing arrangement for the jacking pipes is crucial in terms water-tightness,
flexibility and smooth transmission of jacking force. The joints bands shall be made of
weldable structural stainless steel to BS 4360 Grade 43 or equivalent I.S.
The stainless steel coupling shall be of such dimension and thickness so that when
inserted into the pipe, it fits exactly into the recesses in the pipe. The joint so formed
shall be watertight. The joint details shall be approved by the Engineer. The joint band
shall be cast in situ into the jacking pipe while manufacturing of the pipe.
The Contractor/ Manufacturer shall submit details of the joint band including the details
of anchoring to the reinforcement (See Figure 8.20 below). The Contractor/
Manufacturer shall submit joint details to the Engineer for approval.

Figure 8.20 Sketch showing pipe joint with single sided fixed guide ring
8.8.5 Rubber Ring
The joint rubber rings supplied and installed shall be of the Cornelius rubber ring type or
similar approved and shall be capable of accommodating two (2) degrees deflection at
each joint. Joint rings shall meet with the current I.S 5328 of 1969 and B.S 2494 part 2 of
1967 or be of approved quality by the Engineer. The properties of the joint ring shall be
between those specified in BS 2494:1967 for grade D and grade B. The testing of rubber
ring shall confirm to IS. 3400 of 1965 and also IS. 5382 of 1969.
The Contractor/ Manufacturer shall indicate the grade of rubber rings he intends to use
and submit samples for approval and test prior to bring them to the Works. The grade,
type or source of supply of rubber rings may not be changed without the written approval
of the Engineer.
8.8.6 Compressible packers
Suitable compressible packers shall be used at the joints for distributing the jacking force
evenly through the wall of the jacking pipes. Uneven transfer of jacking force from a pipe
to another shall result in concentrated and excessive stresses in the pipe which can
cause the pipe to crack. Contractor/ Manufacturer shall submit details of the
compressible packers for Engineers approval. The recommended packing is 18mm thick
650/675kg/cum density chipboard firmly anchored in position.
8.9 Design Guidelines for Microtunnelling And Pipejacking Works and Jacking Pipe
Microtunnelling and pipejacking process involves creation of a tunnel bore by a tunnel

boring machine (TBM) while lining the bore simultaneously by pushing a string of pipes
into the bore from the Jacking Shaft (or Starting Shaft) as the TBM moves forward. The
Exit shaft is the shaft through which the TBM will exit on completion of a typical length of
say 100m (or more) of pipe installation.

8.9.1 Jacking and Exit Shafts
The shafts constitute an important element of the project, particularly due to their cost
which often in the range of 20% to 25 %of the total cost. Thus the optimisation of a
microtunnelling project is therefore limited by the number and the dimensions of these
shafts (depth, length and width) and this is an important part in the design of a project.
The number of shafts obviously depends on the nature of the project (such as total
length, number of turns, availability of space for shafts etc) and the maximum jacking
length planned by the contractor.
One should keep in mind that the depth of shafts play a significant role in the cost and
hence the sewer shall be designed considering the topography and operation to keep
the depth of sewers as low as technically possible.
The dimension of the shaft depends on
• The length of jacking pipe element ( usually it is 2m to 3m)

• The overall dimension of the jacking frame
• Safe working area required for accessories (mucking pipe connections,
cables, pumps etc.
• Dimension of thrust block
• Turning angle of the sewer
Whereas, the dimension of the exit shaft depends only on the length of TBM.
For a 2.5 m long pipe, the dimension of the starting shaft can be about 4m by 4.5m for
900mm dia pipe to about 6m by 6.5m for 2400mm dia pipe while for exit shaft the
dimensions respectively are about 3m by 4.5m and 4.5 m by 5m. The shape can be
rectangular, circular or egg shaped and the choice often depends on orientation of the
drive, ground conditions, water table etc.
8.9.2 Design of Shaft and Construction
Shafts are normally constructed using metallic sections, sheet piles, shortcrete, precast
segments diaphragm wall, cast insitu concrete etc.
• Support by runners: Reinforcing with wooden, metallic or concrete planks

inserted between I sections driven into the ground.
• Shortcrete with or without reinforcement on the face of excavation.
• Sheet pile wall: interlocking sheet piles are driven into the ground. Suitable in
soft ground with high water table (recommended for use in the project).

• Precast concrete segments: Use bolted concrete segments to line the

excavated face of the shaft.
• Steel liner plats: Steel liner plate (structural) elements are used to line the
excavated face of the shafts.
The forces in the retaining structures (apart from the thrust wall- see detail below) are
also calculated in a classical manner taking into account of earth pressure to be
supported. Jet cement grouting is sometime used, especially in deep shafts constructed
in very soft clay strata to prevent upheaval of the base and enhance the stability of the
temporary support system.
Chemical grouting or jet cement grouting is a sometime used to stabilise the soil at the
shield entry and exit points of the shaft.
8.9.3 Sizing of Thrust Wall
The Trust wall, usually a concrete wall must be sized to be able to transfer the jacking
force to the surrounding ground through the retaining structure (say sheet pile).
The thrust wall stress [P/ (h2x b)] must not exceed the stop stress p that can be
mobilised in the ground (See figure 8.21 below).
Figure 8.21 Sizing of Thrust Wall
F = Factor of Safety (about 1.5)

Sheet
Kp= Passive Earth Pressure
Piling
h1 P = Total Jacking Force
H
P b = Width of thrust wall

h2
h2 = Height of Thrust Wall
p = Stop stress that can be mobilised

h3 Kp.γH/F Kp.γH
H = Depth of shaft
p
γ = Density of soil
8.9.4 Calculation of Forces in Jacking Pipe
The thrust required for Jacking (Ptotal) is determined by adding the pressure at the head
of the boring machine that is required at the tunnel face (Rp) and the frictional forces (F)
that are exerted on to the pipeline surface by the surrounding soil. The latter increases

with the length of the pipes jacked in and generally constitute a predominant part of
jacking force applied at the jacking shaft.
8.9.5 Friction between Soil and Jacking pipes
The friction between the soil and the jacking pipes depends on the nature and condition
of the soil and the jacking pipe surface as well as other parameters such as the depth,
size of the over cut, lubrication and stoppage of jacking operation etc. In general the
local friction stress f, commonly known as unit friction between the pipe surface and the
soil is given by the following formula (See Figure 8.22 below).
Figure 8.22 Schematic diagram of pipe jacking forces
F= ∫f.л.D.dL P = F + Rp
Rp
The unit friction may be determined from change in the jacking forces recorded during
microtunnelling operations. It can be also defined from effective stress σ normal to the
pipes and the ground pipe frictional coefficient by the following relation.
i e f = *σ’
8.9.6 Specific Friction Values (Table 8.7)
Dynamic Friction f: this is the friction during jacking, when the pipeline is advancing
within the soil.
Static friction f stat : this is the friction that is caused after a stoppage in jacking. Due to
the creep in most grounds, this friction is generally greater than the dynamic friction.
Lubricated friction flub :in order to reduce the frictional forces, lubricating products are
injected between the ground and the pipes, which leads to a value flub of the unit friction.

Table 8.7: Specific Friction Values
Ground Unit frictional force (kPa)

French National JSTT (fconv) G.L of US Norwegian
Research Army Geotech.Inst
f flub Screw Hydraulic fapp fapp
Mucking Mucking
Clay 1.4 to 5.8 0.65to 3.3 0.7 to 16 2.1 0.8 to 13 -
Ave 3.25 Ave 2.25 Ave 4.9 Ave 2.1 Ave 4.6
Sand 4.5 to 7 0.65 to4.9 1.0 to 19 2.8 2.7 to 12 2.0 to 11
Ave 5.4 Av 2.0 Av 5.1 2.8 Av 6.1 Av 5.7
Sand/and 1.8 to 17 3 to 10 5.0 to 6.9 3.6 - -
gravel
Av 7.4 Av 6.9 Av 6.0 Ave 3.6 - -
8.9.7 Additional Friction Caused by stoppage in jacking
The additional friction is a function of the ground, particularly its tendency for creeping. It
is also linked to the duration of the stoppage in jacking. The results obtained in Europe
indicate that this additional friction is noticeably proportional to the logarithm of the
duration of the stoppage.
Weekend Stoppage Stoppage of one night Stoppage < 3 hours

f sup (kPa) 2.4 kPa 1 to 2 kPa (*) 0.6 to 0.8 kPa
* It must be noted that the injection of a sufficient volume of lubrication fluid in the annular space
helps oppose the tightening of the ground on the pipeline and reduce the amplitude of the
additional friction. Thus, after an interruption of one night and depending on the lubrication
conditions, the additional friction may vary between 1 and 2 kPa.
f sup : Unit supplementary friction during stoppage.
8.9.8 Force on the cutter head (Rp)
The forces on the cutter head depends essentially on the nature of the ground, the cutter
diameter and tunnelling parameters such as jacking speed, mucking flows etc. The
forces on the cutter head (Rp) may be characterised by rp , apparent resistance at the
cutter head which includes the effect of forces on the cutting wheel ( some time the
wheel exert a pressure on the tunnel face to facilitate cutting of soil) and that of the
mucking liquid pressure .
Thus, Rp = rp . л. De2 /4
The experimental results have given the maximum and average values of rp for three
group soft soils: sand, sand and gravel and clay.
Sand Sand+gravel Clay
Max of rp max 1800kPa 2300kPa 800kPa
Average of rp max 1000kPa 1700kPa 600kPa

It is suggested to adopt average values for sizing of the jacking system and pipes, by
noting that the forces corresponding to the active earth pressure represents a lower limit
in relation to the risk of over excavation at the face.
8.9.9 Estimate of the maximum pipe jacking forces.
The maximum total thrust may be estimated by the following relation;
Ptotal = F + Rp = ∫ f.л.D.dL + rp . л. De2 /4
for worse scenario, the unit friction shall be ( f + f sup ) and rp shall be rp max
8.9.10 Calculation of the maximum acceptable thrust by the pipes during Jacking
When the pipes are installed by jacking, they are subjected to transverse actions (weight
of earth, overloads traffic load etc) and to longitudinal actions (jacking stresses). It is the
latter that determine most often the sizing of pipes.
The maximum permissible thrust depends on the comprehensive strength of the

materials constituting the pipes, the contact surface between the pipes and also the
angulations plumb over the assemblies that cause an off centring of thrust stresses. In
fact, during jacking, the pipes, constituting an articulated train, are not aligned with one
another, particularly because of alignment corrections.
The distribution rings being able to transfer only compressive forces, the maximum
thrust of jacking cylinders must take into account the off centring of the application of
thrust.
The pipe manufactures shall apply a safety coefficient that reduces the compressive
strength of materials and thus defines the permissible stresses on the pipes, which must
not be exceeded on site. This permissible thrust is generally defined up to a limiting
angulation of 1 degree.
The German Standard ATVA 161 proposes the use of a safety coefficient equal to the
ratio of stresses σmax/ σ0 where σmax is the maximum marginal stress and σ0 the stress
distributed uniformly in the case of a resulting cantered theoretical thrust.
According to German Standard the σmax/ σ0 ratio is equal to 2 corresponding to a

limiting angulation of 0.5 degree.
However for larger deviations, produced by opening of joints in case of projects with
curved alignments, the contact area at the joints (i.e. part of the diameter under where
there is compression in the contact plane) will be less than 100%, a σmax/ σ0 ratio as
high as 10 is used.

Detailed
8.10 Construction Technology Selection Guide
In the context of the trenchless construction to be carried out in the project area, a
selection guide is proposed below in Figure 8.23 for different site scenarios for deciding
on trenchless or open trench method for a particular site. The selection the method is
predominantly based on economic and technical considerations.
Figure 8.23: Construction Technology selection Matrix
CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY SELECTION GUIDE

Scenario 1: Areas sensitive to dewatering and prone to settlement/ damage to properties
and require sheet piled trenching.
Technical Option: Trenchless or open trench

Economic Option: Trenchless
(costlier & risky)
Scenario 2: Sewer is below very busy road and no space is available for detour
Economic Option:: Not relevant/applicable Technical Option: Trenchless
Scenario 3: Sewer is below railway lines and no approval is possible for open trench works
Economic Option: Not Relevant/Applicable Technical Option: Trenchless
Scenario 4: Sewer in hard rock (of strength >100mpa) and sewer depth is greater than 4m
Technical Option: Trenchless or Open

Economic Option: Trenchless
Trench (costly due to rock excavation)

Detailed
CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY SELECTION GUIDE (Contd)
Scenario 5: Deep Sewer of depth greater than 6m and in water charged soft ground
Technical Option: Trenchless & Open trench

Economic Option: Trenchless (costly due to deep trenching, heavy pipe
bedding , dewatering etc)
Scenario 6: Sewer depth is less than 6m, good ground and sufficient space is available for
open trench excavation and traffic diversion
Technical Option: Open Trench and

Econmic Option: Open Trench
Trenchless
Scenario 7: Narrow road width in built up areas with no space for traffic diversion. The surface
surfa
is concreted or stoned paved or bituminous and high ground water table.
Case 1: Depth of Sewer is less than 1.5m Case 2: Depth of Sewer is greater than 1.5m.
Case 1: Depth of Sewer is less than 1.5m

Technical Option: Trenchless and Open
Economic Option:: Open Trench (shallow trench (shallow open trench will entail
excavation is econmical and may not cause narrow trench and it may not seriously
disturbance to adjacent properties hamper traffic
Case 2: Depth of Sewer is greater than 1.5m
Technical Option Trenchless (Open

Open trench is
undisirable as deep excavation is detrimental
Econmic Option: Trenchless to adjacent propetries and will take entire
width of road.
Note: Trenchless Sewers have a life span of more than 50 years (due to the use of
higher class /strength corrosion protected jacking pipes with well engineered and long
lasting water tight joints) while open trench sewers have a life span of only 30 years.

8.11 Cost Estimation For Microtunnelling Works
8.11.1 Major cost components in the microtunnelling rates
The cost of installing sewer pipelines by microtunnelling and pipejacking technology is

becoming competitive worldwide. Many cities in Asia, in particular cities in India where a
considerable backlog of sewers is yet to be installed in built up and crowded urban areas
are beginning to use the technology, mainly to construct deep trunk sewers.
The cost of microtunneling and pipe jacking is considered expensive when compared to
the conventional open trench construction cost. However, from a holistic economic
perspective, installation of sewers by microtunnelling technology is not expensive if not
cheaper than that of open trench method. In an urban setting, there are numerous
hidden social, business and environmental costs, which are usually not taken into
account in the overall cost as their economic impact on the society, are considered
unimportant in many Indian cities (also around the world). However, the open trench
method is indeed economical in sub urban and rural areas where the impact of social,
business and environmental cost is relatively less.
Microtunnelling and Pipejacking process is heavily mechanised and uses only a small
skilled labour force. Thus, the microtunnelling cost is predominately governed by the
cost of the equipment and machinery such as TBM, Crane, Generator, Jacking
equipment etc. The cost of jacking pipe is fairly uniform and predictable since it is usually
manufactured in a highly mechanised manufacturing environment. The cost of such of
equipment and machinery from country to country does not vary significantly and hence
the microtunnelling rates tend to be similar regardless of the country in which the
techniques are used.
The various major cost components in microtunnelling and pipejacking works can be
classified into about eight major cost items and they are :-
(i) Equipment Cost,

(ii) Operating Personnel incl. TBM Operator, Electrician etc
(iii) Operational Costs ( spares, maintenance, wear and tear of cutter, fuel
etc)
(iv) Slurry Handling, Disposal Cost,
(v) Jacking Pipe Cost ,
(vi) Cost of corrosion protection lining (HDPE or PVC lining)
(vii) Cost of collars ( Mild steel or Stainless steel),
(viii) Cost of Shafts (Jacking and Receiving), including soil improvement etc.
Appropriate costs for each item can be worked with reasonable accuracy based on basic
cost components in terms of equipment, labour and material etc. The microtunnelling
and pipejacking cost for sewer installation per meter can be expressed as the
summation of the cost of following major items and the cost equation can be expressed
as;

• ∑ Equipment Cost (TBM and others)

• + ∑ Labour Cost (TBM operators and others)
• + ∑ Operational Cost (Spares, wear and tear etc)
• + ∑ Slurry handling and disposal
• + ∑ Jacking/Receiving Shafts cost
• + ∑ Jacking Pipe Cost (including lining, Stainless Steel Collar etc).
8.11.2 Cost in Terms of Three Major Work Elements
The eight cost elements of microtunnelling works as discussed in the foregoing

paragraphs can be grouped into three major cost components for convenience of cost
estimation as follows:
(a) Overall Cost of Tunnelling and Jacking, comprising Equipment Cost (TBM
and others), Labour Cost (TBM operators and others), Operational Cost
(Spares, wear and tear etc) and Cost of Slurry handling and disposal
(b) Cost of HDPE lined RC Jacking Pipe comprising Cost of RC Jacking Pipe,
Cost of HDPE Lining and Cost of Stainless Steel Collar.
(c) Cost of Shafts(Jacking and Receiving) comprising the cost of constructing

the shafts which will also include cost of thrust wall, dewatering, exit and
entry accessories and soil stabilisation if required at TBM’s entry and exit.
Approximately for smaller diameter trenchless sewers up to 900mm, about 55% of the
cost is the overall tunnelling and jacking cost while 22% is the cost of Jacking Pipe and
23% is for the cost of constructing jacking and receiving shafts.
As a rule of thumb, the cost of sewer installation by microtunnelling and pipejacking

technology are 6.5 times the cost/meter of RC jacking pipe (with normal mild steel collar
a rubber ring seal) for smaller diameter sewers up to 600mm.
8.11.3 Microtunnelling and Pipejacking Rates (Smaller Dia from 300 to 1000mm)
The rates for microtunnelling and pipejacking for smaller diameter sewer installations
from 300mm to 1000mm have been worked out based on rates used in Singapore and
Maharashtra State. Rates have also been worked out rates based on the procedure out
lined above. Figure 8.24 shows the resulting cost curves. The corresponding trend lines
for each rate graphs are also plotted in the graph. Based on the graphs (except the cost
of constructing manhole) the sewer installation costs by microtunnelling and pipejacking
method for 300mm dia sewer are Rs 45,000 and Rs 49,000 and Rs 56,000 respectively
for 375 and 450mm dia sewers.

Figure 8.24: Microtunnelling Cost Curves for Sewer Diameters from 250 to 1000mm

8.11.4 Use of High Quality Jacking Pipe
The jacking pipe used in sewer installation by microtunnelling and pipe jacking methods
is a well-engineered high strength pipe regardless of whether it is an RC Pipe or Vitrified
Clay Pipe or pipe of any other materials. Built in stainless steel collars are used for
joining the pipes and a rubber ring seal is provided at the joint which offers high water
tightness to the sewer line. The pipe body and the joint are designed to last more than
50 years.
The sewer joints are extremely water tight and unlikely to leak in grounds with high water
table. The sewer could easily last for more than 50 years without leakage and infiltration
because of the stainless steel collar and the way the rubber ring is inserted during the
jacking operation. This is a significant advantage in the sewers installed by
microtunnelling method against the conventional sewers which are designed for a life
span of 30 years and often prone to leak through the joints.
The enhanced life span shall be taken into consideration when comparing the cost of
sewers installed by microtunnelling and conventional open trench method.
8.12 Trenchless Sewer Construction in District VI, Bhubaneswar
8.12.1 Trenchless Sewers in Bhubaneswar
The proposed sewerage system in Bhubaneswar comprises 4 Design Zones. The

sewers in all the Design zones are proposed to be constructed by open trench method
except 19 Nos of crossings across roads and railways and a deep gravity sewer along
Maitri Vihar Road. These are nominated for construction by trenchless technology.
The sewer along Maitri Vihar Road is crossing a raised land formation (a ridge)
stretching for about 600m. The sewer is deep as it crosses the crest of the raised land
and the maximum depth of sewer at the crest is about 8m. It is not only expensive to
construct the deep sewer, especially in hard soil strata comprising laterite, but also will
cause disruptions to traffic along Maitri Vihar Road.
The alternative option to the deep gravity sewer is to construct a pump house and a
pumping main to pump the sewage across the ridge to the ridge manhole. The
construction of a pump house and pumping main is undesirable as it will entail
operational and maintenance cost throughout the life span and thus an uneconomical
option in the longer term.
Their location, diameter, length maximum depth of sewer crossings are described
below:

8.12.2 Sewer along Maitri Vihar Road
About 41m of the 250mm dia sewer from ND 145 to ND 183 and 360m of 300mm sewer
from ND 183 to ND 194. and 39m of 300mm sewer from ND 206 to ND 208. Total 440m
is nominated for construction by trenchless technology. The depth of sewer at ND 145 is
about 5.9m. There after the sewer depth gradually increases to about 6.4 at ND 145 and
ND146 where it makes a right angle turn and runs along Maitri Vihar Road. The sewer
reaches a peak depth of about 7.25m at the crest of the ridge at ND 187. The depth
thereafter reduces and at ND 197 the depth is only about 4.06m. The Figure 8.25 shows
the layout details of the sewer.
The construction of this gravity sewer eliminates the need to have a pumping station
near ND 146 and a pumping main fromND183 to ND 194 to pump the sewage across
the ridge.
Based on the available bore log data for Bhubaneswar, the strata is expected to be
either laterite or sandstone. Construction of the sewer at 5m to 8m depth by open trench
method in soil stratum comprising DI sand stone / Sand stone / DI laterite sand stone is
not only costly but also technically undesirable in a busy road like Maitri Vihar Road.
Thus it is propose to construct this stretch by trenchless technology. The same is
depicted in Figure 8.25.
Table- 8.8: Sewer along Maitri Vihar Road
Sl. Dia Length

Sewer Min Max.
Sewer Segment Location in
Zone in m depth Depth
No. mm
ND145 to ND 183 Maitri Vihar 250 41
1 ND 183 to ND194 Road 300 360 5.90m 7.25m
ND 206 to ND 208 300 39
Total Length:- 440
8.13 Trenchless Sewer Crossing across Railways, Roads and Canals (19 Nos)
Amongst the 19 crossings, four (4) crossings are across railways track and fourteen (14)
are across roads and one (1) is for canal crossing. Details of all crossings are tabulated
below and their locations are shown in Figure 8.26.

Table- 8.9: Sewer Crossings across Railways, Roads and Canal
Sl. Location Dia in Length Design

No. mm in m Zone
Road Crossings
1 Nandan Kanan Road at Damana Square 600 60 II
2 Nandan Kanan Road at Damana Square towards 350 60 II

Sailashree Vihar Road
3 Nandankanan Road at Bajarang Vihar Road 700 60 II

junction
4 Nandankanan Road at Nandan Vihar. 200 60 II
5 Nandan Kanan Road at Kalinga Hospital Chowk 250 90 IA
6 Kalinga Hospital Chawk to Sainik School gate 200 60 IA

near OSAP 7th Battalian Colony, Samanta Vihar
Road Junction
7 Kalinga Hospital Chawk to sainik School Gate 200 60 IA

near Dakhina kali temple Road,
8 Kalinga Hospital Chawk to Sainik School Gate at 400 60 IA

first entrance to Gajapati Nagar
9 Kalinga Hospital Chawk to Sainik School Gate 300 60 IA

near GIFT Press Chawk
10 Damana Square to Sailashree Vihar Road 350 30 IA

towards Housing Board Colony Road
11 Damana Square to Sailashree Vihar Road Near 400 30 IA

DAV School Road
12 Damana Square to Sailashree Vihar Road 400 30 IA

Towards Niladri Vihar
13 Nandan Kanan Road at Jaydev Vihar Chowk. 800 60 IA
14 Acharya Vihar Chowk 800 70 IA
15 Utkal University (Vani Vihar) Main Gate 800 30 IA
16 Damana Square junction along Nandan Kanan 200 60

road
17 Nandan Kanan Road near Club Town ND 1348 700 60

to ND 2283 after Culvert towards Nandan Kanan

18 Nandan Kanan road at Aryapalli near Indian 250 60

Bank ND 2616 to ND 2617
19 Nandan Kanan Road near Sikharchandi Chhak 150 60

ND 626 to Nd 627
Railway Crossings
16 V.S.S. Nagar 1100 42.5 IA
17 Rangamatia 1400 148 II
18 Kalarahanga 400 34.5 II
19 Railway Track of Coach Factory at Mancheswar. 1400 60 II
20 Railway Track at mancheswar along the bridge. 300 150 II
Canal Crossing
21 Rangamatia 1800 64 II
The Sewer is to cross the Canal at Kalarahanga - As the Sewer is Crossing over the
ground No Trenchless method is required.
Length of Trenchless work at Maitri Vihar - 440m

Length of Trenchless for Road, Railway & Canal Crossing - 1318.5m
Total: - 1558.5 m
8.14 Utility crossing of Railway shall be laid within a Casing Pipe (Two Pipe System)
For utility crossing across railways, it is a mandatory requirement by the railway

authorities to lay the carrier pipe within a casing pipe (i.e. two pipes system). There are
three railway crossings proposed in the sewer network of Sewerage District- VI and the
diameters of the sewer crossings are 450mm, 1100mm and 1400mm for the length of
50m, 104m and 148m receptively.
8.14.1 Use of UPVC Spiral Wound Liner Pipe as a Carrier Pipe
To meet the railway authority’s requirement to install the sewer within a casing pipe, it
is proposed to install UPVC spiral wound non structural liner pipe (see Annex A for
description on spiral wound liner pipe) as a carrier pipe within the RC casing pipe of
diameters 1100mm and 1400mm.
The thickness of the spiral wound non structural liner pipe may not exceed 30mm and
hence the inside diameter of the 1100mm and 1400mm diameter RC casing pipe would

be reduced to 1040mm and 1340mm respectively. The entire external loads such as
traffic load, overburden and hydraulic loads, etc will be carried by the casing pipe so that
the spiral wound liner pipe will be free from any external loadings.
As the spiral wound liner pipe offers lesser friction to flows than RC pipes, the overall
hydraulic capacities of the 1040mm and 1340mm diameter UPVC spiral wound liner pipe
(carrier pipe) will be not less than the hydraulic capacities of the 1100mm and 1400mm
dia RC sewer.
This technique of installing UPVC spiral wound liner pipe as a carrier pipe within an RC
jacking pipe has been used in India’s first micro tunnelling project implemented by the
Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai in 2001 to overcome the railway authority’s
requirement to install the carrier pipe within a casing pipe.
The spiral wound liner pipes are now commonly adopted for trenchless rehabilitation of
deteriorated sewers. Delhi Jal Board and Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai
have already used the liner pipe to rehabilitate similar size RC sewers. The maximum
reduction in the cross-sectional area of the sewer as a result of installing the liner pipe is
restricted up to 10% to ensure that the hydraulic capacity of the original sewer is not
compromised with. The proposed installation of UPVC spiral wound liner pipe for the
railway crossing of 1200mm and 1400mm dia sewer will be well within the 10% limit on
the cross sectional area reduction.
As for the 400mm sewer crossing, it is proposed to install an casing pipe ( RC Pipe) of
diameter to 450mm so that when the spiral wound liner pipe is installed within the pipe,
the inside diameter of the lined casing pipe would be close to proposed sewer size of
450mm.
Installation of UPVC spiral wound liner pipe should not be expensive and a cost
provision of Rs 10,000 per metre for 1100mm and 1400mm dia UPVC liner is considered
reasonable for initial estimate purposes.
8.15 Summary of Trenchless sewers in Bhubaneswar
Summary of trenchless sewers in terms of diameters and the lengths is tabulated in the
following table. Altogether 1815m of trenchless Sewers to be installed including 440m of
trenchless sewer along the road at Maitri Vihar. The diameters are 150mm, 200mm,
250mm, 300mm, 400mm, 450mm, 600mm, 700mm, 800mm, 1100mm, 1400mm and
1800mm.
In order to economise the micro tunnelling cost and to standardise the size of micro
tunnelling equipment, the contractors may opt to upsize some of the sewers to the next
highest size.

8.16 Geology of the project Area
Geotechnical investigations were carried out by M/S Ray Associates, Bhubaneswar a

specialist geotechnical consultant in Bhubaneswar area and altogether about 70 bore
holes have been done across the Sewer Network area of Sewerage District VI, out of
which 10 bore holes are at crossing points of railway tracks, Heavy traffic roads and
Canals, beside that 3 no.s of Bore holes are in Sewage Treatment Plant Site. The soil
strata encountered in these bore holes are presented separately. Abstract and analysis
of the bore logs are given in Table 8.11.
The ground water level as indicated in bore logs is at higher depths in the project area.
Only at 28 places out of 70 locations water table was encountered within the drilling
depth. The water table in these locations varies from 1.00m to 8.5m below ground level
and is reflected in Table 8.11.
8.16.1 Predominantly rock strata comprising laterite, sandstone or hard clay
The soil strata are predominantly rock strata and are dominated by laterite with iron or
sand stone. In some areas silty sand, clay silt and poorly graded sand are found. The
detail soil strata are reflected in table 8.11.
Thus, most of the trenchless sewers are likely to be installed within soil strata comprising
laterite with iron or sandstone or hard clay or poor ground sand. In average in Zone- 1a
57% ATS and 43% HR, in Zone- 2 43% ATS and 57% HR and in Zone- 3 50% ATS and
50% HR is faced. For Estimate purpose for Zone- 1a ATS 50% and HR 50%, for Zone- 2
ATS 40% and HR 60% and Zone- 3 50% ATS and 50% HR is considered. (Ref. Table-
8.10)
8.16.2 Selection of Microtunnelling System
As discussed, the soil strata to be encountered are laterite / sandstone or hard clay,
almost in all the locations where the trenchless sewer installation is proposed. Micro
tunnelling in this type of soil strata is not difficult as long as the right TBM selected,
based on the characteristics of the rock, unconfined compressive strength (UCS) in
particular. Based on the site inspection of the rock sample from the bore log, it is
considered that the UCS may not exceed 10Mpa.
It is therefore important to select appropriate micro tunnelling system which has

capability to handle rock of UCS up to 10mpa as well as water charged clay strata
Especially at Jaydev Vihar area and Kalinga Hospital Chowk. It is considered that slurry
pressure balance shield tunnelling system with appropriate cutter head with cone
crusher (similar to Herrenknecht AVN 250 to 1600 or equivalent TBM), to excavate rock
and crush the excavated rock into to small pieces so that they can be transported
through the slurry pipeline system, is more suitable to install the sewers in Bhubaneswar
areas.

Table 8.10: Soil Strata of Bores for Trenchless Installation of Sewers in Sewerage District VI, Bhubaneswar
Name Location & Type of Strata at depth BGL Percentage of Strata Average % % GT
of Bore No. of Strata for Consideration
Design Design Zone estimate of DPR
Zones 0-1.0m 1.0m-3m 3m-4.5m 4.5m-6.0m 6.0m-7.5m 7.5m-9.0m All type Hard Rock ATS HR ATS HR
of Soil (HR) (Other
(ATS) than Granite)
Gravel Gravel Poorly
Jaydev Vihar Silty sand Sand Sand Silty Clay Silty sand Graded 100 - 100 100 2.9
Mixture Mixture Sand
Kalinga
DI Sand
Hospital Clay Sand Silty Clay Silty Sand Silty Sand Sand Stone 67 33 57 43 50 50 Nil
Stone
Chowk
Gravel
Clayey
Acharya Vihar Silty Sand Sand Sand Stone Sand Stone Sand Stone 50 50
Sand
Zone-1a Mixture
Vani Vihar
Laterite Laterite Laterite Laterite Laterite Laterite - 100
Gate
VSS Nagar Gravel Gravel Gravel & Gravel & Gravel & Gravel &
Railway Sand Sand Sand Sand Sand Sand 100 -
Crossing Mixture Mixture Mixture Mixture Mixture Mixture
Poorly
On Maitri Vihar DI Sand DI Sand DI Laterite
Silty Sand Graded Sand Stone 25 75
Road Stone Stone Sand Stone
Sand
Canal Gravel
DI Laterite DI Laterite
Crossing at Sand & Silt Laterite Laterite Laterite 10 90 43 57 40 60 Nil
Gravel Gravel
Rangamatia Mixture
Zone-2
Railway Poorly Poorly Poorly
Crossing at Silty Sand Silty Sand Graded Graded Graded Laterite 75 25
Rangamatia Sand Sand Sand
Road Crossing Graded
DI Laterite DI Laterite DI Laterite DI Laterite DI Laterite 15 85 50 50 50 50 Nil
at Damana Gravel
Zone-3 Railway
Crossing at Silty Sand Silty Sand DI Laterite Silty Sand Silty Sand Clay Sift 85 15
Kalarahanga
*As per the Report of Geo-tech Research Laboratory, Bhubaneswar

Odisha Integrated Sanitation Improvement Project (ID- Pumping Stations Design Criteria
P187)
Chapter 9
9. Pumping Station Design Criteria
9.1 General
The pumping stations in Sewerage Districts VI, Bhubaneswar will be designed in

accordance with Chapter 9 of the CPHEEO Manual on Sewerage and Sewage treatment
and will also consider PHEO design standards. In addition current industrial practices
especially with respect to variable speed pump operations will be used in the design.
Finally the design will rely upon proven engineering judgment based on past experience
in constructing and operating pumping stations. For an example, the design of the
pumping stations will consider the use of pump alternatives such as: non-clog
submersible “grinder” pumps, non-clog submersible pumps with separate inlet grinder or
non-clog submersible pumps with screw type impeller. The following is a summary of the
design criteria along with a description of the operation of each type of pumping station
to be required for the ODISHA Integrated Sanitation Improvement Project for Sewerage
District VI, Bhubaneswar.
9.2 Basic Design
The basic design of the pumping station will focus on the use of centrifugal Non-Clog
pumps for Sewage Pumping Station. The pumps will be mounted on stainless steel
guide rails with above grade hoist system to facilitate easy removal of the pump for
maintenance, repair or replacement. An above grade Variable Frequency Drive (VFD)
cabinet mounted on concrete pad with Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) and a
pressure transducer in the wet well or manhole Pumping Stations will be used to control
the operation of each pump. Typical operation will be a lead-lag operation for a two
pump system. The PLC will require pump-on at high level and pump-off at low level with
the VFD speeding up or slowing down to maintain a relatively constant wet well level and
flow while the pump is required to operate. The goal will be to prevent frequent on/off
operation of the submersible pump to minimize pulsating or widely varying flow rates,
protect the submersible pumps from overheating and damage with frequent start/stop
cycles and minimize required storage volume of the wet well.

P187)
Another option for pumping station design is to provide a dry well and wet well
combination with the pumps located in an adjacent dry well or above grade in a building
structure. The major advantage of the dry well option is easy access for pump Visual
inspection and maintenance. However, the cost of this type of pumping station is more
expensive and requires additional support facilities such as ventilation, lighting and dry
well sump with sump pump for a dry well or an above grade building structure to house
pump motors. Pumping stations in SD VI, Bhubaneswar will be limited to the use of
submersible pumps to help minimize capital cost of construction since submersible
pumps are durable, reliable and requires lower maintenance than larger centrifugal
pumps.
Pumping stations with more than two pumps for parallel operation will include additional
programming to require the 2nd, 3rd or 4th pump to turn on based on wet well level with
start/stop elevations set for each pump. Programming will also include a short delay to
start or stop the pump once the PLC signal is received by the pump. In addition to the
pressure transducer, the wet well should be equipped with backup high level and low
level floats to make sure that operation of the pumps will continue in a constant speed
mode if the pressure transducer were to fail. If the pressure transducer fails, the PLC
programming automatically reduces the pump speed to a preset speed and the pumps
temporarily operate as constant speed pumps until the pressure transducer can be
replaced.
9.3 Design Capacity and Number of Pumps
Design capacity of the pumping stations will be based on 15-year projected wastewater
flows per population projections and distribution for the area served by the individual
pumping station. The specific pumping station capacities are described in the next
Chapter. Each pumping station will be required to handle initial and 15-year peak
hour/instantaneous wastewater flows based on the capacity of each pump and volume
of the wet well in order to prevent backing of sewage up into the inlet sewer. The number
of pumps, replacement with larger pumps and number of future pumps will largely be
determined based on the projected wastewater flow range to be handled by the pumping
station. The preliminary approach will be to provide the following minimum number of
pumps for each type of pumping station:
Submersible pumps
• Manhole Pumping Station (MHPS)- 2 pumps with one standby

• Small Lift Station (SLS) - 2-3 pumps with one standby

P187)
Horizontal non clog centrifugal Pumps
• Main Pump Station (MPS) - 3 pumps with one standby

• It will be installed in dry well.
a) Manhole Pumping Station (MHPS) Design Capacity –
The typical approach for the MHPS will be to provide two pumps with one pump as
standby. This type of pumping station will be used for isolated outlying areas that
require pumping for a limited area with little or no future development potential. This
type of pumping station is expected to be limited to a maximum pumping capacity of
approximately 20 – 30 liters per second.
b) Small Lift Station (SLS) Design Capacity –
The SLS will be equipped with 1-2 pumps and one standby. The number of pumps
will largely depend upon the projected range of wastewater flows to be handled from
initial design flow rates to projected design flow rates in 15 years. If projected flow
rates have a relatively narrow range of flow between initial design flow rates and
projected design flow rates then a single pump may be able to cover the range of
flow with one standby. If the projected flow rates have a wider range for a particular
SLS then it is expected that two pumps will be required with one standby.
Also, for a three pump option the SLS may not need to be equipped with the third
pump until development actually occurs and the flow rates increase to where a third
pump is required. The design of the SLS will also need to consider the potential for
future development which will help to determine if a 2-pump or 3-pump installation is
required. This type of pumping station is to have all pumps with the same capacity
and is expected to have a maximum pumping capacity of approximately 100 – 130
liters per second.
c) Large Lift Station (LLS) Design Capacity –
The LLS will be the larger pumping station that typically directly feed the sewage
treatment plants. This type of pumping station will include more than three pumps
and will most likely include pumps with different pumping capacities to transfer the
wide range of initial and projected wastewater flows anticipated at the sewage
treatment plant. The number and capacity of the pumps ultimately depends upon the
design capacity of the sewage treatment plant and the potential for future
development. This type of pumping station will most likely require different capacity
pumps for pumping station capacities more than 130 liters per second in order to
handle the wide range of flow that is pumped to sewage treatment plants.

P187)
The design parameter of the pumping station to consider is the capacity or volume of
the wet well. The wet well design will need to handle any combination of inflow and
pumping. Per the CPHEEO Manual, the cycle of operation for each pump is not to
be less than five minutes and the maximum detention time in the wet well should not
exceed 30 minutes during normal operation. However, during night time flows when
the flow is low, the time to fill the wet well will most likely be longer than 30 minutes.
For this and other reasons stated above, VFDs will be used to provide greater
flexibility and a wider range of pumping flow rates to better match the inflow.
The volume of the wet well will be less critical with the use of VFDs. However, the
size of the wet well will still need to accommodate the initial number of pumps to be
installed as well as the potential replacement with larger pumps in the future and/or
provide space for additional future pumps.
d) Main Pumping Station (MPS) Design Capacity –
It has been proposed to have a main PS at Gadakana which will receive the total
Sewage collected from entire Sewerage District VI, Bhubaneswar. From the Main
Pumping Station the sewerage will be pumped to inlet chamber of STP at Rokat,
near Rajdhani Engineering College, It has been proposed to provide dry well and wet
well (rectangular) with horizontal non clog centrifugal pumps. The capacity of the
sump has been kept for 96 MLD considering 30 min retention periods.
Accordingly it has been proposed to install for the present flow three numbers of
pumps running with one standby. Space has been provided for installation of another
pump to meet future requirement. The detail calculation has been provided in
hydraulic design table.
9.4 Appurtenances
In addition to the above design criteria, each pumping station will be equipped with a
single magnetic flow meter and each pump will have an isolation plug valve and sewage
check valve on the delivery side of each pump. Access to the flow meter and valves will
be required for routine inspection, calibration and maintenance. The flow meter and
valves will be installed below grade concrete vault for the MHPS and SLS. The vault will
be equipped with ventilation and lighting for access into the vault. The LLS will be
constructed with a building structure over the wet well and the flow meter and valves
installed above grade for access. The VFDs for the LLS pumps and other miscellaneous
electrical panels will also be installed above grade within the building structure for
protection from the weather and for access. A manually operated sluice gate will be

P187)
installed on the inlet to the manhole to allow the wet well to be temporarily isolated from
the collection system for inspection, maintenance and cleaning as required.
9.5 Power Supply
A new electrical service with transformer along with an electrical meter will be required
for each pumping station. The transformer and meter will be mounted on a concrete pad
next to the VFD cabinet and electrical gear will be secured within a gated fenced area.
The secondary feed will be extended underground to the valve vault and then sub fed to
the pumps in the wet well. A diesel electrical generator will be provided for the larger
capacity SLS and LLS and for other pumping stations located in areas where there is a
history of unreliable electrical service. In general, the smaller capacity MHPS will be
evaluated on a case by case basis as for the need of an electrical generator. MHPS
without a generator will be constructed with an emergency overflow into an adjacent
secondary drain or temporary storage.
9.6 Transformer
The size of the transformer (KVA rating) and size of the electrical generator will be
determined based on the total connected load of the pumping station. The rated voltage
of the pump motors will be 415 volt ±6%, 50 Hz, 3-phase. The submersible pump motors
and factory connected cable will be hermetically sealed and suitable for submerged
service and operated in an explosive atmosphere.
9.7 Operation & Maintenence Issues
As previously stated, the design of the pumping stations will consider the use of
alternative pumping equipment such as: non-clog submersible “grinder” pumps, non-clog
submersible pumps with separate inlet grinder or non-clog submersible pumps with
screw type impeller. The use of specialty pumping and grinding equipment is
recommended for the smaller capacity pumping stations to eliminate the need for
manually cleaned bar screens. Elimination of manually cleaned bar screens as the
primary means of screening wastewater will improve operation and maintenance, safety
and will increase the reliability of the pumping station. Access to deep channels and wet
wells for maintenance and cleaning will not be required. As an option to manually
cleaned screens, the use of deep channel mechanically cleaned (raked) screen is an
option. The use of this type of mechanically cleaned screen is better suited for the larger
capacity (main) pumping stations and will allow the use of more conventional non-clog
submersible pumps for the larger capacity pumps.

Odisha Integrated Sanitation Improvement Project (ID- Pumping Stations and Rising Mains
P187)
Chapter 10
10. Pumping Stations and Rising Mains
10.1 Pumping Stations and Rising Mains
The pumping stations and rising mains were designed in conformance with the criteria
outlined in Chapters 6 and 9 including one existing Pumping Station, there will be a total
of 19 pumping stations in Sewerage District VI, Bhubaneswar, with associated rising
mains, as summarized in Table 10.1 and shown in Figure 10.1. The existing Pumping
Station will be renovated, linked with the new system and rest 18 will be of new
construction. Of the 18 new Pumping Stations, one is Main Pumping Station, 4 are Lift
stations and 13 are Manhole Pumping stations. The pumps of the Main Pumping Station
(MPS) will be Centrifugal non-clog Sewage Pumps and all other pumps will be of non-
clog submersible type. The plans for Main Pumping Station, Lift Station and Manhole
Pumping Stations are depicted in Figures 10.1a to 10.1e.
Tables 10.2 though 10.7 provide the hydraulic characteristics of the pumping stations
along with the size of the wet wells and pumping characteristics. These Tables also
show the size and hydraulic characteristics of the rising mains. Once the pumps and
rising mains were sized valves and thrust blocks were sized and located along the rising
mains as necessary. These are shown in the Plans and Profiles of the rising mains as
shown in figures 10.2 to 10.20. The typical rising main is located in the roadway on the
right side in the direction of flow at a minimum depth of 1 meter.
The pumps and rising mains are of sizes within the design criteria previously mentioned.
In general the key criteria included keeping the peak velocities below 1.8 m/sec for 2030
flows while maintaining a maximum Total Dynamic Head (TDH) of less than 30 meters.
Velocities were allowed up to 3 m/sec for 2045 flows where the TDH is acceptable. The
higher velocities in the future years are allowed per CPHEEO guidelines and are
considered the most appropriate design for the following reasons.
1. In the early years of operation at lower flows it is important to maximize velocities

and minimize the volume of each rising main to reduce detention time of sewage.

Odisha Integrated Sanitation Improvement Project (ID- Pumping Stations and Rising Mains
P187)
2. Increased HP requirements for smaller diameter rising mains should have minimal
impact because peak discharge flows are expected to occur for a 3-4 hour period
during the day and only toward the end of the design period.
3. Pumping stations will be equipped with VFDs which will allow programming of
periodic flushing velocities for initial peak discharge flows and minimize start/stop of
the pumps with better wet well level control as wet well levels slowly increase and
decrease as pump speed is automatically adjusted by the PLC.
4. The capital costs for the rising mains will be kept at a minimum.
In order to pick the most economically rising main several pipe sizes were picked within
the design ranges noted above. For each size the capital and O&M costs were
developed and the Present Worth value was calculated for a 15 year design life. This
essentially trades off the pipe size (larger pipe larger capital cost) with the operating cost
in terms of energy to drive the pumps (larger pipe lower head and lower energy costs).
The most economical rising main size is represented by the lowers Present Worth value.
The cost calculations are included in Table 10.8 A to 10.8 E.
The rising mains will be constructed of ductile iron pipe inside lined with cement mortar
using sulphate resistant Portland cement, outside coated with zinc and a bituminous
painting over it and will be laid at a minimum depth of 1m over a sand bed of 150mm
thick. The rising mains will include thrust blocks air release valves at high points and
blow-off valves at low points. Rising main from the main pump station will discharge the
sewage to the Sewage Treatment Plant, whereas the Rising mains from Lift Stations will
discharge Sewage either to another Lift Station or to Manhole and a Manhole Pump
Station will transfer Sewage to the next Manhole at a ridge point. The Manhole receiving
Sewage from a Lift Station or Manhole Pump Station shall be called as Transitional
Manhole and the invert of outlet pipe will be kept at a depth of 25mm, higher than the
crown of incoming rising main in order to ensure full flow in rising mains.
Details of cross section of rising main and appurtenances are depicted in Figures 10.21
to 10.27. Thrust Block Calculations are included in Tables 10.9 A, B & C.

Chapter-11
STP Process Selection Analysis
Chapter 11
11. STP Process Selection Analysis
11.1 Background
This chapter includes an evaluation of treatment processes and recommends the

process to be used in Sewer District VI, Bhubaneswar.
Prior to the initiation of the SAPROF report the OWSSB had prepared a Detailed Project
Report (DPR, June 2007) concerning this work and, among other items, analyzed
several sewage treatment processes for plants that ranged from 10 MLD to 70 MLD. The
DPR proposed activated sludge process for plants greater than 10 MLD and extended
aeration for smaller plants below 10 MLD. The SAPROF report also analyzed several
processes for implementation in Odisha and concurred with the DPR. Their
recommendation was based on capital cost low operation and maintenance cost, low
power cost and good track records of these processes.
11.2 Sewage Treatment Practices In India
The population of India is likely to reach 1.7 billion people by 2050. Based on this
projected population the wastewater generation will be approximately 132,000 MLD. As
minimum dry weather flows in rivers decrease due to additional water demand for
various purposes, the wastewater generation in urban centres will further adversely
affect downstream water quality. Considering this growth scenario, there is a need to
attain a high level of sewage treatment in each city.
The Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) has carried out a series of studies on
performance of Sewage Treatment Plants (STPs) in different parts of the country to
evaluate their performance. The findings reveal that the majority of the treatment plants
serving medium-sized cities are based on:
• Primary Settling followed by Activated Sludge Process (PS+ASP) technology (with
anaerobic digesters for sludge treatment)
• Oxidation Pond or Waste Stabilization Pond(OP or WSP) technology; and
• UASB followed by Final Polishing Unit (UASB+FPU) technology.

Chapter-11
Treatment Plant Sizing & Phasing
Table 11.1 shows some of the recent plants constructed in Delhi based on ASP technology.
Table 11.1: Examples of Existing STPs Constructed/under construction in Delhi
Item Units Okhla STP Rithala STP Nilothi STP
Process ASP (including High Load ASP with

Nitrification & ASP with Power
Denitrification) with Power Generation
Power Generation & Generation
Disinfection.
Plant Capacity MLD 136.4 180 180
Land Area Required Acre 40 39 52.5
Unit Land Area

Acre/MLD 0.29 0.22 0.29
Requirement
Year of Award of Work 2008 1996 1995
Total Power Requirement

KWH/d 42,000 32,000 33,600
Unit Power Requirement KWH/d/MLD 308 178 187
Power Generation KWH/d 25,000 27,000 (See note b)
Notes:
• Rithala STP. The high load process prevents incidental nitrification in summers thus consistently
meeting BOD/TSS guarantees. Power generation at 27,000 KWH/d was guaranteed by contract.
• Nilothi STP. The plant will produce energy from anaerobic digestion.
11.3 Project Requirements
The project requirements for the selection of the treatment process include:
• Compliance with discharge standards
• Operational reliability
• Proven track record
• Best life-cycle cost
• Ability to supplement the plant energy demand
11.3.1 Compliance With Discharge Standards
Sewage treatment plants must produce an effluent that protects the environment and
meets regulatory requirements. The effluent in this project will be discharged to drainage
canals or nallahs ultimately to rivers, or use for agricultural irrigation.

Chapter-11
The standard established for Odisha is Class C, which is for drinking water source with
conventional treatment. The numerical standards for discharge to Class C waters are as
follows:
• 5 day BOD 30 mg/l

• Total suspended solids 50 mg/l
• Total coli-form 5000 counts /100 ml
• Dissolved solids 1500 mg/l
• Chloride 400 mg/l
• Dissolved oxygen 4 mg/l
• pH 6.5 – 8.5
DPR report, June, 2007 updated the faecal coli-form target to 10,000 counts/100 ml and
1000 counts/100 ml as desirable.
11.3.2 Operational Reliability
The business model anticipated for the project is turnkey or Design-Build-Operate, with a
multi-year contract for plant operation. The contractor will be required to provide a
performance and cost guarantee for the operations period, but eventually the plant
operation will be turned over to the Municipal Corporations of Bhubaneswar and Cuttack,
respectively. For this reason it is important that the technology selected be easy to
operate and troubleshoot, and provide reliability under a wide range of operational
conditions.
11.3.3 Proven Track Record
All treatment options have operational risks. Tried and tested processes enjoy the
advantage of world-wide knowledge and experience, with much training and information
available to operators. Innovative processes improve efficiencies or widen the range of
applications but they may also introduce operational uncertainties. Processes that have
only been in operation for a limited time are more suitable for communities where
technical expertise and resources are readily available. Given the expected capabilities
of the local labour force, the Odisha project requires that proven technology be used in
the plant design.
11.3.4 Best Life-Cycle Cost
Life-cycle costs will be used as an indicator of best value for the process. The analysis
requires that capital and operational costs are considered. The analysis requires
knowledge of availability of land and cost, construction cost, and operational inputs, such
as manpower, energy, chemicals, and repair costs.

Chapter-11
11.3.5 Resource Recovery
OWSSB is interested in minimizing the electricity requirements. The project will be

designed to reduce capital, land and operational cost. The client is also considering
utilizing effluent and stabilized sludge as resource recovery.
11.4 Selection Criteria
One of the most challenging aspects of a wastewater treatment system design is the
analysis and selection of the treatment process and technologies capable of meeting the
project requirements.
The process will be selected based on compliance with discharge standards as stated
above. While costs are important, other factors will be given due consideration. For
instance, effluent quality, process complexity, process reliability, environmental issues
and land requirements should be evaluated and weighted along with cost considerations
as summarized in Table 11.2.
Table 11.2: Sewage Treatment Process Selection Considerations
Consideration
Goal
Treated wastewater quality Consistently meet the standards as stipulated

standards by the client.
Power requirement Minimizing power requirements

Land required Minimize land requirement
Capital Cost of Plant Optimum utilization of capital
Operation & Maintenance costs Attaining lower running cost
Maintenance requirement Simplicity and reliability

Operator attention Easy in understand procedures
Reliability Deliver the desired quality on a consistent

basis
Resource Recovery Ability to abate operational costs.
11.5 Resource Recovery
Methane generated in anaerobic digestion can be used to supplement the energy

requirement of the plant. Typically the gas is used for providing heat for maintaining the
digester temperature in the mesophilic range of 35 degrees Celsius and to run blowers
for the aeration oxygen requirements. Some plants in India have reported energy
recovery in the range of above 80% of the total plant requirement (Rithala STP). Recent

Chapter-11
experience with the Jaipur STP and Rithala STP seem to suggest that the expected
amount of energy generated by the anaerobic digesters is in the order of 60 to 85
percent of the plant needs.
Temperature in Odisha is very favourable for anaerobic digestion. The ambient

temperature, ranges from 20°C in the winter to 45°C in the summer and thus minimizes
heat loss from the digesters, compared to locations in the colder climate. So a small
fraction of biogas would be used for maintaining the digester temperature in the
mesophilic range of 35 degrees Celsius. The majority of biogas can be used to generate
electricity.
Once pretreated, the biogas is supplied to a gas engine where it is converted to

mechanical or electrical energy.
A side benefit of producing energy is that the Government of India will be able to sell
carbon credits in the world market. Carbon credits are pollution equivalencies that some
industrialized countries buy to offset their own emissions. Carbon credit is generated by
converting the methane produced in the plant to carbon dioxide, via power generation. It
may be noted with interest that Governments of Tamil Nadu and Uttar Pradesh have
carbon credit units of 4,44,000 and 16,20,000 units respectively till 2012 from methane
gas.
11.6 Process Descriptions
The following are descriptions of processes under evaluation.
a. Activated Sludge Process

Activated Sludge Process is a suspended growth aerobic process, similar to extended
aeration. It includes a primary clarifier to reduce the organic load to the biological
reactor. Following unit operations are involved in this process.
• Screening
• Degritting
• Primary Clarifier
• Aeration Tank
• Secondary Clarifier
• Sludge Recirculation
• Sludge Thickening
• Anaerobic Sludge Digestion
• Sludge Dewatering
• Gas Holder
• Gas Engine for Power Generation

Chapter-11
About 35% of the organic load is intercepted in the primary clarifier in the form of sludge,
decreasing the loading in the aeration tank. Detention period in the aeration tank is
maintained between 4-6 hours. After aeration tank, the mixed liquor is sent to the
secondary clarification where sludge and liquid are separated. A major portion of the
sludge is re-circulated and excess sludge is wasted to a digester.
Sludge generated in the primary clarifier and excess sludge from the activated sludge
requires digestion for multiple reasons; pathogen reduction, volume reduction and
biogas generation. The digestion also improves de-waterability of the sludge.
Primary sludge contains high volatile solids and secondary sludge contains a lesser
amount. In anaerobic sludge digestion, such sludge produces biogas with typically high
calorific value of 5,000 Kcal/m3 of gas, depending on the raw sewage strength. This
biogas is used for power generation by gas engines. Generated power can be used for
operation of the plant. It may meet 60 - 80% of the power required for running the entire
sewage treatment plant under favourable climatic condition for anaerobic digestion.
b. Aerated Lagoon
Aerated lagoons are completely mixed aerobic biological reactor without recycling.
Lagoons are normally earthen basin where air is supplied for biological activity. Overflow
of aerated lagoon is either sent to a sedimentation basin or clarifier. Mean cell residence
time is maintained at 3 to 6 days. Depth of aerated lagoon is generally maintained 3 to
3.5 Meter.
Since lagoons are quite big with hydraulic detention time is 3 to 4 days, they require a
very large area. Operation of the plant is simple but power consumption is high to
maintain the Mixed Liquor Suspended Solids (MLSS) in suspended solids.
c. Extended Aeration
Extended aeration is a modified version of the activated sludge process. It is a

suspended growth aerobic biological process. In this system sewage, after screening
and degritting, is fed to an aeration tank. No primary clarification is done before feeding
to the aerobic process. The food to microorganism ratio or F/M ratio is kept low usually
below 0.05 mg BOD/mg MLSS and detention period is maintained between 12 to 14
hours. Due to high detention period and low F/M ratio, endogenous respiration of
biological mass takes place. Sludge generation is comparatively low but, up to certain
extent, it is matured. In most applications the sludge generated from this process is
directly disposed to drying beds. Alternatively, after thickening the sludge is dewatered
mechanically.
The extended aeration process comprises of following units:
• Screening
• Degritting

Chapter-11
• Aeration Tank
• Clarifier
• Sludge Recirculation System
• Sludge Drying Bed / Sludge Dewatering System
Extended aeration process is simple to operate. It is a proven process to produce
treated effluent with BOD and TSS less than 30 mg/l, and often below 20 mg/l.
Since there is no primary clarifier, the entire BOD load goes to the aeration tank. Oxygen
/ air requirement is higher than with primary clarifiers.
Because extended aeration is a proven process and simple in operation, it is favoured in

small facilities. This process, however, is not advantageous for large plants because it
requires more space and its operating cost is high due to power consumption.
d. Moving Bed Bio Reactor
The Moving Bed Bio Reactor is an aerobic attached biological growth process. It does
not require a primary clarifier. The raw sewage, after screening and degritting, is fed to
the biological reactor. It comprises of the following unit operations:
• Screening
• Degritting
• Moving Bed Reactor
• Clarifier
• Sludge Dewatering
Since it is an attached growth process, sludge recirculation to the reactor is not required.
In the reactor, floating plastic media is provided which remains in suspension. Biological
mass is generated on the surface of the media. Attached biological mass consume
organic matter for their metabolism. Excess biological mass leaves the surface of the
media and is settled in the clarifier.
Moving Bed Reactor needs less space since there is no primary clarifier and detention
periods are generally 4-5 hours.
Moving Bed Reactors were initially used for small sewage and effluent treatment plants
in the range of 1 to 5 MLD because of less space requirement. This process was not
successful at higher capacities. In large plant, media quantity is high and requires long
shut down period for the plant. Moreover the plastic media is patented and not available
in the open market, leading to single supplier conditions which limit price competition.

Chapter-11
e. Sequential Batch Reactor, or SBR
The Sequential Batch Reactor is an aerobic process where raw sewage is treated in
batches. After screening and degritting, sewage is fed to the batch reactor. Reactor
operations take place in sequence. In one cycle biological processes and sedimentation
takes place in the following steps.
• Filling tank
• Aeration
• Settling
• Decantation
• Sludge withdrawal
For continuous treatment of sewage a number of reactors are installed and synchronized
so that different activities take place in different reactors so that sewage can be treated
continuously. In this process some nitrification may takes place, where excess oxygen is
available.
Since all unit operations take place in one tank without separate clarifiers, a smaller foot
print is required.
Power requirements are high, since the process includes larger electrical equipment;
blower, pumps and chemical feeders. A number of large scale plants exist around the
world with several years of continuous operation. In India there are large plants
operating efficiently for more than a year. This technology was started in smaller plants
with controlled and skilled operation and maintenance.
f. UASB
UASB process is an Up-flow Anaerobic Blanket Process wherein the organic matter is
digested, absorbed, adsorbed and metabolized into bacteria cell mass and bio-gas. The
UASB process is a combination of physical and biological. Main feature of the physical
process is separation of solids and gases from the liquid and of the biological process is
degradation of decomposable organic matter under anaerobic conditions. The bio-gas
generated can be utilized for generation of electricity. Sludge cakes after dewatering and
drying on sludge drying beds are suitable to be used on field as manure. The UASB
system also does not require any other external energy and require very less
mechanical equipment.
However adequate pose treatment is always required to polish the UASB effluent to
meet standards. UASB reactor can bring down the BOD and TSS of the domestic
wastewater up to 65-75% and 70-85% respectively. Therefore post treatment in form of
final polishing unit is always required. Even after the post treatment with final polishing
unit (FPU), it is difficult to achieve the desired effluent standards. Fecal coli forms
removal varies from 1-2 log units.

Chapter-11
g. Waste Stabilization Pond (Combination of Anaerobic and Aerobic Pond)
In waste stabilization ponds sewage is treated in a series of earthen ponds. Initially after
screening and degritting it is fed to an anaerobic pond for pretreatment. Depths of
anaerobic ponds are usually 3 to 3.5 m and as a result the lower sections of the ponds
do not get oxygen and an anaerobic condition is developed. BOD reduction takes place
by anaerobic metabolism and gases like phenols and methane is produced creating
odour problems. After reduction of BOD by 40% it enters the aerobic pond, which is
normally 1.0 m to 1.5 m in depth. Lesser depth allows continuous oxygen diffusion from
atmosphere. In addition, algae in the pond also produce oxygen.
Although BOD at the outlet remains below 30 mg/l, the effluent can have a green colour
due to presence of algae. The algae growth can contribute to the deterioration of
effluent quality (higher total suspended solids).
The operating cost of a waste stabilization pond is low, mostly related to the cost of
cleaning the pond once in two to three years.
Waste stabilization ponds require large land areas and they are normally used for small
capacity plant, especially where open land is available.
h. Wetland Construction
Wetlands are natural processes similar to stabilization ponds. After degritting, sewage is
fed to the wetland. Wetlands are shallow ponds comprising submerged plants and
floating islands of marshy species. Thick mats of vegetation trap suspend solids and
biological processes take place at the roots of the plants. Wetlands produce the desired
quality of treated sewage but the land requirement is high. Running costs are
comparatively low.
In some cases there is regular tree cutting and planting as a part of maintenance work. A
common type of wetland uses a plant called duckweed for treatment. This weed has a
fast metabolic rate and absorbs pollutants very quickly.
11.7 Initial Process Screening
The different processes are subjected to a qualitative analysis as a first step to find
those that will meet the project requirements. Table 11.3 shows advantages and
disadvantages of the technologies under consideration.

Chapter-11
Table 11.3: Sewage Treatment Process Merits and Demerits
Process
Advantages Disadvantages
• Process flexibility
Activated • Reliable operation
• Higher energy costs (offset by some gas
Sludge (Plug • Proven track record in all plant sizes
production)
• Ability to absorb shock loads
Flow Mode) • Skilled operator level
• Very low odor emission
• Energy production
Aerated • High energy costs
Lagoons • Simple to operate • High area requirements
• No energy production
Extended
• Simple and flexible operation • High operating cost
Aeration
• Easy to operate • No energy production
• Plastic media must be cleaned

• Low area requirement periodically, with some breakage
• Sludge recirculation not needed • Suitable for small applications
Moving Bed Bio • small area around 1/10th of conventional • Skilled operators needed
Reactor system is required • Installation cost is high
• Higher degree of treatment • This is a new technology and is yet to be
proven for bigger plants.
• Polymer addition for sludge settlement
• High energy consumption
• Good effluent quality
Sequential • Recent track record in large applications
• Smaller footprint because of absence of
in India
Batch Reactor primary clarifiers and digester
• High automation
• High skilled operators needed
Up flow
Anaerobic • Low operating cost
Has not performed as expected in India
• Simple operation
Sludge Blanket
• Energy production
+ FPU
• Requires extremely large areas
Waste • Massive dredging when cleaning
required
Stabilization
• Low operating cost • If liner is breached, groundwater is
Pond
impacted
• Poor Effluent quality
• High construction cost
Wetlands • Effluent quality varies seasonally
• Low energy requirements
• Not easy to recover from massive upset
The processes were subject to various factors reflecting the project requirements. Table
11.4 shows the non-financial project requirements and assigns a simple “Yes” or “No” to
compliance. The “No” findings are shaded for ease of identification.
Acceptable Effluent Quality considers the ability of the process to consistently achieve
the required discharge quality. Natural processes like waste stabilization lagoons and

Chapter-11
wetlands have an important seasonal variability in the effluent quality due to natural
processes. As a result they re-stabilize slowly after an operational upset.
Operational Reliability considers the ease with which the operator can affect changes in
the plant and get predictable results. It also addresses the ability of the process to work
as designed on a consistent basis, when properly operated.
Proven Record is a variable that captures the differences in the real world between
design and performance. All processes work on a theoretical basis but when faced with
implementation factors some prove less adequate than others in delivering the expected
performance. This category is important because it compiles the industry experience
under a multitude of conditions and applications.
Table 11.4: Compliance with Project Requirements
Acceptable Operational Proven Power

Process
Effluent Quality Reliability Record Generation
Activated Sludge Process Yes Yes Yes Yes
Aerated Lagoon Yes Yes Yes No
Extended Aeration Yes Yes Yes No
Moving Bed Bio Reactor Yes No No No
Sequential Batch Reactor Yes Yes Yes No
UASB + FPU No Yes No Yes
Waste Stabilization Pond No Yes Yes No
Wetlands No Yes Yes No
11.8 Decision Matrix For Pre-Screening Technologies
Key parameters were evaluated and weighed as shown in the Table 11.5 to reach a final
recommendation on the preferred treatment process.
The matrix attributes were ranked as Very Good, Good, Average, or poor recognizing
that differences between processes are relative, and often, the result of commonly
accepted observations by industry experts.
The column entitled “Typical Capacity Range” is added to illustrate the range in which
the processes are usually found and it should not be construed as showing technological
limitations, nor to affirm that plants outside that range do not exist. The ranges simply
indicate most frequently found sizes.

Chapter-11
Table 11.5: Decision Matrix for Comparing Secondary Processes
Decision Matrix for Secondary Treatment Processes
of
of
Track Record
Maintenance
Range, MLD
Capital Cost
Operation
Land Use
Reliability
Recovery
Process
Electrical
Capacity
Demand
Process
Effluent
Typical
Energy
Quality
Ease
Ease
Activated Very Very Very Very Very
small Good Avg Avg All flows
Sludge Process Good Good Good Good Good
Aerated Lagoon Good Avg Large Avg Easy None Low High Poor Smaller
Extended Very Very Very Very

Ave. Poor High High Good Small plants
Aeration Good Good Good Good
Moving Bed Bio Very

Good small Poor Avg Poor Avg Good Poor Smaller
Reactor Good
Sequential Very Very Small to

Good Avg. Good Poor High Avg Good
Batch Reactor Good Good Large
Small to
Very Very Very Very
UASB + FPU Poor Avg Good Avg Poor
Good Good Good Good
medium
Waste
Very Small to
Stabilization Avg Poor Large Avg None Lowest Good Avg
Good medium
Pond
Very Small to
Wetlands Poor Poor Poor Avg Poor None Good Poor
Low medium
Based on evaluation of the decision matrix and discussions above, it is concluded that
the original technologies selected for OWSSB should be implemented. They are
activated sludge over 10 MLD and extended aeration for plants up to 10 MLD. The main
attributes are costs, proven track records, ease of operation and maintenance, power
consideration and land requirements.
11.9 Recommendations
On the basis of the preceding evaluation, the PMC recommends the activated sludge
process be used for Odisha treatment plants above 10 MLD. For smaller facilities,
extended aeration is recommended.
The following processes were screened out from further considerations.
• Aerated Lagoon is not an attractive process because it requires a large area and has
high operating expenses related to maintaining the required mixing in the lagoons.

Chapter-11
• Moving Bed Bioreactor is a process that has not been proven in large scale and
much is unknown about future operational cost.
• UASB plus FPU is a technology which has not been functioning properly in India,
despite its popularity.
• Waste Stabilization Lagoons and Wetlands are rejected because they require large
areas and are not controllable processes with reliable effluent quality.
• Sequencial Batrch Reactors are rejected because of high energy consumption,
limited energy production capability and need for skilled operators.

Chapter-12
Treatment Plant Design
Chapter 12
12. Treatment Plant Design
12.1 Treatment Plant Sizing and Phasing
This Chapter describes the size and phasing of the treatment plant proposed in
Bhubaneswar District VI. The size is based on the population projections previously
discussed and the construction of the treatment plants is in two phases to full
capacity.
The recommended treatment plant sizes are also compared to those proposed in the
SAPROF Report and in the Minutes of Discussion.
The treatment plant size is selected based on projected wastewater flows. In order to
develop wastewater flows from the population projections the following criteria were
used.
• A per capita wastewater flow of 120 liter per capita per day (LPCD).
• A base population in Bhubaneswar increased by 5% to account for the floating
population.
• The estimated percentage of the population that will be connected to the sewer
system is 100% as per CPHEEO manual.
• The wastewater contribution from urban industries has been included in the per
capita allowance of 120 lpcd. Industries with significant process wastewater flow
will either treat the waste and discharge it separately or apply for a connection to
the sewer system after appropriate pre-treatment and evaluation of the impact of
the flow and load on the sewerage system by OWSSB / PHEO.
• An allocation for infiltration the same as in SAPROF
Table 12.1 compares the estimated flows with the wastewater flows presented in the
SAPROF / MOD.

Chapter-12
Table 12.1A: Bhubaneswar Sewage Flow Estimates and comparison with the SAPROF / DPR
Populations PROJECT AREA BHUBANESWAR CITY
By MOD MOD SAPROFF PMC PMC
Year 2021 2041 2041 2015 2021 2025 2030 2041 2045 2015 2021 2041 2045
Number of Population 403000 591900 591900 328220 433573 497131 577367 685779 748375 1372700 1623600 2460000 26,27,300
Sewage Generation
By MOD MOD SAPROFF PMC PMC
Year 2021 2041 2041 2015 2021 2025 2030 2041 2045 2015 2021 2041 2045
Population 403000 591900 591900 312590 412927 473458 549873 653123 712738 1372700 1623600 2460000 2627300
Per capita water supply 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150
% waste water generation 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
Rate of per capita waste water Generation 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120
Waste water generation (MLD) 48.36 71.03 71.03 37.51 49.55 56.81 65.98 78.37 85.53 164.72 194.83 295.2 315.28
5% floating Population 20150 29595 29595 15630 20646 23673 27494 32656 35637 68635 81180 123000 131365
Per capita water supply 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52
80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
% waste water generation 80 80 80 80
Rate of per capita waste water Generation 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42
Waste water generation (MLD) 0.85 1.24 1.24 0.66 0.87 0.99 1.15 1.37 1.5 2.88 3.41 5.17 5.52
Total Population including 5% floating
Population
423150 621495 621495 328220 433573 497131 577367 685779 748375 1441335 1704780 2583000 2758665
Population Covered 100 100 100 95 95 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Actual population covered 423150 621495 621495 311809 411894 497131 577367 685779 748375 1441335 1704780 2583000 2758665
Total waste water generation (MLD) 49.21 72.27 72.27 36.26 47.9 57.8 67.13 79.74 87.03 167.6 198.24 300.37 320.8
Rate of infiltration (Lit/KM length of sewer/CM
Dia.) 5000 5000 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500
Length of sewers (KM) 259 259 259 259 259 259 259 259 259 - - - -
Infiltration quantity (MLD) 1.3 1.3 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65
Total waste water generation (MLD) 50.51 73.57 72.92 36.91 48.55 58.45 67.78 80.39 87.68
Proposed STP’s Capacity(MLD) 48 60 96
The differences in the flows are mainly due to the different population projections as shown in Table 12.1A the total flow in Bhubaneswar increases due to the
higher projected population. For the Phase 1 construction to meet 2021 flows one treatment plant will be constructed of 4 equal treatment trains of 12 MLD each.
This will be done to allow for flexibility to treat lower initial flows. For future expansion, 1 train of 12 MLD will be added to meet the intermediate design period
(2025). Additional 3 trains od 12 MLD each will be added in future phases to meet the Design Build Period (2045).

Chapter-12
1. Concrete dimensions of the primary settling tank will be the same for each
treatment train: The scraper mechanism will be fabricated with the same
diameter. The overflow weirs will be constructed to match the same dimensions.
2. The solids transfer pumps will be provided with the same number, capacity and
HP.
3. Concrete dimensions of the bioreactor will be the same: The non-aerated
volume and the aerated volume will be the same for each treatment train.
4. The mixers will be provided with the same HP to provide the same maximum
mixing energy.
5. The aeration system piping diameter and diffuser layout will be the same for
each aerated portion of the bioreactor.
6. The internal recycle pumps will be provided with the same number, capacity and
HP.
7. The gates and valves will have the same dimensions and diameter for each
bioreactor.
8. The aeration requirements and capacity of the blowers will remain the same for
each treatment train with the number of blowers adjusted to meet maximum air
requirements.
9. Concrete dimensions of the secondary settling tank will be the same for each
treatment train: The scraper mechanism will be fabricated with the same
diameter. The effluent weirs will be constructed to match the same dimensions.
10. The return activated sludge pumps will be provided with the same number,
capacity and HP per treatment train.
11. The waste activated sludge pumps will be provided with the same number,
capacity and HP per treatment train.
12. The piping and valves for each treatment train process will have the same
diameter.
13. Distribution boxes can be designed and constructed with the same dimensions,
channel widths and gates.
14. Overall, OWSSB should realize an economy of scale and lower cost per
treatment train. Instead of the Contractor constructing 4 treatment trains at 12.0
MLD, the Contractor will be constructing 7 treatment trains at 12.0 MLD. The
design, manufacture and construction will be more efficient because each
specific component will be the same size and will be duplicated for each
treatment train.
12.2 Treatment Plant Design
12.2.1 Background
This Chapter describes the treatment plant design parameters and the preliminary
design for the treatment plant in Bhubaneswar. As previously described the plant
will be for 48 MLD expandable to 90 MLD. The plant will be conventional activated
sludge with anaerobic digestion and the ability to add on energy generation with

Chapter-12
sludge gasses. The raw sewage characteristics for which the Plant is designed and
the effluent standards are given in Tables 12.2 and 12.3.
Table 12.2: Influent Characteristics
S. No. Parameter Design Value
1. Total suspended solids (average) 300 mg/I
2. Total BOD5 @ 20°C (average) 275 mg/I
Table 12.3: Effluent Standards
S. No Parameter Standards Location
1. Total BOD5 @ 20°C Less than 30 mg/L

(average) At the outlet of
2. Total suspended solids Less than 50 mg/L secondary
3. pH 6.5-8.5 sedimentation
4. Oil & Grease Not more than 10
mg/L
5. Coli form count Less than 1,000 At outlet Chlorine
MPN/100ml Contact
6. Residual Chlorine Not more than 0.2
mg/I
7. Level of Odour NO
12.2.2 Plant Process Description
The following provides a general description of the treatment process shown in the
process flow schematic, site layout plans and hydraulic profiles in Figures 12.1,
12.2, and 12.3 and in the design criteria Table 12.4.
The proposed sewage treatment plant for each site, in general, shall be comprised
of the following units:
1. Inlet chamber and distribution box/channel.
2. Screen channels, mechanically cleaned fine screens.
3. Grit chambers with grit removal equipment and classifiers.
4. Parshall flumes.
5. Distribution box to primary sedimentation and plant By-Pass.
6. Primary settling tanks with equipment.
7. Distribution box to bioreactors.

Chapter-12
8. Biological Reactors (Bioreactors) with diffused aeration system and aeration

blowers.
9. Distribution box to secondary sedimentation.
10. Secondary settling tanks.
11. Chlorine disinfection.
12. Sludge return
13. Gravity thickeners.
14. Scum Concentrators.
15. Anaerobic digesters.
16. Gas holders.
17. Sludge dewatering.
18. Effluent Disposal.
19. Electrical service and Stand-by power.
20. Process controls and SCADA system
12.2.3 Inlet Chamber
Raw sewage from pumping station(s) will enter into the inlet chamber to break any
turbulence. The inlet chamber of the Plant shall be designed and constructed at a
suitable location inside the plot. The inlet chamber shall be provided with cast iron
sluice gates and suitable arrangement of walkway with handrail preferably
connecting the inlet chamber, screen channels and de-gritting system.
From the inlet chamber the flow will be equally distributed to multiple screening
channels through a common distribution channel. In each stream there will be one
screen channel and grit chamber. All the units up to the grit chamber will be
designed based on peak flow.
12.2.4 Screening
There will be screen channel equipped with mechanically cleaned screening

equipment. The fine bar screen will be equipped with backwash piping and spray
assembly. Any material like plastic bags etc will be removed in the screen.
Mechanical screens shall be operated on head loss through the screens, so that the
screening of the sewage occurs effectively at all flows. Shaftless screw conveyors
shall be required to transfer screenings to the screw compactor to dewater and
compact the screenings. The screen will be controlled by a timer as backup to level
control, so that, the cleaning mechanism can run at a set interval.
The screenings will be transferred into an odour tight container for transport to the
landfill off–site. The Contractor shall dispose of screenings safely during operation
and maintenance period of the Plant suitably to a nearby municipal solid waste
disposal facility.

Chapter-12
12.2.5 Grit Chambers and Grit Removal
From the screen channels, the raw sewage will enter into grit chambers. These grit
chambers will remove grit comprising of sand, cinders or other heavy solid
materials. The deposited grit will be removed from the chambers by appropriate and
efficient removing mechanism. Grit removal shall be accompanied with a grit
classifier and grit washing system to ensure it is free from organic matter before
disposal.
The screened sewage shall flow to degritting systems comprising square type
detritus tanks of reinforced concrete construction. Grit shall be collected and
transferred to a classifier to separate the wastewater from the grit. The grit shall be
washed and suitably dewatered and discharged into a sealed odour -tight container
system. The degritted sewage shall be conveyed to downstream Parshall flumes
and distribution box through conveying channels. The overflow weirs will be a series
of 90o V-notches made from stainless steel
12.2.6 Parshall Flume
Parshall flumes downstream of each grit chamber structure shall be required where
an ultrasonic flow meter will be installed for measuring the total flow of raw sewage
entering the site.
12.2.7 Distribution Box for Primary Sedimentation and Plant by-Pass
From the Parshall flumes, the flow will enter a distribution box with a common
channel and separate chambers, one for each primary settling tank. The flow from
the flumes will be conveyed to a dedicated central feed primary settling tank through
channels or pipes. Isolation weir gates shall be required at the outlet of each
chamber to control and/or isolate flow to any one of the primary settling tanks. The
distribution box shall be designed to allow flow to be diverted to the other primary
settling tanks with isolation weir gates connected to the common channel.
A Plant by-pass will be required from the common channel of the distribution box to
the plant discharge point. A manually operated sluice gate(s) shall be provided for
isolation of the Plant by-pass when not required. The Plant by-pass shall be
provided where shown on the Process Flow Schematic Drawing.
12.2.8 Primary Sedimentation
In the primary settling tanks, suspended solids will be settled and the BOD will be
reduced. Appropriate detention times listed in the design criteria shall be required
for settling of suspended solids. The primary sludge formed in the sedimentation

Chapter-12
tanks is withdrawn by gravity to the primary sludge sumps where it will be pumped
to the thickeners.
The settling tanks shall be circular radial flow type. The settling tanks shall have a
sloping bottom with central hopper. The settling tanks shall be equipped with
scraper arm and fixed bridge. Settled sewage from the primary sedimentation tank
will gravitate to the bioreactor. Overflow from the settling tanks will flow over an
adjustable V-notch weir and flow by gravity through the perimeter collection channel
and piping to the bioreactors. The overflow weir will be a series of 90o V-notches
made from stainless steel. Overflow of the settling tanks will go to a distribution box
before the bioreactor tanks.
12.2.9 Distribution Box for Biological Reactors
From each primary settling tank, the flow will enter a distribution box with separate
chambers, one for each bioreactor. The flow from each primary settling tank will be
conveyed to a dedicated bioreactor through piping. Isolation weir gates shall be
required at the outlet of each chamber to control and/or isolate flow to any one of
the bioreactors. The distribution box shall be designed to allow flow from a specific
primary settling tank to be diverted to the other bioreactors with the installation of
additional isolation weir gates connected to a common channel.
12.2.10 Biological Reactors and Blowers
The Biological Reactors (Bioreactors) tanks shall be set up in the Modified Lutzak-
Ettinger (MLE) configuration with an anoxic zone preceding an aerobic zone. The
tanks shall be designed for respective modular tank capacity. The Bioreactors shall
be provided with fine bubbled diffused air aeration system to supply oxygen in the
mixed liquor of the bioreactors for biological growth and nitrification. The design and
selection of aeration equipment and process shall be done in such a way that all
MLSS (completely mixed liquor suspended solids) remain in total suspension and to
maintain DO in liquor with a range of 0.5 to 1.0 mg/l. The bioreactors shall be design
to have an un-aerated fraction to allow partial denitrifcation to occur. An anoxic
selector shall be required to minimise the effect of preferential growth conditions for
filamentous aerobic bacteria.
The DO shall be controlled by using air pressure, DO and air-flow rate to minimise
the energy consumption. If DO is higher any time the aeration system can be
stopped for short period to save energy. Baffle wall before the outlet launder of
aeration tank shall be required to prevent carryover of foam. Adjustable weir gates
shall also be required to adjust the TWL in each bioreactor.

Chapter-12
The flow shall enter the anoxic tank over an inlet weir, and similarly enter the
aerobic tank over a weir. After aeration, flow shall discharge over an outlet weir,
with recirculation pumping supplied. Recirculation pumping capacity shall be
available for two times the average flow rate or greater.
From the outlet weir, the mixed liquor shall flow into outlet channels or piping from
where it shall flow through a distribution box to the secondary settling tanks. The
portion of activated sludge to be returned at the inlet(s) of the bioreactor tank(s)
shall flow through a ductile iron pumping main provided with an electromagnetic flow
meter. The return sludge arrangement shall ensure thorough mixing with the inflow
into the bioreactor(s).
Mixers shall be included in each anoxic zone. The aeration system shall be EPDM
rubber fine bubble diffused aeration system. Suitable platforms shall be constructed
on columns and beams and shall be approachable by walkway protected by hand
railing.
The aeration blowers may be high speed turbo, single stage or multi-stage
centrifugal units. Positive displacement blowers fabricated with low-noise screw
compressor technology are also acceptable. Blowers must be controlled by a
manufacturer provided system using real-time mixed liquor dissolved oxygen, air-
flow and blower discharge pressure characteristics to control the blower inlet
volume. On start up the system must be controlled to ensure sequential starting of
the equipment to attain higher load on the system after start-up.
12.2.11 Distribution Box for Secondary Sedimentation
From each bioreactor, the flow will enter into a distribution box with separate
chambers for each secondary settling tank. The flow from a bioreactor will be
conveyed to a dedicated secondary settling tank through piping. Isolation weir gates
shall be required at the outlet of each chamber to control and/or isolate flow to any
one of the secondary settling tanks. The distribution box shall be designed to allow
flow from a specific bioreactor to be diverted to the other secondary settling tanks
with the installation of additional isolation weir gates connected to a common
channel.
12.2.12 Secondary Sedimentation
From the distribution box the mixed liquor will flow by gravity to central feed
secondary settling tanks. The entry of mixed liquor shall be from the bottom centre
column. The secondary settling tanks shall be circular radial flow type. Each settling
tank shall be constructed with fixed bridge and rotating scraper with a central drive.
An adjustable overflow V-notched weir plate shall be required along the periphery of

Chapter-12
the launder. The overflow weirs will be a series of 90o V-notches made from
stainless steel.
Each secondary settling tank shall be equipped with flocculating centre well to
enhance suspended solids capture. The settling tanks shall have a sloping bottom
with central hopper. The flow shall be received from the Bioreactor by means of DIP
laid under the floor of the tank up to the central pier of the settling tank to a stilling
well. The central stilling well must be no less than 20% of the diameter of the tank
and 55% of the side water depth. The well shall extend 100 mm above maximum
sewage level and will be designed to prevent short-circuiting. The design of the inlet
stilling wells must be based on flocculation of the incoming sludge. The design of
stilling wells shall have an internal mixing zone around the central feed pipe and a
larger flocculation zone before settling into the sludge blanket.
The sludge settled at the bottom of a settling tank shall be collected by means of
rotating scraper mechanism in a sump constructed near the bottom of the settling
tank hopper. The sludge from the sump shall be withdrawn through DIP pipe having
a diameter of not less than 300mm. This pipeline shall directly couple to the
recycled Activated Sludge Pumps, which shall be located central to the settling
tanks. The sludge shall be recycled to the bioreactor(s) distribution box by pumping
at a measured flow rate. The excess sludge shall be controlled by wasting to the
sludge thickener.
A surface scum removal mechanism to remove floating sludge / oil & grease shall
also be provided. A scum board of GRP shall also be provided 200 mm away from
the overflow weir.
The full width bridge shall provide access to the centre of the settling tank. The
overflow from the settling tanks shall be conveyed to a sampling chamber and
thereafter to the chlorine contact tank through channels or piping.
12.2.13 Disinfection by Chlorination
Treated sewage after Secondary Sedimentation generally meets effluent disposal

standards for pH, BOD, SS etc. However it still contains pathogens and coliform
bacteria which require reduction to be within the prescribed limit. In order to meet
the requirement, the treated effluent shall be disinfected by chlorination. The treated
effluent shall be passed through chlorine contact tanks. A minimum of two contact
tanks are required for each Plant. Each tank will be catering to 50% of the flow or
less if and when an additional third tank is provided to meet build-out requirements.

Chapter-12
Chlorine feed and storage facilities shall be sized to provide a maximum dosage
rate of 8 ppm at peak flow. Chlorine storage shall be provided with all required
safety measures. The chlorination system shall be designed with a high degree of
operational safety as it is highly toxic substance that potentially poses health risks to
the Plant operators and produces obnoxious odours. Also residual chlorine is toxic
to the aquatic life.
12.2.14 Sludge Return
The settled sludge from the secondary settling tanks shall be directly coupled to the
return activated sludge pumps, which will pump the quantity of activated sludge to
the bioreactors. Solids retention time controller shall be utilised to control the daily
withdrawal of mixed liquor, which will be pumped to the primary settling tank
distribution box.
12.2.15 Gravity Thickeners
The gravity thickeners shall receive primary and secondary sludge and scum.
Thickening is done to reduce the volume of sludge before feeding the anaerobic
digesters. Excess sludge from the biological treatment units shall normally have a
consistency of 1 % and sludge consistency from primary sedimentation remains
within the range of 2 to 3 %. The combined sludge pumped from the primary sludge
pump house shall be distributed equally between the thickeners to achieve the
desired sludge consistency of 4.5 to 5.5% for digestion. The thickened sludge shall
be withdrawn directly from the sludge hoppers and pumped to the digesters.
There will be circular gravity thickeners. Both primary sludge and excess sludge that
was co-settled in the primary sedimentation tanks will be directly coupled from the
sedimentation tank hopper and pumped to the thickeners and will be fed to an
adjacent chamber of the thickeners. Sludge will be fed from the top to the central
drum of the thickener by gravity. There will be fixed bridge and rotating scraper
mechanism. The sludge will be settled and pumped at the bottom to the digesters.
The gravity thickener decant will overflow into an effluent launder and from there by
gravity to a decant sump. From the decant sump, decant will be pumped back to the
distribution box of the primary sedimentation tanks.
12.2.16 Scum Concentrator
The scum concentrator shall be located in the gravity thickener pump house. The
scum concentrator will separate excess water from scum collected from the primary
settling tanks and gravity thickeners. The scum concentrator will need to include leg
extensions, platform, decant tank, scum collector mechanism and drive, scum
storage tank with level switches, control panel and other necessary appurtenances.

Chapter-12
A decant tank will be equipped with a scum collector mechanism to scrape the scum
to a scum storage tank. The receiving scum shall be concentrated to approximately
10% solids. The scum will be pumped to the anaerobic digesters. The decant from
the scum concentrator will discharge by gravity into the decant sump for the gravity
thickeners and be pumped back to the distribution box of the primary sedimentation
tanks.
12.2.17 Anaerobic Digesters
The thickened sludge shall be further treated in the anaerobic digesters. Preferably
the digestion process shall be single-stage-high rate digestion including the heating,
auxiliary mixing, uniform feeding, and thickening of the sludge. The sludge shall be
thoroughly mixed by mechanical means with pumped circulation system.
Combined sludge and scum from the primary and secondary sedimentation contains
high volatile suspended solids VSS, which is to be stabilized before disposal. This
VSS will be reduced in anaerobic sludge digesters operating under mesophilic
conditions. These digesters will have RCC/MS fixed or floating domes (lined with a
2–mm hypalon liner). The dome of the digester shall be designed for the full
hydraulic capacity and the dome of the digesters shall be designed for 200 mm
water column pressure and 80 mm vacuum condition. Pressure reducer with
vacuum breaking valve and flame arrestors shall be required on the dome of
anaerobic digesters.
Thickened sludge will be pumped into sludge digesters wherein continuous pump
recirculation/mixing shall be done to stimulate anaerobic sludge digestion. Due to
digestion, biogas will be generated which has high calorific value due to methane
content in the range of 58-65%. It is proposed that power generation be undertaken
in the future. Design of the anaerobic digester shall allow approximately one meter
height of the digester to remain filled with gas. This gas will be burned and used for
future power generation.
Gas will be withdrawn from the top and it will be sent to gas holders for future power
generation or burned. Complete pumping/mixing system will be required to provide
jetting action inside the digester for complete turbulence and mixing. It is observed
that performance of digestion process and generation of gas is optimum at a
temperature of 350C and above. Hence a portion of the sludge will be withdrawn by
pump and it will be passed through concentric tube type heat exchanger to reheat
the sludge to maintain the digestion temperature. The sludge will flow over the tubes
of the heat exchanger and hot water will be circulated inside the tubes.

Chapter-12
For future power generation, hot water will be generated by the power generation
unit. The excess heat of flue gas from the power generation unit will be utilized for
heating water. In this way excess heat of gas engine will be utilized for supplying
heat in the anaerobic digester to utilize and take care of the available heat in the
surrounding atmosphere.
12.2.18 Gas Holder
The generated biogas in the anaerobic digesters shall be used for future power
generation by gas engines or micro-turbines. Since the production and quality of gas
varies with sewage flow rate, sewage strength and ambient conditions it is
necessary to operate the Plant for a number of years to determine the methane
content. The design of the future power generation system will be based on
historical methane content that is to be monitored and tested by the Contractor.
Storage of biogas shall be required and accomplished by either gas holders or, if
floating digester covers are provided, be contained within the floating cover of the
anaerobic digester. The usable storage volume in the gas-holder must be no less
than 50% of the anticipated average daily gas production.
Typical gas holder cups shall be of RCC construction and gas bell shall be of MS
construction. Gas holder cup shall remain filled with water through which the bell will
move according to the flow of gas. The design of bells shall be for 200 mm water
pressure and 80 mm vacuum. Pressure release with vacuum breaker valve shall be
required on the top of gasholder to prevent excess pressure or vacuum condition
inside the gasholder. On a guide channel limit switch shall be required to prevent
the movement of bell above preset level and also to signal that gas holder is full.
Roller shall be required at the side of the gasholder, which will move through the
guide channel.
A gas flow meter approved by the Engineer for measuring gas shall be provided and
installed in the digester control room. The gas flow meter shall be electrical
transmitting type, ring balancing with transmitter, indicator and integrator, recorder
all complete.
A gas flaring system with appropriate safety devices shall be provided with capacity
to burn gas at a rate equal to 150% of average daily gas production. A minimum of
two gas flares shall be required to burn the excess daily gas produced. Fencing
shall be required around the perimeter of the gas burner area.

Chapter-12
12.2.19 Sludge Dewatering
Digested sludge from anaerobic digesters shall have normal consistency of 6 to 7%.
The digested sludge shall be dewatered by belt-filter press equipment and addition
of polymer. In order to dry this sludge, sludge from digesters shall be pumped to the
belt-filter press. Filtrate from the belt-filter press shall flow by gravity to a filtrate
sump. The filtrate will be pumped back to the distribution box of the bioreactors. The
dewatering equipment will be installed in a building as described below. Facilities for
adding polymer to aid dewatering shall be included in consultation with appropriate
chemical suppliers. Installation of a standby belt-filter press shall be required.
12.2.20 Effluent Disposal
The treated effluent overflow from the secondary sedimentation shall be conveyed
to the chlorine contact tank and the final disposal point above the normal high water
level of the nala or river flowing adjacent to the property boundary.
12.2.21 Electrical Service and Standby Power
Primary electrical service to each facility shall be as follows:
1. Manhole Pumping Station (MHPS): 433 V – Portable generators.

2. Small Lift Stations (SLS): 11 kV – On-site diesel generator (6 hour fuel
supply).
3. Large Lift Station (LLS): 11 kV – On-site diesel generator (6 hour fuel
supply).
4. Sewage Treatment Plant (STP): 11 kV – On-site diesel generator (6 hour
fuel supply).
The generator fuel supply capacity is bases on stated maximum utility supply
interruption of 3 hours per day.
12.2.22 Process Instrumentation, Control and SCADA System (PICS)
The PICS shall include continuous process variable transmitters that measure
process flow, tank level and other equipment protection devices. These
measurements shall be connected to a network of Programmable Logic Control
(PLC) based unit process controllers that will generate pre-programmed monitoring
and control actions for process, equipment and other control devices.
A Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system, networked to the PLC
unit process controllers shall acquire, display, monitor and issue remote control
actions for maintaining process control. The SCADA system shall also archive pre-

Chapter-12
determined process parameters and originate custom performance reports for

management reporting.
12.2.23 Facility Security and Surveillance System
A dedicated closed circuit television system will be used to continuously display

facility perimeter and structure surveillance. Any breach of facility premises will be
visually indicated and digitally recorded for archival and reporting purpose.

Initial Environment Examination and
Environmental Management Plan
P187)
Chapter 13
13. Environmental Management Plan
13.1 Environmental Assessment Requirement of the Project
In 1986, a comprehensive Environmental Protection Act established a framework for

environmental clearance, requiring that Environmental Impact Assessments (EIA)
be conducted for new development projects. Specific project types were
enumerated in a 1994 EIA Notification issued by the Ministry of Environment and
Forests which were updated in subsequent amendments. The earlier Notification
identified 32 categories of projects for which proponents must conduct EIAs and
receive a clearance from the central government of India. These include a range of
manufacturing facilities, power plants, highways, ports, airports, dams and tourism
development in coastal areas. The Notification does not require EIAs for Urban
Environmental Infrastructure Projects (UEIP) because these are assumed to result
in positive environmental impacts.
In addition to central government requirements, some states, regional development

authorities and municipal corporations have established their own EIA requirements
for projects under their jurisdictions. These requirements vary widely from one
jurisdiction to another. Environmental clearance generally falls under the jurisdiction
of the State Pollution Control Boards in each state. Some states require EIAs for
certain types of UEIPs, others do not. Those that do require environmental
clearance for UEIPs, generally specify sewage treatment and solid waste disposal.
The situation is similarly mixed at the regional and municipal levels.
In Odisha, there is no specific recommendation on EIA requirement for UEIPs.

However, every new Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) project requires a “consent to
establish” from Odisha State Pollution Control Board (OSPCB) under the Water
(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act and Air (Prevention and Control of
Pollution) Act.

P187)
Bhubaneswar STP will be 48 MLD Activated Sludge Plant with an Anaerobic

Digester. For Bhubaneswar STP, Rs. 22,500 will be charged for establishing no
objection certificates for air emission and Rs. 22,500 for water discharge
respectively– a total of Rs. 45,000 as one time consent fee.
Special Assistance for Project Formation – 1 (SAPROF) Report did a very thorough
and comprehensive analysis of the existing environmental issues and the
clearances required for the Project. According to the SAPROF, the Environment
Protection Act and the Water Act, this Project do not require Environmental Impact
Assessment (EIA) being a Category-B project. However, an Initial Environmental
Examination (IEE) is being carried out to help provide information for the
Environmental Management Plan (EMP).
13.2 Existing Environmental Issues and Baseline Condition in Bhubaneswar
The area in Bhubaneswar for this project is Sewerage District VI in the northern
portion of the City, north of National Highway NH-5.
13.2.1 Physical Resources
General: Bhubaneswar, the capital city of Odisha, forms a Golden Triangle with the
famous sun temple in Konarak and Lord Jagannath temple in Puri. The city was
built over a plateau, situated along the western fringe of the mid-coastal plain, at an
elevation of 45m above mean sea level. The growth of Bhubaneswar is very rapid
because of it is the State Capital and an important tourist destination.
The population of Bhubaneswar Municipal Corporation (BMC) area is expected to

grow from 0.66 million in 2001 to 2.0 million by 2030. As per population projections1
in the Comprehensive Development Plan for Bhubaneswar Development Plan Area
(BDPA) (for BMC, Khurda, Jatani, and BDPA rural), it will be 3.0 million by 2030.
The projected population of Sewerage District VI of Bhubaneswar, as per the PMC,
is 7,48,375 by 2045. In parallel with the rapid population increase, water
consumption and wastewater generation are also increasing. However, the
provisions of sewerage – sewers, treatment and disposal - facilities have not kept
pace with the development, and the existing facilities have deteriorated. Only 30%
of the municipal area of Bhubaneswar, which covers about 50 % of the total
municipal population, is served with sewerage facilities. All but one of the existing 11
treatment plants in the city have been abandoned and as a result untreated
1
BDPA

P187)
wastewater is being discharged into the storm drains creating odour problems,
deteriorated living conditions and a degraded environment2.
Due to the existence of reserve forests and the flood plains in the eastern side, the
growth of the city has been hampered. The development of colonies by private
builders in the suburbs is taking place in an unorganized manner, without having the
infrastructure, as it should be of a well planned capital. The city was originally
planned in rectangular shape on an iron-grid pattern growing outwardly. Now the
city is growing along the main highway largely in the north, northeast and southwest
directions.
Literally speaking, Bhubaneswar has two faces - the ‘new capital’ on the western
side of the railway line and ‘the old town’ on the eastern side of the railway line.
Geography: Bhubaneswar is located in Khurda district of coastal Odisha, about 40

kms west of north Bay of Bengal, between Latitude 20˚12’ N to 20˚25’ N and
Longitude 85˚44’ to 85˚55’ E on the western fringe of the coastal plain across the
main axis of the Eastern Ghats. It is on the main Kolkata–Chennai line of South
Eastern Railways, 435 km south of Kolkata. National Highway no. 5 (NH5) from
Kolkata to Chennai passes through Bhubaneswar. The city lies on the Mahanadi
delta on the west bank of river Kuakhai, which is a tributary of Mahanadi River, 30
kms south east of Cuttack. The city is situated to the south-west of the three great
rivers; the Baitarani, the Brahamani and the Mahanadi. The river Daya branches off
from Kathajodi river and flows along the south eastern part of the city.
Topography: Bhubaneswar lies on the western fringe of the mid-coastal plain of

Odisha with an average elevation of 45 meters above mean sea-level. It is located
on a low lateritic plateau and continuous erosion has shaped the topography into a
valley and ridges. While rivers Kuakhai flows on the north-eastern side, Bhargavi
and Daya flow on south-eastern fringe of the town, enormous hillock and forests
exist in the northern, western and southern parts. Topographically, the city can be
divided into two major parts, namely; western upland and the eastern lowland with
the south-eastern railways line forming the boundary between these two broad
units.
Climate: Bhubaneswar enjoys a salubrious and moderately humid tropical climate

with an average rainfall of about 149.8 mm. Most of the rain falls from June to
September (76%) and from October to December (13%). The temperature and
humidity are high throughout the year. The mean maximum temperature ranges
2
BDPA

P187)
from 31˚C to 43˚C and mean minimum from 12˚C to 24˚C. The mean maximum
humidity ranges from 71% to 83% and the mean minimum from 41% to 81%.
Air Quality: The ambient air quality monitored by the Odisha State Pollution
Control Board (OSPCB) in IRC Village within the Project District, the OSPCB office
building in Nayapalli and the Central Police Station within a couple of Kilometres
from the Project District is given in the following Table.
Table 13.1: Ambient Air Quality in Bhubaneswar during 2006
No. of Parameters (microgram per cubic meter)

Observations Annual Average (24 hourly Range)
Category
Location In 24 hrs
SPM RSPM SO2 NOx
118 64 13.0
1. Naya palli R 106 BDL
(33-427) (18-227) (9.0-24.0)
117 63 12.5
2. IRC Village R 103 BDL
(55-385) (29-256) (9.0-18.0)
187 89 16.4
3. Capital Police Station R 99 BDL
(35-861) (21-376) (9.0-47.0)
Prescribed Standard 24
R 200 100 80 80
Hourly
Standard for Annual

R 140 60 60 60
Average Value
Source: OSPCB R - Residential

SPM – Suspended Particulate Matter
RSPM – Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter
BDL – Below Detectable Limit
SO2 - Sulphur Dioxide
NOx - Oxides of Nitrogen
Noise: Like any city in India, the predominant source of noise pollution is the
vehicular traffic, particularly in and around the main roads.
13.2.2 Ecological Resources
Since the project area is highly urbanized, presence of desirable aquatic life, other
than some species of scavenger fish or snakes, is highly unlikely in the water bodies
which are clogged with sewage and garbage. There are three “nala” systems or
natural drains in the Project Area - District –VI - into which all the treated and
untreated effluent from the housing colonies and industrial estates are discharged.

P187)
These nala systems sometimes are quite wide, form small water bodies, and are
mostly full of plantation which grows on water.
The banks of these nalas and the water bodies are mostly full of garbage. Although
there is a system of garbage collection by the Bhubaneswar Municipal Corporation
(BMC), it seems the nature of people to dump their garbage in the nearest possible
place – they even throw their garbage, wet or dry, from their windows to the street.
There is a reserve forest in the west of the district, just bordering the district and
sometimes elephants, from the Elephant Sanctuary which is fairly close, temporarily
escape to,. The city continues on the southern border, on the east it is River
Kuakhai and on the north it is the agricultural and rural land. A few water buffalos
and cattle could be seen on the streets but they seem to be domesticated and can
hardly be called wildlife. Some stray dogs were also seen on the streets and they
were all covered with dry sewage from going into these drains.
In some low lying places the waste water from the nalas even overflowed and the
road there got water-logged. It appears that there are no fisheries, rare or
endangered species, protected areas or coastal resources in the project district in
Bhubaneswar District VI.
13.2.3 Economic Development
Land Use: Predominant land use within the Project Area is residential with some
commercial, business, industrial, and institutional. As previously said, all the treated
and untreated effluent from the housing colonies, industrial estates and institutional
areas in the District VI are discharged into the open nala system increasing its
pollution load. But with the installation of the new sewerage it could be expected
that all would be hooked up to that system thus reducing the pollution load on the
nalas.
Industries: There is a large scale industry in the Project Area - the Coach and
Wagon Workshop of the Indian Railways in Mancheswar. There are also some
small scale industries in the Project Area. Their treated effluent now goes into the
nala system. With the installation of the new sewerage it could be expected that
these industries, including the Coach and Wagon Workshop, would be hooked up to
that system, with acceptable level of pollutants in their effluent thus reducing the
pollution load on the nalas.
Water Supply: Water from both surface and ground water sources are drawn for
Bhubaneswar City Water Supply. The major quantity is from surface water sources
and drawn from three rivers namely Mahanadi, Kuakhai and Daya. Untreated
Sewage generated from the city is discharged to Gangua Nallah which is ultimately

P187)
mix with river Daya near village Kakudia away from Bhubaneswar city .The waste
water discharge point being sufficiently away downstream. It is not affecting the
water supply system of Bhubaneswar city. However it is creating problem for the
downstream riparian.
The Sewage generated from District VI will be treated in the sewage treatment plant
and the treated efficient will be discharged through Budi nallah to Gangua nallah
and ultimately discharged to Daya river at the same discharged point.
Since the river will receive treated sewage effluent in place of untreated sewage, the
pollution load on river Daya will be reduced which will be beneficial to downstream
riparian.
Ground water aquifers also contribute to the water supply. However, most of the
present and future water in the Project Area is provided by Odisha Public Health
Engineering Organization (PHEO) who also maintains the water supply system.
Some people, of suburban and rural areas, use ground water sources from dug
wells, hand pumps, short borings, ponds, lakes etc. in the nearby areas. In some of
these areas, suburban and rural, safe drinking water is also very scarce. A few
places in the Sewerage District VI (VSS Nagar, Sailashree Vihar, Niladri Vihar) have
local contamination problems and the water quality is not satisfactory3.
Water consumption data has been analysed in the Technical Memorandum 4 which
recommended using 120 LPCD.
The following table, Table 13.2 shows the annual average and range values of the
samples taken from Kuakhai River in Bhubaneswar
Table 13.2: Annual Average and Range Values (January-December, 2006) in

Bhubaneswar for Four Criteria Parameters
Annual Average (2006) Value

(Range of Values)
Location No. of Designated
Parameters
Observations Class
DO BOD TC
pH
mg/l mg/l MPN/100ml
Bhubaneswar 7.8 7.7 1.1 1727
12 C
U/S Kuakhai (6.8–8.8) (6.8-8.8) (0.3-2.1) (330-3500)
Bhubaneswar 7.8 6.7 3.2 1725
12 C
D/S Kuakhai (7.0-8.2) (5.1-7.6) (1.7-4.5) (2800-5400)
3
DPR

P187)
Drinking Water
Source with
Class ‘C’ 4 and conventional
6.5-8.5 3 or less 5000 or less treatment
Water Quality Criteria above
(IS 2296-1982) followed by
disinfection
Source: OSPCB
DO Dissolved Oxygen
BOD Biological Oxygen Demand
TC Total Coliform
Sewerage and Drainage: As has been mentioned earlier the sewage, treated and
untreated, goes into the nala system in the Project Area. A portion of the sewage
from RHS colony used to be collected in a sump from where it was pumped to an
aerated lagoon at VIP colony where it was supposed to be treated, polished and the
effluent discharged to a nala. But it never worked. The aeration pond as well as the
polishing lagoon, both is overgrown with vegetation. The sides of these ponds are
full of garbage as well. It smells terrible there because of septic sewage.
Almost the whole Project area is drained into the three nalas which are really
overloaded with pollutants and flow. The open storm drain in the Project area also
is discharged to the nala systems. These open drains are not cleaned regularly and
are full of garbage and dry leaves. That is why they overflow from time to time.
The existing status of sewerage and disposal of sewage in Sewerage District VI is

given in Table 13.3.
Table 13.3: Current Status of Sewerage in the Project Area of Bhubaneswar
Sewerage Area Statues of Statues of Statues of Sewerage Disposal Remar

Dist. Covered Sewerage sewerage through ks
System Treatment Septic Oxidation Open
Tank Pond/ Acrid discharge
Lagoon
Dist.-V C.S. Pur Sewer No х Lagoon Incomplete −
(i) BDA line laid Treatment х Lagoon
Phase I Prior to incomplete Discharged
1986 to valley
C.S. Pur S.L laid No х 2 nos Incomplete −
OSHB prior to Treatment Lagoon Lagoon
Phase I 1986 Incomplete Discharged
to valley
C.S. Pur S.L Laid No x х Discharged −
OSHB Prior to Treatment to valley

P187)

Lagoon
Phase II 1990
C.S. Pur S.L Laid No х х Discharged −

OSHB Prior to Treatment to valley
Phase VI 1992
(V) C.S. Pur S.L Laid No х х Discharged −
OSHB prior to Treatment to Valley
Ph VII 1992
(VI) District S.L Laid No х х Discharged
Centre prior to Treatment to Valley
BDA 1996
(VII) BDA S.L Laid No х х Discharged
Phase II prior Treatment to Valley
Niladri to1996
Vihar
Phase II
(VIII) Kanan S.L Laid No х Lagoon Discharged
Vihar prior to Treatment incomplete to Valley
Phase I 1992
(IX) Kanan No Individual Individua − − −
Vihar Sewerage Treatment l ST
Phase II System
(X) Railway S.L Laid No х Lagoon Discharged −
Vihar prior to Treatment damaged to Valley
1992
(XI) Maitri No Individual Individua − − −
Vihar Sewerage Treatment l ST
System
(XII) Lumbini S.L will − − − − −
Vihar be laid by
BDA
(XIII) Gift S.L Laid Partial − Oxidation Oxidation −
Press prior to Treatment Pond Pond over
1973 by loaded
oxidation
pond
(XV) Sainik S.L Laid Partial х Oxidation − −
School prior to Treatment Pond & RZ

P187)

Lagoon
1970 by System
oxidation
pond / RZ
system
(XV) VSS S.L Laid Partial 20% 75% by − −
Nagar prior to Treatment through O.P & 5%
1980 by ST & ST through RZ
Oxidation
pond
(XVI) Utkal S.L Laid Partial Through х − ST
Universit prior to Treatment 2 major over
y 1957 through ST ST 2 rest loaded
small ST
for
hostels
(XVII) RRL S.L Laid Partial ST х х
prior to Treatment
1970 by ST
(XVIII) IRC S.L Laid NO х One Small Discharged
Village prior to Treatment Lagoon to Valley
Nayapalli 1986 Not
, Jaydev functioning
Vihar
(XIX) Rental S.L Laid No х х Discharged −
Colony prior to Treatment to Reserve
Nayapalli 1989 forest by
pumping
With the installation of the new sewerage it could be expected that all the current
polluters would be hooked up to that system thus reducing the pollution load and the
flow on the nallahs. But the municipality really has to keep the open drains clean to
have the drains more effective during storms. At many places people have filled the
road side drains to approach their residences. As a result the rainwater flows on
roads and damage the roads. Hence the BMC should be strict and should clean the
roadside drains to allow free flow of rainwater.

P187)
Garbage Disposal: The Municipal Corporation of Bhubaneswar is responsible for

the management of garbage which is not done very effectively. The big roads are
found to be clean while the garbage is found to be rotting on the side roads and
those are the roads where the people live. The municipal solid waste management
system of Bhubaneswar has been designed to handle 320 tons per day. As it has
been said before, the problem with the garbage will not go away unless people’s
mentality changes. Unless people’s attitude is changed it is not possible to have a
clean city without garbage. It requires public awareness. The active action from
BMC and public awareness can only make the city free from garbage.
Transportation: Along the southern border of the Project Area (Sewerage District
VI) runs one of the country’s main national highways – NH-5 (Kolkata to Chennai)
and a little bit of NH-203 (Cuttack to Puri). Most of the development in Bhubaneswar
is taking place along these highways. Along NH-5, which is the busiest road and
have the heaviest traffic throughout the day and in the evenings, will be one of the
Project’s trunk sewer alignments? There is another main and busy road which
crosses the NH-5 from one end of IRC Village, i.e. Jaydev Vihar Chowk, and goes
to Shikhar Chandi Housing Colony. The roads in the Project District are fairly new
and with all the development in the area is now discharging their sewage either raw
or from the septic tank systems to the nalas thus increasing the flow, during
monsoon, and the pollution load on these nalas. These will be serviced under the
Project either by hooking up the existing effluent discharges or any new connections
to the sewer system thus reducing the flow and the pollution loads in the nalahs.
The main line of the East Coast Railways from Howrah to Chennai goes through the
Project District. Other than the air pollution from the engines there is no significant
pollution from these train tracks.
There is an airport in Bhubaneswar and that is outside the Project District.
There are 4 natural drains and two nalas (Gangua and Budhi) in the Project Area,
but none of them are navigable and no water transportation that is significant.
Electricity: Bhubaneswar has reasonably good power supply from 33 KV grid Sub-
Stations at Mancheswar, Chandaka and Ranasinghpur. Since the power supply is
sometimes interrupted, these establishments have installed alternative power supply
(e.g. inverters or diesel generators). In the Project District, there is no pollution from
the residential area because they are mostly fitted with inverters. But the
commercial and institutional areas, where alternative power supply is diesel
generator, the air and noise pollution loads are significant, when these generators
are running.

P187)
There are two power transmission lines which go through the Project District. These
lines go through their own right of ways which is totally vacant.
Tourism: Bhubaneswar is an ideal tourist destination endowed with many tourist

attractions and religious spots. It houses more than 500 temples including the world
famous temples like Lingaraj Temple, Mukteswar Temple, Parashurameswar
Temple etc. along with the world famous monuments like Khandagiri &
Udayagiri,caves and Dhauli. Bhubaneswar along with the cities of Puri and Konark
forms a part of the Golden Triangle (Swarna Tribhuja) which is one of the most
visited tourist destinations in East India. The Project Area has many hotels - very
expensive, moderate and of low spending. There are a number of restaurants and
fast food service centres near the tourist spots and scattered all through the project
area but nearly all of them have very poor sanitation.
13.3 Potential Environmental Impact
The proposed project would influence the environment in two distinct phases:
i. During the construction phase which would be temporary and short term;
ii. During the operation phase which would have long term effects.
Checklist of potential environmental impacts of the project is presented in Table 13.4
and the impacts are discussed in the following sections.
13.3.1 Screening out Areas of No Significant Impact
Although the sewerage system will need regular maintenance when it is operating,
with precautions, this can be conducted without major environmental impacts (see
below). There are therefore several environmental sectors which should be
unaffected once the system begins to function. These are identified below, with an
explanation of the reasoning in each case. These factors are thus screened out of
the impact assessment and will not be mentioned any further.
Field Rationale
Climate, topography, There are no known instances where the operation
geology, seismology of a relatively small sewerage system has affected
these factors
Fisheries & aquatic The local fishery in the rivers will not be impared
biology
Wildlife, forests, rare There are no desirable wildlife, forests, rare species
species, protected areas and protected areas within the project sites, so none
of these are going to be affected

P187)
Table 13.4: Environmental Checklist for Odisha Integrated Sanitation Improvement Project Sewerage District VI -
Bhubaneswar
Potential Impact Sig4 Dur5 Mitigation Activities & Methods Responsibility Location
Construction Phase – Sewers & Sewage Treatment Plants

Trenching will produce waste soil M P Find beneficial use of waste soil in construction. Contractor All sites
land raising and infilling of excavated areas
Waste soil may create dust when M T Remove waste soil as soon as it is excavated Contractor All sites
stored or transported Cover soil with tarpaulins on trucks
Cover or damp down stored soil in dry weather
Trees may be removed along M P Avoid removing trees; plant 3 trees for every 1 Contractor All sites
pipeline route or at Pumping Station tree cut
sites
Shops may lose income if customer M T Leave spaces for access between mounds of Contractor All sites near
access is impeded soil commercial
Provide temporary bridges to allow centres
people/vehicle to cross trench
Increase workforce in these areas to finish work
quickly
Inform shopkeepers of work long in advance MC6
Trenching could damage other S P Confirm infrastructure locations and avoid these PMC7 All sites
infrastructure sites
Locate sewer pipes on the opposite side of the
4
Sig = Significance (NS = Not Significant; M = Moderately Significant; S = Significant)
5
Dur = Duration of Impact (T = Temporary; P = Permanent)
6
MC = Municipal Corporation
7
PMC = Project Management (Design & Supervision) Consultants

P187)
roads from water pipes
Roads/people may be disturbed by M T Integrate subprojects to conduct trenching at the Contractor/DS All sites
repeated trenching same time C/MC
Traffic will be disrupted if lack of M T Coordinate with authorities Contractor All sites
space means dug soil has to be Ensure that diversion has been provided, as
placed on the road and/or sewers necessary
have to be located in the road itself Manage time properly to finish this work quickly
Traffic, people and other activities M T Plan routes to avoid narrow streets, congested Contractor All sites
could be disrupted by trucks carrying roads, important/fragile buildings, key religious
waste soil or delivering material to and tourism sites
construction site
Sites of social/cultural importance M T Identify buildings at risk from vibration damage Contractor All sites
(schools, hospitals, temples etc.) may and avoid using pneumatic drills nearby
be disturbed by noise, dust, vibration Remove waste soil quickly, cover/spray
and impeded access stockpiles, cover soil when carried on trucks
Manage time properly to finish work quickly
Use bridges to allow access (people/vehicle)
Use modern vehicles/machinery and maintain
as specified
Consult relevant authorities, custodians of
buildings, local people to address issues & avoid
work at sensitive times
Workers and the public are at risk M T Prepare and implement a site health and safety Contractor All sites
from accidents on site plan that include measures to:

P187)
- Exclude the public from site

- Ensure that workers use Personal Protective
Equipment
- Provide health and safety training for all
personnel
- Follow documented procedures for all site
activities
- Keep accident reports and records
Trenching on concrete roads using M T Manage time properly and use water to reduce Contractor All sites
pneumatic drills will cause noise and air pollution
air pollution
Rain and groundwater could collect in M T Pump out groundwater to nearby drain Contractor All sites.
excavated areas Particularly
STPs
Pipe wastes originating from M T These should be stored in temporary storage Contractor All sites
replacement of old pipes or laying the containers, out of sight from general public, until
new pipelines which could not be these are transferred from the construction site.
reused or recycled is aesthetically
unpleasant and becomes a solid
waste management problem
Hazardous wastes (waste oil form S P Hazardous wastes should be stored at the Contractor All sites
vehicles, batteries and other construction site away from building in
chemical substances) would damage impermeable and safe containers place on
health of people concrete grounds and labelled “Hazardous
Material”. It is to be handled carefully so there is
no spillage. Finally this waste will be sent to the

P187)
Hazardous Waste Landfill site.

Solid Waste from Construction Site S T Solid waste in construction site will be deposited Contractor All sites
staff will be a health hazard and will by the workers, collected and stored in MCs
aesthetically damage the site containers and will be transported daily by the
Municipality
Domestic wastewater from S T There would be `Barapalli Latrines` or `Leach Contractor All sites
construction site staff will be a health pits` in construction sites or workers colonies or
hazard wastewater from construction sites will be
properly collected and disposed off in existing
sewer system
Post-Construction or Operation & Maintenance Phase – Sewers & Sewage Treatment Plants
Leaking sewers can damage human M T Detect and repair sewer leaks rapidly and Operating & Sewer lines
health and contaminate soil and effectively Maintenance
groundwater Contractor
(OMC)
Sludge removed from drying beds S T Dry the sludge properly and test for absence of OMC8 All STPs
every five years can damage human bacteria and pathogens
health Sell dried sludge to farmers to fertilize land
Insufficiently treated water coming Regular monitoring of treated effluent
out of the STPs will affect receiving M T Provision of water quality laboratory at STPs OMC All STPs
water bodies
Health and safety of public could be M T Prepare & Operate an H & S Plan OMC All Sites
at risk from repair work
Sites of social & cultural importance, Keep all the moving parts well-oiled, greased OMC STPs & PS
8
Operating and Maintenance Contractor

P187)
e.g. colleges and hospitals etc. may S P and maintained

be disturbed by noise, odour, Operate the STPs and PSs so that sewage does
vibration of the STPs & PSs not become septic
Sites of social & cultural importance M T Consult authorities and communities, inform OMC Sewer Lines
may be disturbed by impeded access them of work in advance, avoid sensitive periods
for a short time during repairs
Finish repair work quickly
Provide walkways and bridges
Health hazard and public nuisance M T Proper design, construction, O&M, and OMC/MC Sewer Lines
from water-logging and-or monitoring (including sewer flushing)
overflowing of sewer due to clogged
lines
Safety hazard to public and workers M T Finish repair work quickly OMC Sewer Lines
due to cave-in of sewer lines Proper design, construction, O&M, and
monitoring
Health & safety hazard to workers M T Finish repair work quickly OMC All sites
exposed to toxic gases in sewers and Proper design, construction, and O&M; Health
hazardous materials in sewage and Safety Plan
during maintenance work Provide monitoring during maintenance work
Solid waste (garbage, construction M P Educate people not to do it MC Drains and
waste etc.) thrown from outside into Canals
the drains and channels will cause
clogging of drain and canals and will
be a health and safety hazard to
public.
Shops may lose small amounts of S T Inform shopkeepers of work in advance OMC Sewer lines

P187)
income if customers’ access is Provide walkways and bridges for vehicles

impeded by network repair works Request police to divert traffic if necessary
Local people will benefit if employed M P STP & PS workers should be residents of OMC STPs & PS
by project neighbouring areas.

Bhubaneswar City (Sewerage Dist-VI) under JICA Assisted Initial Environment Examination and
Odisha Integrated Sanitation Improvement Project (ID-P187) Environmental Management Plan
13.3.2 Construction Phase Environmental Impact
The construction phase impacts are those caused by site clearing, earthworks,
machinery and workers. These impacts include erosion, dust, noise, traffic congestion
and waste production.
During the construction phase there would be some temporary impact on air, noise and
water quality, and management of solid waste. Also there would be some temporary
impact on quality of life due to inconvenience caused to public as a result of construction
activities.
Air quality impacts are likely from general construction activities including land clearing,
trenching, lying of pipes, construction of foundations and superstructures, handling and
transportation of construction and demolition materials, and from wind erosion of open
sites and stock pile areas.
Noise pollution will occur from operation of construction equipment including earth
moving and material handling equipment.
Water quality impacts may occur from runoff and waste and sewage generated from
construction activities.
Within the road, in which the sewer lines and pumping stations will be constructed in
Bhubaneswar, it is unlikely that trees will need to be removed as a result of the
construction. There may also be some structures on the right of way (ROW). Design of
the proposed sewerage will ensure that these encroachments are bypassed or removed
for providing the required clearance.
It is also unlikely that the sewerage -sites in Bhubaneswar will have big trees to be cut.
However, if there is any, the design of these structures will avoid cutting big trees that
may be in all the sites. Again, there may be some structures at these sites which have
to be demolished. However, the design of the proposed sewerage will ensure as little
demolition as possible.
The project would require disposal of excavated surplus materials which will include road
crust, precipitate removed from cleaning of open channels and drains, excavated soil
and silt removed from desilting of existing pipes. Disposal of excavated surplus soil,
roads crust, and precipitate from drainage channels and drains will not pose any
problem – they can be taken to the solid waste disposal site. However, disposal of silt
will require adequate protection, particularly, for the workers who will handle it.

P187)
There will be traffic congestion on the roads during the construction phase. In the narrow
sections of road construction activities may cause traffic disruption. This traffic
congestion will occur mostly in busiest road crossings.
Some inconvenience to public will result from restricted access to buildings and
structures and temporary dislocation of civic amenities like water supply, drainage and
sewerage, electricity, telephone and cable TV connection due to relocation or
replacement of these facilities.
Traffic dislocation, lack of access to buildings and air and noise pollution caused by
construction activities could have some adverse impact on trade and commerce in the
service area. Proper management may reduce these problems to a large extent.
13.4 Mitigation Measures – Construction Phase
Following are the measures which are recommended for mitigating or minimising the
environmental impacts that are likely to occur during the construction phase of the
proposed project. The contractor, under supervision and direction of the PMC, shall
adopt these mitigation measures.
13.4.1 Prevention of Erosion:
1. Construction will be scheduled so that large areas of soil are not laid bare during
the monsoon. As the soil is of sandy nature, sliding of earth in deep trenches will
be common. Hence shoring and shuttering will be provided.
2. Ground disturbances will be phased so that it is limited to workable size.
3. Exposed surface will be resurfaced and stabilised as soon as possible.
4. Trenches will have adequate backfill to prevent subsequent street settlement.
Upon completion of backfill the road surface shall be restored to its original
condition.
13.4.2 Prevention of Dust:
1. On exposed construction surfaces during dry/windy periods fugitive dust

generation will be suppressed by spraying of water or other suitable means.
2. Workers working in dust prone areas will be provided with masks and goggles.
3. Excavated material transported by trucks will be covered and/or wetted to prevent
dust nuisance. The earth, sand and cement should be brought in the site in
covered condition,
13.4.3 Noise and Emission from Vehicles during Construction Activities:
1. Construction vehicles will be properly maintained and will have valid certificate of
pollution under control.

P187)
2. Noisy construction activities will be carried out during normal working hours and
local residents will be advised of any unusual or unavoidable noise.
13.4.4 Relocation of Utility Services:
1. Utility services such as telephone line, electric poles, and water lines etc. that will
be affected by project construction will be identified. These should be made good
at least to the condition before the contraction begins as soon as possible.
2. Concerned authorities will be informed and their assistance sought to remove,
relocate and restore services of these utilities.
3. As far as possible, it will be ensured that these utilities are not damaged due to
construction activities.
13.4.5 Prevention of Dust and Noise during Material Handling:
Dust and noise producing activities such as stone crushing, bitumen and cement
batching plant etc. will be preferably located downwind and away from habitation
settlement wherever feasible.
13.4.6 Prevention of Soil, Ground and / Or Surface Water Contamination:
Silt, after dewatering, will be disposed off to approve disposal site.

Surplus excavated soil and spoils will be disposed in approved disposal site.
13.4.7 Prevention of Water Logging/ Flooding:
De-watering during trenching and water testing of new lines will be regulated in a
manner so that it does not lead to water logging of the nearby area.
13.4.8 Road Safety and Traffic Management during Construction:
BMC in coordination with PMC, will prepare a traffic management plan for approval of
Bhubaneswar Police. The plan will include:
1. Measures to be taken to prevent traffic congestion.

2. Provision of temporary safe access to buildings, which will be blocked due to
construction.
3. Measures to be taken for safe passage of traffic including temporary diversions,
and/or separation of motor vehicle traffic from non-motorized and pedestrian traffic
where necessary.
4. Measures to be taken to ensure safety of traffic passing through the construction
area including signs, marking flags, lights and flagmen as may be required.

P187)
13.4.9 Prevention of Accidents and Damage to Property:
All necessary precautions will be taken to prevent accidents and/or damage to property.
Measures taken by the contractor will include but not limited to:
1. Safe execution of construction work

2. Providing adequate health and safety protection to workers.
3. Sufficient insurance coverage covering all risks including property damage, third
party liability, workmen compensation and transit insurance.
13.4.10 Health and Safety of Work Force:
1. Occupational and health and safety requirements for workforce will be adhered to.
2. Periodic health check up of workers will be provided
3. A physician’s services will be retained to handle emergencies.
4. Workers engaged in cleaning of sewer lines will be trained in health and safety
procedures and will be provided with proper protective cover including gumboots,
rubber gloves and gas masks.
13.4.11 Environmental Health and Safety Considerations at Construction Camp

Sites and Construction Worksites:
1. Camps / compounds will be located so that they do not interfere with the existing
sewerage / drainage systems.
2. Camps / compounds will be contained by surrounding the site with a bund or earth
mound with controlled sewerage and drainage outlets.
3. Campsites will have adequate provision of shelter, water supply, excreta and solid
waste management as far as practicable.
4. Construction work-site will be properly barricaded and have adequate provision of
drinking water, toilets (at least `Barapalli Latrines` or `Leach pits`) and dispensing
of first aid.
5. Appropriate control measures will be taken to prevent insect/vector diseases
especially malaria by measures such as spraying and/or preventing creation of
stagnant pool of water.
13.4.12 Prevention of Impacts on Places of Cultural Importance:
1. Routing of sewer/drain lines will avoid places of cultural importance including

shrines, temples, bazaars, mosques etc. to the extent feasible.
2. Safe access to these places will be maintained.

P187)
13.4.13 Protection of Trees:
Routing of the Bhubaneswar sewerage will avoid impacting trees to the extent feasible.
Prior approval of the Forest Department of the Government of Odisha will be obtained
where trees have to be felled for laying the pipes.
13.5 Operations Phase Environmental Impact
During the operation phase the environmental impacts are likely to be positive. These
positive impacts have been discussed in a following section of this report. However,
there could be some adverse impacts due to inadequate operation and maintenance or
control.
Lack of proper operation and maintenance of the system could cause over flow of
sewage and water logging during rainy season, which would be a nuisance and health
hazard to public.
Due to lack of control, there may be discharge of hazardous industrial effluents into the
sewer system, or solid wastes in the drains or canals which can damage the sewerage
or drainage systems, clog them or interfere with the downstream treatment process or
pass through the treatment plant and cause damage to the environment.
There is a potential health hazard to workers engaged in sewer maintenance. These

workers are likely to be exposed to toxic gases and hazardous materials present in the
sewage and are likely to contract communicable diseases from exposure to pathogens
present in the sewage.
13.6 Mitigation Measures – Operations Phase
The Operators of the STPs and PSs will be contracted for 7 years. However, after
Operation and Maintenance period, it will be taken over by the Govt.
A separate sewer system has been proposed for Bhubaneswar (Sewerage District VI). It
is likely that some silting will occur in the sewers and to alleviate the siltation problem. It
would be necessary for BMC to undertake continual routine maintenance of the system
by cleaning and/or flushing the sewers. Periodic preventive maintenance carried out by
BMC would prevent flooding or water logging caused by clogged nallahs.
Monitoring activities carried out by Odisha State Pollution Control Board will ensure that
untreated effluent from industry is not discharged into the proposed sewerage.
BMC will ensure that the proper health and safety precautions are adhered to during
sewer cleaning operation.

P187)
13.7 Positive Environmental Impacts
Improvement in sewerage as a result of this project would minimise water logging and/or
flooding in the service area and ensure better sanitation practices. Since the exits to the
septic tanks or individual institutional sewage treatment plants will be connected to the
sewer system, the unorganized drains from septic tanks to open surface drains will be
minimised. Incorporation of new sewer systems will help eliminate some of the surface
drains which will automatically abate the associated nuisance.
Improvement of water-logging condition and better sanitation practices would lead to:
1. Abatement of nuisance and public health hazard in the service area. Improved sanitary
conditions would result in reduction in incidence of parasitic infections, hepatitis and
various gastrointestinal diseases including cholera and typhoid which occur either
through direct contact with fecal material or contamination of water supply and food.
2. Fewer incidence of illness would lead to reduction in health care expenditure and lost
workdays.
3. Accelerate economic growth as a result of improved quality of life within the service
area.
A significant population of the service area who are poor and live in slums would benefit
the most from the proposed project as they suffer the most when there is flooding and/or
water logging in the service area. Other benefits of the project would include:
4. Improvement of water quality of nalahs and channels as a result of interception of the

sewage from the service area into these drains and canals.
5. Contamination of local ponds and canals as a result of sewage overflow and flooding
will be prevented or minimised.
6. Employment generation during the construction phase.
13.8 Environmental Monitoring Plan
Effective implementation of the measures to mitigate or minimise the environmental

impacts would require the project to undertake a monitoring program. The objective of
the monitoring program is to ensure that the construction and operation activities are
carried out in an environmentally sensitive and responsible manner, and in accordance
with the recommendations of the Initial Environmental Examination (IEE).
Recommended monitoring activities of the proposed project are presented in Table 13.5.
13.9 Findings and Conclusions
The matrix of environmental impacts, as shown below in Table 13.6, was developed
from examination of potential environmental impacts and mitigation measures discussed
in Section 13.2.

P187)
As evidenced from the matrix, the project is not expected to cause any long term
irreversible environmental impact. Most of the environmental impacts that are likely will
occur for a short duration during the construction phase of the project. Adequate
preventive measures have been incorporated to mitigate or minimise these impacts.
The project, upon completion, would have several positive impacts, most significant of
which being reduction of public health hazard as result of improved drainage and
sewerage conditions in the service area. In consideration of the above and according to
the State Pollution Control Board of Odisha, a detailed EIA is not warranted and this IEE
may be considered as the final environmental assessment of the project.
Table 13.5: Environmental Monitoring Plan
Mitigation Activity & Frequency Responsible

Responsible Monitoring
Method Location of for
for Mitigation Method
Monitoring Monitoring
Construction Phase
Find beneficial uses
for waste soil Site
All Sites Contractor Monthly PMC9
(construction, land observations
raising, infill)
Remove waste soil as
Site
soon as it is All Sites Contractor Weekly PMC
observations
excavated
Use tarpaulins to
cover soil when Site
All sites Contractor Weekly PMC
stored and/or observations
transported on trucks
Avoid narrow local
Observations
roads while All sites Contractor Weekly PMC
off site
transporting soil
Damp stockpiled soil Site
All Sites Contractor Weekly PMC
in dry weather Observation
Conduct excavation Site
All Sites Contractor Monthly PMC
work in dry season Observation
Pump groundwater Site
All sites Contractor Monthly PMC
from excavations Observation
Provide access to
allow people and
Site
vehicles to cross All sites Contractor Weekly PMC
Observation
open excavations
done for the project
Only remove trees if it
Site
cannot be avoided All sites Contractor Monthly PMC
Observation
and plant 3 trees for
9
PMC = Project Management (Supervising) Consultants

P187)

one removed
Inform shopkeepers
Contractor/B Public
and resident of work All Sites Monthly PMC
MC/CMC meetings
in advance
Confirm location of
existing Site
infrastructures - water Observation
and sewer lines
Request
Report from
archaeological
Local
authority to assess STP sites OWSSB As needed PMC
Archaeologic
potentials of sites
al Authority
If work affects traffic
Site
ensure police provide All sites Contractor Monthly PMC
observations
traffic diversions
Avoid using
Site
pneumatic drills near All sites Contractor Weekly PMC
observations
schools and hospitals
Use modern vehicles
Site
and machinery with All Sites Contractor Monthly PMC
Observation
less noise and smoke
Prepare and
implement a Health & Site
Safety Plan and train Observation
workers
Keep accident reports Site
All Sites Contractor Monthly SC
& records Observation
Employ at least 50%
of workforce from Worker
communities near Interviews
sites
Health check up of Worker
workers Interviews
Safety protection
Site
gears worn by All Sites Contractor Weekly PMC
Observation
workers
Provide shelter, water
Site
supply, latrine, solid
Observation
waste management All sites Contractor Monthly PMC
and
at workers’ campsites
interviews
and on sites
PMC
Conduct public BMC/CMC/Co Public Every two
All sites
awareness campaign ntractor Meetings weeks

P187)

Operations and Maintenance

Site
Detect and repair Sewer observation,
OMC10 Weekly PMC
sewer leaks rapidly Sites Interview
public
Site
Request police to observation,
divert traffic if All Sites OMC Interview Monthly PMC
necessary public
Avoid using Site

pneumatic drills, Pumping observation,
heavy vehicles or any Station & Interview
OMC Monthly PMC
noisy equipment STP people in
near schools and Sites school and
hospitals hospitals
Site
Prepare & implement
observation,
a preventive All sites OMC Monthly PMC
Interview
maintenance plan
workers
Prepare and Site
implement a Health & observation,
All Sites OMC Monthly PMC
Safety Plan and train worker
workers interview
Site
Protective gears worn observation,
All sites OMC Monthly PMC
by workers worker
interview
10
OMC – Operation and Maintenance Contractor

Table 13.6: Matrix of Environmental Impacts for Odisha Integrated Sanitation Improvement Project – Sewerage District VI,
Bhubaneswar
Physical Environmental Human and Economic Development Quality of Life Values

Resources Attributes
Trade / Commerce/In
Cultural / Historical
Air Quality / Noise
Flooding / Water
Socioeconomic
Soils / Geology
Transportation
Ground Water
Sedimentation
Surface Water
Infrastructure
Communities
Public Health
Resettlement
Topography
Recreation
Aesthetics
Land Use
Housing
Ecology
Erosion
Construction
Phase
Operations or
Post Project
Insignificant impact, no change over existing conditions
Minor short time negative impact Moderate short-term negative impact
Positive impact significant positive impact

13.10 Environment Management Plan
The adverse environmental impacts will mainly be related to construction work. The
required mitigation measures are standard and widely used in construction practices
properly supervised for achievement of international standards of quality. The specific
measures that shall be put to practice to minimize the impact on the environment are
discussed below.
13.10.1 General
Prevention program to avoid undue disruption: There will undoubtedly be some short-
term inconvenience and traffic disruption. The Contractor is to give traffic management
due consideration. To avoid undue inconvenience, the construction program would
include the following in the contract with contractors:
• Specify the work implementation sequence for pipeline laying and/or rehabilitation,
such that local inconvenience is avoided to the maximum extent feasible;
• Specify the coordination measures for water service interruption, such that cut-off
periods are reduced to the minimum possible;
• Specify the method of construction in highly congested areas to minimize access
disruption, such as trench-to-truck construction and provision of plates to provide
access over trenches. Proper access to daily businesses will be maintained to the
maximum extent practicable ways;
• Require the contractor to secure approval of construction staging and lay down
areas; and
• Require the contractor to use traffic routing for implementation of construction
works. Safe traffic and safety signals and lighting should be in accordance with local
regulations. Safe detours and walkways for pedestrians will be implemented as
necessary.
Measures to minimize noise and vibration: During construction, noise can be minimized
through scheduling and specific restrictions for particularly noisy activities. To the extent
possible, excavation and related works in residential areas should not be undertaken
from sundown to sunrise. Routine control on maintenance of equipment used for
construction and transportation will be required to ensure reasonable noise levels. In
built up areas, excessive vibration from heavy machines during construction will be
avoided to the extent possible to reduce any damages to the surrounding areas. Manual
excavation will be adopted in certain cases.
Prevention of accidents during construction: The contractors shall take necessary

precautions for the types of civil woks involved, especially in residential areas and those
with high circulation of persons and vehicles. Construction and rehabilitation works

P187)
should be carried out according to the safety equipment rules, and health and safety
regulations. Safety measures will be adopted to protect the personnel involved in the
works. Public access to construction sites will be properly restricted. Internationally
accepted practices and active regulations should be employed regarding restoration of
construction health and safety.
Hours of Construction: Construction activities shall not be allowed at night.
Supplementary measures:
• Wood used during construction will be procured from authorized sources;
• Solid waste (other than demolition and excavation debris) such as wood, paper,
glass, plastic and trash in general, will be properly collected, separated, stored, and
disposed; and
• Construction sites will be kept clean and in good sanitary condition.
Monitoring: The environmental monitoring programme is discussed in Section 5 of this

document.
13.10.2 Air Environment
Protection of air environment from construction dust and pollution: The contractor will
employ dust suppression measures during the construction process and transportation
of materials, such as periodically sprinkling water in certain areas and removal of excess
materials from the sites. Street surfaces, sidewalks, and construction sites will be
cleaned upon completion of activities each day. To reduce vehicle emissions the
contractor will use traffic routing. Also it will be required to provide routine control on
maintenance of equipment used for construction and transportation of materials, and to
use the equipment only when required. Plant and machinery used in the project should
have air pollution control system; wherever possible and entire operation shall be
mechanized to complete the work in shortest duration and in one go. The permission of
the Odisha State Environment Pollution Control Board shall be taken as relevant.
Protection of environment from visual pollution and pollution due to operational odour:
One Conventional Activated Sludge Sewage Treatment Plant in Bhubaneswar is being
provided as per details in the DPR to manage odour pollution from the sewage
generated from the cities. However, there is an engineering institution at about 100
meters from the STP in Bhubaneswar; to reduce the visual impact, plantation within the
STP site would be necessary. This plantation will also act as buffers against the plant
noise and odour. In Bhubaneswar STP, some odour control equipment will be put in to
reduce the odour. Steps shall be taken to reduce the impact of noise by introducing

P187)
plantations from the very beginning. Therefore, plantation should be planned in the
STP site to improve the ambient air quality, in general.
Noise pollution by stand-by generators: The standby generator shall be installed with
enclosures as per guidelines of Central Pollution Control Board and after taking consent
from Odisha State Pollution Control Board under Air (Prevention and Control of
Pollution) Act 1981. The Contractor shall not, however, be allowed to install generators
in such a manner as to act as a public nuisance.
Desirable air quality standard: The air quality standards as prescribed by the OSPCB are
as follows, in micrograms per cubic meter (24 hourly ranges), and that should be
maintained:
SPM = 200
RSPM = 100
SO2 = 80
NOx = 80
13.10.3 Water Environment
Avoidance of underground water pollution by construction run-offs: The run-off during

development shall be controlled by quickly removing construction related solid waste.
Further land clearing activity shall be kept to a minimum by working at the specific sites
one by one where construction is to take place. `Barapalli Latrines` or `Leach pits` shall
be provided in construction sites or workers colonies or wastewater from construction
sites will be properly collected and disposed off in existing sewer system. Workers shall
be discouraged from defecation or urinating in the open.
Proposed Sewage Treatment Plants (STP): A Conventional Activated Sludge Sewage

Treatment Plant is planned for Bhubaneswar to treat the sewage to the standard
mentioned below and then discharge it to Buddi’s Nala which eventually transports it to
the Kuakhai River. The desirable water quality standard: for discharge from the Sewage
Treatment Plants (STP) into a river which is used as a drinking water source is as
follows:
pH = 6.5 – 8.5
DO = 4 mg/l or above (Dissolved Oxygen)
BOD5 = 30 mg/l or less (5-day Biological Oxygen Demand)
TC = 5000 MPN/100 ml (Total Coliform)
Control of fuels and oils: Aboveground storage tanks and drums will be stored on low
permeability bases able to contain 110% of the stored volume. Proper measures will be
taken to prevent spillage during equipment maintenance activities. Pouring fuels or oils

P187)
into soils or drains will be prohibited. Active environmental requirements on the subject
will be followed as to the treatment and disposal of residues.
Provision of drainage: Natural waterways/drainage pattern shall be maintained by
providing culverts where needed.
13.10.4 Land Environment
Disposal of solid waste: The Municipality will plan to introduce a house-to-house

garbage collection work. The BMC will be responsible for the management of solid
wastes. The solid waste generated from the construction activities shall be effectively
recycled within the project or removed before the monsoon or any inclement and wet
weather. The solid waste generated at the construction camps shall be removed on a
regular basis. The construction workers must be discouraged to throw garbage at the
sites.
Disposal of demolition and excavation debris: The current construction norms and
regulations require proper measures for the removal of demolition debris from the sites.
This material will be removed from the site and will be disposed of at an approved
location. Salvaged material will be stored at a designated location and protected from
erosion. The debris and unutilized construction material and earth from the construction
site shall be removed immediately to recycle within the project so that no nuisance dust
is generated due to wind.
Disposal of sludge: Sludge, which will be generated from the STP, should not be
disposed of in permeable soils or in the proximity of surface waters or buildings.
Protection of vegetative cover: As a general principle, vegetation destroyed will have to

be replaced. Ornamental trees that need to be cut will be properly replaced.
Protection of erosion: To avoid erosion of the top soil the construction is planned in the
shortest possible time and land clearing activity shall be kept to the absolute minimum
by working at the specific sites one by one where construction is to take place so as to
increase detention and infiltration.
13.10.5 Energy Management
The orientations of the STP and the Pumping Stations are planned to maximum extent,
wherever possible, to make use of natural light and direction of sun. The land use is so
planned that there is minimum adverse impact and maximum use of principles of eco
design. A fundamental principle of solar design is to maximize the solar gain in the
winter and minimize it in the summer and is used to the extent possible practically. The

P187)
Operators and the Owners shall have awareness programmes in this regard to maximize
the benefits of working with the sun.
13.10.6 Green Belt
The main objective of the green belt is to provide a barrier between the source of
pollution and the surrounding areas. The green belt helps to capture the fugitive
emission and to attenuate the noise generated apart from improving the aesthetics.
Development of green belt and other forms of greenery shall also prevent soil erosion
and washing away of topsoil besides helping in stabilizing the functional ecosystem and
further to make the climate more conducive and to restore water balance. While making
choice of plant species for cultivation in green belts, weight and age has to be given
priority to the natural factor of bio-climate. It is also presumed that the selected plants
will be grown as per normal horticultural (or forestry) practice and authorities responsible
for plantation will also make sure that adequate provision for watering and protection of
the saplings exists at site.
For effective removal of pollutants, it is necessary that
• Plants grow under conditions of adequate nutritional supply (for heath and vigour
of growth),
• Absence of water stress (to maintain openness of stomata apertures and form of
epidermal structures),
• Plants are well exposed to atmospheric conditions of light and breeze (i.e. away
from engineering structures hindering free flow of air) to maintain free interaction
with gases.
Selection of plants will also take into consideration:
For absorption of gases:
• Tolerance towards pollutants in question, at concentrations, that are not too high
to be instantaneously lethal),
• Longer duration of foliage,
• Freely exposed foliage, through
- Adequate height of crown,
- Openness of foliage in canopy,
- Big leaves (long and broad laminar surface),
- Large number of stomata apertures
- Stomata well- exposed (in level will the general epidermal surface).
For removal of suspended particulate matter

P187)
• Height and spread of crown

• Leaves supported on firm petioles,
• Abundance of surface on bark and foliage, through
- Roughness of bark,
- Epidermal outgrowth on petioles,
- Abundance of axillary’s hairs,
- Hairs or scales on laminar surfaces
- Stomata protected (by was, arches/ rings, hairs, etc.)
The landscaping and green belt will be designed and trees will be planted in open areas,
around the STP along the boundary.
Standard practice will be followed for planting of saplings in pits of substantial

dimensions, 1m x 1m x1m for big trees and almost half of these dimensions for smaller
trees and shrubs. The pits shall then be filled with earth, sand, silt and manure in
predetermined proportions. Saplings planted in the pits will be watered liberally. The
growing plants will be cared for the first five years under favourable conditions of climate
and drainage. Care will be taken for nutrient supplement (healthy growth), plant
protection, absence of water stress (to maintain openness of stomata apertures and
epidermal structures) and exposure to normal atmospheric conditions (free air flow). The
guidelines as laid out in National Building Code of India shall be followed in the overall
development of Green Belt.
13.11 Monitoring of the Implementation of EMP
Regular monitoring of significant environmental parameters is essential to check the

compliance status vis-à-vis the environmental laws and regulations. The objectives of
the monitoring will be as follows:
• To verify the results of the impact on the environment with respect to the proposed
projects.
• To study the trend of concentrated values of the parameters, which have been
identified as critical and then planning the mitigating measures.
• To check and assess the efficacy of pollution control equipment.
• To ensure that any additional parameters, other than those identified in the impact,
do not turn critical after the commissioning of proposed project.
A comprehensive environmental monitoring program that has been prepared for the
purpose of implementation by the EMC is described below:
• The Ambient Air quality shall be monitored at 5 locations in project site along the
sewer line once every quarter for RSPM, SPM, NOx & SO2, and CO levels during

P187)
the Construction Phase and Operational Phase. The Ambient Noise Levels shall
also be monitored in these locations once every six months.
• Groundwater quality of the tube wells in site area will be regularly monitored
preferably once in a quarter during the Construction Phase and Operational Phase.
• The Sewage Treatment Plant shall be provided with a small Laboratory and weekly
monitoring of the parameters including the effluent quality from the STPs shall be
undertaken. In addition monitoring shall be got done from an independent agency as
laid down by Odisha State Pollution Control Board.
The above observations will be complied and documented by the EMC to serve the
following purposes.
• Identification of environmental problems that are occurring in the area.

• Initiating or providing solution to those problems through designed channels and
verification of the implementation status.
• Controlling activities inside the project, until the environmental problem has been
corrected.
• Suitably responding to emergency situations
13.12 Environmental Mitigation Measures
The identified environmental mitigation measures of the District VI, Bhubaneswar

Sewerage Project are in Table 13.7.
Table 13.7: Proposed Environmental Mitigation Measures
Parameter Environmental
Mitigation Measures
Impacts
Construction Stage
- Pave frequently used haul roads
Dust from construction - Water unpaved areas and haul roads
sites due to stockpiles, - Control vehicle speeds on construction sites
Air construction vehicles - Cover stockpiles and trucks carrying dusty materials
travelling on unpaved - Minimize on-site storage time of construction and
haul roads. demolition wastes
- Restore disturbed land timely
- Maintain construction machinery regularly
- Use temporary hoarding/screen to shield off noise
Noise from powered
Noise source
mechanical equipment
- Stop work from 2200 hr to 0600 hr when near
residential areas
Wastewater from the - Provide portable toilets on-site
Water
work force and - Install interim holding tanks and pipelines to convey

P187)
Mitigation Measures
Impacts
uncontrolled muddy sewage to nearby sewers if sewers are nearby
water runoff from - Use sediment control by installing sedimentation tanks
construction site to treat runoff water with high concentrations of SS
- Maintain and monitor efficient sanitation
- Provide closed containers for storing on-site refuse

- Transport refuse for proper off-site disposal regularly
Refuse from the work
Solid - Clean up and remove construction and demolition
force and construction
Wastes wastes regularly to prevent build-up on-site
and demolition wastes
- Explore opportunities to reuse excavated soil for
backfilling
- Design temporary traffic management schemes and
Construction traffic
carry out these schemes during construction
may cause traffic
Traffic - Schedule construction traffic to avoid morning and
congestion on nearby
afternoon peak traffic hours
roads
- Select alternative transport routes to reduce
disturbance to regular traffic
Operational Stage
- If there are some boilers used, design and install air
Emissions from boilers pollution control systems with TSP removal efficiency of
Air
96% and SO2 removal efficiency of 40-60%
Odour from STPs - Plant a greenery around the sites
- Design the buildings ( STP, pumping stations, etc.) that
Noise from fixed
Noise house these fixed noise sources properly, with
sources such as
adequate wall thicknesses, double-glazed windows and
machineries and
soundproof doors, etc.
pumping stations
- Provide landscape to these buildings for aesthetics
- Design the chlorine storage buildings properly, and
equip them with chlorine gas detector, alarm system,
and automatic chlorine gas collection system that will
collect as well as neutralize the chlorine gas
Accidental spillage
- Regularly inspect and maintain the above equipment
could pose health risks
Chlorine - Store only 500 kg chlorine bottles
to workers and nearby
- Limit the quantity of chlorines stored on-site to no more
residents
than a 20-day supply
- Prepare a safety plan and an emergency response plan
- Train workers regularly on the proper and safe handling
of chlorine and on response procedures during an
emergency
Refuse from the - Dispose of refuse properly at sanitary landfills
Solid
workforce, boiler ash - Explore the opportunity of selling the boiler ash to brick
Waste
and sludge manufacturers

P187)
Mitigation Measures
Impacts
- Explore and plan various means of disposing of the
sludge, including composting, land filling, etc.
Wastewater from the - If there is no public sewer nearby, install septic tanks to
Water
workforce treat the wastewater before disposal
13.13 Environmental Monitoring Program
The summary environmental monitoring program of the Bhubaneswar Sewerage Project

is in Table 13.8.
Table 13.8: Environmental Monitoring Program
Parameters Location Responsibili Time, Frequency & Process

ty
During Construction Stage
The amount Excavation site Contractor Daily by site observation (visual inspection):
(volume) of Temporary Control of the amount of temporary excavation
excavation/ Storage material
construction Containers
material piled Final Disposal Daily: The amount of material transferred to the
at site Site final disposal site will be controlled by checking
the volumes and/or weights of the trucks
carrying these wastes.
Construction Excavation site Contractor Upon release of the solid waste following
Solid Waste construction activities by site observation
(visual inspection):
1. Control of the true placement of the pipe
waste in associated containers;
2. Prediction of pipe waste by controlling the
number and the level of temporary pipe waste
pipe waste material storage containers.

P187)

ty
Hazardous Construction/w Contractor Continuously: Regular maintenance of vehicles
waste ork site will be recorded. Replaced accumulators,
waste oils will be controlled from these records
Visual inspection will be carried out in the site

to identify any residual asbestos
Site observation:
1. Control of fluid levels in waste oil tanks
2. Control of proper disposal of the waste
batteries and accumulators in correct,
disposal containers and control of the levels
in these containers
3. Control of the levels in other hazardous
waste disposal containers
4.Control of leakage from the containers and
check if these are properly sited
Solid wastes Construction / Contractor Continuously through site observation (visual
work site inspection):
1. Visual inspection of the collection containers
for possible wear and cracks
2. Control of proper disposal of solid waste
such that they are not placed outside the
designated containers.
3. Control of the levels of all containers and
check if these are regularly emptied.
Wastewater Construction / Contractor Continuously through site observation (visual
work site inspection):
1.Wastewater leaks
2. In case of septic tank usage by measuring
water level in the tank.

P187)

ty
Dust Construction Contractor During all project phases on a monthly basis.
formation and site During trench filling on a weekly basis.
air pollution (neighbouring Momentary monitoring in case of complaints.
areas that are During windy weather.
effected from By site observation (visual inspection):
the activity) 1. Control of the surface cover of the dumped
material along the trench
Along the 2. Control of the wetting of the dust causing
transportation material during windy weather
route 3. Control of the correct locations of the wind
barriers
4. Control of the top covers of transport trucks
Through speed control of the transportation

trucks via tachometers
Air quality monitoring for dust will be conducted

visually and necessary spraying will be
provided.
Air Pollution Construction Contractor At the beginning of construction phase through
from Site control of “motor vehicle exhaust emission
Construction control stamp”
Vehicles
Noise Construction Contractor During all project phases on a monthly basis;
site During intensive construction works on a
(neighbouring weekly basis;
areas that are Momentary monitoring in case of complaints;
effected from Upon complaint, use calibrated noise
the activity) measurement device (sensitive to 30-130 dB):
and
Along the
transportation
route
Traffic Construction Contractor During all the project phases particularly during
site rush hours and upon complaint
Along the Through site observation (visual inspection): By
transportation checking whether traffic jams occur due to
route construction activities

P187)

ty
Archaeological Construction Contractor/
During the excavation works, When any
artefacts site Municipality
archaeological artefacts found, work will be
stopped in immediately are, (Project Manager
verbally notified then by writing within two days)
and experts from the Ministry of Culture and
Tourism will be asked to visit the site to
describe measures and for supervision (their
examinations in the area will be facilitated by
the contractor).
Aesthetic Vicinity of the Contractor During construction phase, Through site
issues construction observation (visual inspection): Is the
site construction site (materials creating aesthetic
pollution) properly camouflaged via barriers?
Are these aesthetically acceptable (clean and
properly painted)?
Pre-operation On laid pipes Contractor Upon completion of pipe laying (prior to
hygiene backfilling) by Controlling the cleanness of pipe
inner surface and Controlling whether pipes are
closed on both sides
Public health Construction/w Contractor Daily by site observation (visual inspection):
& ork site Visual inspection will be provided to secure the
occupational public from accidents, or hazardous material
safety exposure by controlling warning
signs, barriers, etc.
Twice per year, medical assessments will be
provided for the workers. These assessments
include Hard and Hazardous Occupation
Inspection Report for workers (at the beginning
stage), lung x-ray, hearing test, tetanus
vaccine, porter inspection (for catering workers)
etc.
During Operation Phase
Water quality: At pumping Operators Continuously with Chloroscope
residual stations
chlorine and STP

P187)

ty
Water quality At discharge Operators Effluent water quality is monitored
(physical and point of STP Based on the Regulation on Waters for Human
chemical effluents at the Consumption. Accordingly, samples are
parameters rivers and at collected from each neighbourhood for 5
indicated in various points consecutive days a week and analyzed for free
the National of the Kuakai chlorine. Furthermore, routine monitoring of
Water river in Microbiological parameters (coliform, E-Coli)
Pollution Bhubaneswar and physio-chemical parameters (color,
Control and the turbidity, odour, taste, pH, conductivity, BOD
Regulation): Gangua Nalah and ammonium) will be conducted once a
free chlorine, where the week.
total and fecal treated effluent
coliform, is discharged. Effluent water samples will be taken and
colour, analyzed according to the Standard Methods in
turbidity, odor, the STP laboratories in Bhubaneswar.
taste, pH,
conductivity,
ammonium,
insecticides,
herbicides,
fungicides,
heavy metals,
organic and
toxic
chemicals
Noise At Pumping Operator Periodically (preferably once every month
Stations and during first year) and in case of complains
STPs using a noise measurement device.
Public health In Project Area Operator Chlorination room will be continuously
& monitored by chlorine detector
Occupational Protective equipment and security conditions of
safety the room (e.g. lock of the door, liquid level of
the pool) will be controlled, weekly.
Weekly visual inspection of the safety and
warning signs in chlorination room and
pumping stations.
Monthly visual inspection of the manhole
covers and storm water inlets.

P187)

ty
Chlorine At the Chlorine Operator Automatic gas detection and related alarm
leakage dosing rooms equipment for chlorine gas will be used
continuously
Clogging of Between Operator Clogging of sewer lines will be monitored by
sewer lines manholes sewer inspection equipments (such as remote
control camera and TV), at least once per year
13.14 Institutional Requirement
13.14.1 Laboratories
An appropriate and effective monitoring system should be in place to monitor and

evaluate the likely consequences of the proposed sewerage projects in Bhubaneswar and
Cuttack. The Odisha State Pollution Control Board (OSPCB) is responsible for executing
and ensuring proper implementation of the Environmental Acts and the Environmental
Policies of the Union and the Odisha State Governments. The existing infrastructure
facilities of Odisha State Pollution Control Board (OSPCB) are inadequate for taking up
any additional responsibility of regular water and wastewater analysis in connection with
the sewage treatment works, sewerage and drainage of Bhubaneswar and Cuttack
without substantial enhancements in terms of infrastructure facilities. During the
construction and operations phases, it will require analysis of a large number of samples
from the wastewater channels, inlet and outlets of the STPs, and receiving inland water
bodies for decision making and devising an appropriate mid-course mitigation plan.
It is proposed to construct a state of the art laboratory in between Bhubaneswar and

Cuttack cities on the main NH5 highway which connects the two cities or in Bhubaneswar
where land may be available. This laboratory will have capacity to carry out the water
analysis from all the three STPs and air and noise analysis in both the cities of
Bhubaneswar and Cuttack. It is also proposed that this laboratory will belong to OWSSB
and a Laboratory in each of the STPs will belong to the STPs Maintenance Organizations
i.e. Bhubaneswar Municipal Corporation (BMC) and Cuttack Municipal Corporation
(CMC).
13.14.2 Category “A” Laboratory
The minimum manpower requirement according to the CPCB Guidelines is 9. On the

basis of qualification they are as follows:
• Post Graduate in Basic Science/Environmental Engineering/Medicine/PhD - 3

• Graduate in Basic Science or Equivalent -6
• High School/Intermediate with Science -3

P187)
Approximately 300m2 would be the area needed for this laboratory and the details of the
equipment to be procured are as follows:
Major Equipment Minimum Parameter to be Analysed

Number Required
Atomic Absorption 1 Metal Content
Spectrophotometer
COD Analyser 2 COD
Total Organic Carbon Analyser 2 TOC
High Pressure Liquid 1 Pesticides and organic
Chromatograph compounds
Ion Chromatograph 1 Cations and Anions
Specific Ion Meter with 4 Fluoride, Cyanide, Sulfides,
Autotitrator Nitrates, Ammonia, Surfactants
Mercury Analyzer 2 Mercury
Microwave Digester 2 Pre-treatment for samples for
Subsequent Analysis
UV-VIS Spectrophotometer 2 Calorimetric Analysis of a
number of parameters
Other essential lab accessories, glassware and standards
BOD Incubator 3
Chlorometer 2
Air sampling and Testing 2
Equipment
Noise measuring equipment 2
Water quality of rivers receiving treated effluent should be monitored once every 15 days
and the recommended parameters to be monitored are:
• pH
• Temperature (oC)
• Suspended Solids (mg/l)
• Oil and Grease (mg/l)
• Dissolved Oxygen (mg/l)
• Chemical Oxygen Demand (mg/l)
• Biological Oxygen Demand (mg/l)
• TKN (mg/l)
• Ammonical Nitrogen as N (mg/l)
• Sulphides (mg/l)
• Phenols(mg/l)

P187)
• Total Chromium (mg/l)

• Mercury (mg/l)
• Lead (mg/l)
• Cadmium (mg/l)
13.14.3 Environmental Laboratories at each STP
As has been indicated earlier, each of the STPs will be equipped with a small laboratory.
The recommended equipments in each laboratory are:
Major Equipment Minimum Parameter to be Analysed

Number Required
COD Analyser 1 COD
Total Organic Carbon Analyser 1 TOC
Fluoride, Cyanide, Sulfides,
Specific Ion Meter with Auto-titrator 1 Nitrates, Ammonia,
Surfactants
Mercury Analyzer 1 Mercury
Pre-treatment for samples for
Microwave Digester 1
Subsequent Analysis
Calorimetric Analysis of a
UV-VIS Spectrophotometer 1
number of parameterstt
Other essential lab accessories,
glassware and standards
Air Sampling & Testing Equipment 1 Odour, TSP etc.
Noise Monitoring (sound pressure
2 Noise level
level meter) Equipment
BOD Incubator 1 BOD
Chlorine in air and residual
Chlorometer 1
chlorine in effluent
Water quality at the inlet and outlet points at the STP sites to be monitored once every
week.
Air quality, at the STP site, should be monitored once a month by taking a 24 hour
sample.
Environmental noise level at the PS and STP sites will have to be monitored at least
once a month.

P187)
The ground water quality at the sludge disposal sites are to be monitored once a month
and the recommended parameters are: pH, Cr, sulphate, phosphate, nitrate, iron,
chloride, and coliform.
13.15 The Proposed Institutional Structure
The institutional approach is essential for an effective environmental management

system to help insure integrated internal and external control of identified impacts. It is
proposed to use the following approaches:
• Coordination and cooperation with appropriate regional, municipal and local

governments, local communities and other agencies and firms to insure sound
environmental management of project activities.
• Regularly updating information to improve the intention and understanding of
regulations and laws at the national, regional and local levels so that project
proponent activities conform to existing laws and regulations.
• Development of a formal environmental, health and safety management system.
• Transparency in reporting environmental performance.
To implement the EMP, a structured Environment Management Cell (EMC) interwoven

with the existing management system shall be created. EMC will undertake regular
monitoring of the environment and conduct yearly audit of the environmental
performance during the construction and operation of the project. It will also check that
the stipulated measures are being satisfactorily implemented and operated. It shall also
co-ordinate with local authorities to see that all environmental measures are well
coordinated.

Odisha Integrated Sanitation Improvement Project (ID- Social Assessment of the Project
P187)
Chapter 14
14. Social Assessment of the Project
14.1 Introduction
The Universal Declaration of Human Rights makes clear a common standard of

achievement for all peoples and all nations: to promote respect for human rights and
freedoms, and to secure their universal and effective recognition and observance.
Social considerations refer to social issues such as involuntary resettlement and respect
for the human rights of indigenous peoples. Until now, the JBIC Guidelines for the
Confirmation of Environmental and Social Considerations (2002) and the JICA
Guidelines for Environmental and Social Considerations (2004), after the merger of the
JICA and JBIC wings of the Japanese ODA, have been applied to Loan aid and
technical cooperation, respectively. JICA also has a policy of being actively involved in
supporting the enhancement of social considerations in developing countries.
Democratic decision-making is indispensable for social considerations. It is important to

ensure stakeholder participation, information transparency, accountability, and
efficiency, in addition to respect for human rights, in order to conduct an appropriate
decision-making process. In this context, with respect to human rights and in view of the
principles of democratic governance, the measures for environmental and social
considerations are implemented by ensuring a wide range of meaningful stakeholder
participation and transparency of decision-making, as well as by working for information
disclosure and by ensuring efficiency. Governments bear the responsibility for
accountability, but at the same time stakeholders are responsible for their comments.
14.2 JICA Guidelines
The objectives of the JICA guidelines are to encourage Project proponents etc. to have
appropriate consideration for social impacts, as well as to ensure that JICA’s support for
an examination of social considerations are conducted accordingly.
In principle, JICA confirms that projects meet the requirements for environmental and
social considerations stated in the Guidelines in the following ways.

P187)
• JICA confirms that projects comply with the laws or standards related to the
environment and local communities in the central and local governments of host
countries; it also states that projects conform to those governments policies and
plans on the environment and local communities.
• JICA confirms that projects do not deviate significantly from the World Bank’s
Safeguard Policies, and refers as a benchmark to the standards of international
financial organizations; to internationally recognized standards, or international
standards, treaties, and declarations, etc.; and to the good practices etc. of
developed nations including Japan, when appropriate. When JICA recognizes that
laws and regulations related to the environmental and social considerations of the
project are significantly inferior to the aforementioned standards and good practices,
It encourages project proponents, including local governments, to take more
appropriate steps through a series of dialogues, in which JICA clarifies the
background of and reasons for the inferior regulations and takes measures to
mitigate the adverse impacts when necessary.
• JICA takes note of the importance of good governance surrounding projects in order
that measures for appropriate environmental and social considerations are
implemented.
• JICA discloses information with reference to the relevant laws of project proponents
etc. and of the government of Japan.
14.3 The Indian National Policy on Rehabilitation and Resettlement
The Government of India has recently (October 2007) formulated the National
Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R&R) Policy. It covers rehabilitation and resettlement
of displaced persons in all cases of land acquisition and in involuntary displacement due
to other causes. The main objectives of the policy are:
- To minimise displacement and to promote, as far as possible, non-displacing or

least-displacing alternatives;
- To ensure adequate rehabilitation package and expeditious implementation of
rehabilitation with active people’s participation;
- To protect the rights of weaker sections, especially members of Scheduled Castes
(SC) and Scheduled Tribes (ST);
- To provide better standard of living and to ensure sustainable income to affected
families;
- To integrate rehabilitation concerns into the development planning and
implementation process;

P187)
- To facilitate harmonious relationship between the body which acquires land and the
affected families through mutual cooperation.
It lays down basic minimum R&R package though requiring bodies or States are free to
offer better terms for R&R. The Government of Odisha has enacted an elaborate policy
on rehabilitation and resettlement. The policy is applicable to all those projects which
require acquisition of private land. The policy has broadly divided the development
projects such as (a) industrial projects, (b) mining projects, (c) irrigation projects, national
parks and sanctuaries, (d) Urban projects and linear projects like roads, railways, power
lines, sewerage, water supply etc., and (e) any other projects. The respective type of
projects has different rehabilitation and resettlement benefits based on the magnitude of
the impact it redeems. With respect to urban projects, rehabilitation is provisioned for
homestead land, house building, apart from many other assistance common to other
categories of projects.
14.4 Capacity Building Program
14.4.1 Targets
The Capacity Building Program should contain the items which will be able to raise the
capability of the staff of OWSSB/ PHEO, BMC and CMC up to the level required for
satisfactory O & M works and management of the sewerage sector and slum sanitation
improvement in the respective cities.
14.4.2 Methodologies
The following methodologies are proposed for the Capacity Building Program:
1) TNA as the first step and subsequent monitoring and evaluation of the Capacity
Building Program; and
2) A series of lectures, workshops as off the job training (Off-JTs) and on the job
training (OJT) by / with respective experts.
14.4.3 Contents of the Capacity Building Program
The contents of capacity building should cover Sewerage System Management and
operation and social development and consideration as shown in the table below:
Table 14.1: Capacity Building Program Contents
Main Area Contents Of Capacity Building

Sewerage System
Sewerage System - Development of Sewerage System Management manuals and
Management handbooks
- Training on Sewerage Management Systems such as

P187)
development of tariff systems, tariff collection systems, and

facility maintenance systems (inventory system)
Sewerage System - Development of operation and maintenance manuals
Operation - Training on operation and maintenance of the Sewerage
System
Database and GIS - Development of a database for the Sewerage System in GIS
such as collection pipes and households connected
- Training on utilization of the database.
Institutional and - Training on establishment of staffing system and human
Financial Planning resource development (HRD)
- Training on establishment of accounting systems
- Training on establishment of program based budgeting
Environmental - Development of an environmental management plan
Management - Training on environmental management including
environmental monitoring.
Social Development and Consideration
Low Cost sanitation (LCS) - Development of LCS management manuals and handbooks
- Development of an LCs database
Social Development - Development of a strategic slum Sanitation Improvement
(Slum Sanitation Plan
Improvement) - Development of slum Sanitation Improvement guidelines
- Training on slum Sanitation Improvement activities
- Development of a slum database
Information, Education - Development of IEC guidelines
and Communication (IEC) - Training on IEC material development and activities.
14.4.4 Implementation Schedule
The implementation period of the Capacity Building Program will be four and a half years
from 2008 till 2012. Although a detailed Capacity Building Program will be developed by
foreign experts during the TNA which will be conducted at the beginning of the project.
14.4.5 Cost Estimate
It is preliminarily suggested to concentrate the future Capacity Building Program on such

areas as (i) Human Resources Development, (ii) Institutional & Financial strengthening,
data bases and GIS, the Sewerage System and its operation, and Environmental
Management. Accordingly,
14.5 Social Impact of the Project on People
14.5.1 Positive Impacts
Mostly people will benefit from installation of the sewerage as follows:

- Reduction of pollution in river Kuakhai

P187)
- Reduction of pollution in Gangua Nalah / Channel

- Elimination of stagnant sewage on roads and open low lands (ponds, lakes etc.).
- Elimination of sewage flow in storm water drains.
- Effective drainage of storm water in the city.
- Improvement of health and hygiene of the people in Bhubaneswar
- Prevention of health hazards like epidemics
- Prevention of the damage to property and life due to flood in the monsoon in
Bhubaneswar
- Economic growth in Bhubaneswar
- Improvement in the quality of life of the communities in Bhubaneswar
- Overall improvement of socio-economic status of the people of Bhubaneswar
14.5.2 Negative Social Impacts
No major negative impact is expected, in terms of land acquisition or relocation,

regarding implementation of Bhubaneswar sewerage improvement project. However, if
any relocation is needed then a relocation program/plan should be prepared according
to the JICA Guidelines. It should include public consensus, in particular with those who
are concerned with the relocation issue. In addition, the following negative effects may
be considered with respect of social environment of the project:
• If not planned properly, construction activities will cause traffic congestion and
inconvenience to public;
• The roads and pathways could be damaged causing inconvenience to the public and
may result in accidents. If the reinstatement of roads are delayed unduly, continuous
public inconvenience may result in public annoyance with project authorities;
• After completion of all construction activities, excess material and the debris, if not
removed would become a permanent eyesore and a hindrance to the activities of the
local residents.
• Labour force from adjoining rural and urban areas deployed on construction
activities, may continue to live in shacks near construction site even after completion
of construction converting the living quarters into unauthorised slums.
The mitigation measures for identified negative social impacts are given in table 14.2
Table 14.2: Mitigation Measures for Identified Negative Social Impacts
Impact Mitigation Measures

Construction activities on narrow roads, Trenchless technology should be used, as
railway and highway crossings will cause much as possible, across the railway and
traffic congestion and inconvenience to highway crossings to avoid traffic congestion
public

P187)
Impact Mitigation Measures

The roads and pathways could be The trenches dug while laying sewers should
damaged causing inconvenience to the be filled immediately after laying and joining of
public and may result in accidents. pipes in each segments of roads and path-
ways. Road reinstatement and replacement of
pathways should be done quickly to avoid
public inconvenience and road accidents
After completion of all construction During construction and after completion of the
activities, excess material and the debris, construction activities, construction material
if not removed would become a permanent should be stacked and stored properly and the
eyesore and a hindrance to the activities debris should be removed from the site
of the local residents periodically and disposed off in the designated
disposal sites.
Labour force from adjoining rural and Labour force deployed during the construction
urban areas deployed on construction phase should not be allowed to continue living
activities, may continue to live in shacks in near the sites after completion of the
near construction site even after consecution so that in course of time such
completion of construction converting the habitations does not get converted to a slum.
living quarters into unauthorised slums.
14.6 Land Acquisition and Resettlement Issues – Bhubaneswar
The identifiable land acquisition required for District VI, Bhubaneswar sewerage Project
and its status has been given in the following Table 14.3.
Table 14.3: Identification of Land Acquisition Requirements around Sewerage Dist. VI

Project area, Bhubaneswar and the Current Status
No. STP/LS/ Location Approx. Area Land to be Present Status

MPS/IPS Required (ha) Acquired from
Main Sewage
MSP at Land has been
1 Pumping Station 2.463 Private
Gadakana acquired
MPS
Pump
Sewage
House at Land to be transferred
2 Pumping Station 12 Existing PHED
11 RHS , from PHED to OWSSB
LLS
Nayapalli
3 Sewage Pumphouse 0.024 Private Under Process land
11
LLS – Large Lift Station Well Dia 5m
12
RHS – Rental Housing Scheme

P187)
No. STP/LS/ Location Approx. Area Land to be Present Status

MPS/IPS Required (ha) Acquired from
Pumping Station at acquisition proposed
13
SLS Chakesuani by OWSSB
LS-1, near
Sewage Under process
nalla of
4 Pumping Station Not Required Private land acquisition
14 Lumbini
MHPS proposed by OWSSB
Vihar
Pump
house near
5 Pumping Station 0.024 Private land acquisition
Damana
SLS proposed by OWSSB
High School
Sewage LS-1, Under process
Government
6 Pumping Station Prasanti 0.024 land alienation
SLS Vihar proposed by OWSSB
LS-2,
Shikhar- Government
7 Pumping Station 0.024 land alienation
SLS Chandi proposed by OWSSB
Nagar
PS-1 at Private
8 Pumping Station 0.033 land acquisition
Shree Vihar
MHPS proposed by OWSSB
New
Sewage Pumphouse Utkal University
9 Pumping Station at boundary 0.024 Utkal University agreed to spare the
MHPS of Vani land for the proposal
Vihar
Land acquired – to be
Sewage Rokat (near
handed over by
10 Treatment Plant Rajdhani 1.4987 Private
Revenue Dept. to
STP College)
OWSSB
14.7 Public Consultations with local Residents
Public Consultations with the local stakeholders in project area of Bhubaneswar have not been
carried out so far. The District VI has been identified to have mostly institutions and government
offices. However the consultations and awareness activities with the residents are part of the
13
SLS - Small Lift Station Well dia < 5m
14
MHPS - Manhole Pumping Station

P187)
social development and public awareness component of the project and are to be carried out
throughout the project implementation.
It is recommended, as a part of the decision making, different stakeholders should be
involved in the consultation. All consultation should be open to all interested parties and
mechanisms to contribute views should be in place. By this project almost all members
of the society are going to be benefitted. All the wards of BMC are to be covered by
public consultation. The stakeholders and/or the participants in the public consultation
can be identified as follows:
• Residents of the area
• Representatives of different cultural and religious institutions located in the project
area
• Elected ward councillors
• Representatives of different civil society groups located in the Project area
• Representatives of different slum dwellers associations in the Project area
• Representatives of different schools/college/universities in the Project area
Bhubaneswar Municipal Corporation (BMC) will play an important role in the public
consultation. They should organize the meetings in different wards and make people
aware of the project to create a better and healthier environment. They will also hold
meeting in slums to sensitize the slum dwellers. The civil societies will facilitate and
create interest of people to come to the public consultations. PMC / OWSSB will co-
ordinate the public consultations and make presentation on the project.
14.8 Service Level Benchmarks
The National Service Level Benchmarks published by MoUD for sewerage systems vis-
à-vis the proposed outcome after the project implementation is presented below;
Indicators Benchmark Current Status As per After implementation

Gazette Notification of GoO of the project
No.628 dt.31.12.2012
Coverage of Toilets 100% 67.5 100%
Coverage of Sewerage Network 100% 53.7 100%
Collection efficiency of Sewerage Network 100% 80 100%
Adequacy of Sewage Treatment Capacity 100% 0 100%
Quality of Sewage Treatment 100% 0 100%
Extent of Reuse and Recycling of Sewage 20% 0 5%
Extent of cost recovery in waste water 100% 32.6 100%
management
Efficiency in redressal of customer 80% 96.5 80%
complaints
Efficiency in Collection of Sewage Water 90% 67 90%
Charges

Bhubaneswar City (Sewerage Dist-VI) under JICA Assisted Economic Analysis & Project
Odisha Integrated Sanitation Improvement Project (ID-P187) Implementation
Chapter 15
15. Economic Analysis and Project Implementation
15.1 General
This Chapter summarizes the basis upon which the costs for the Sewerage works in
District VI, Bhubaneswar were developed and the resulting capital and operation and
maintenance costs associated with the project.
Compared to the provisions in the original DPR and SAPROF Reports, the length of
sewer needed to cover the entire project area has increased from the original estimate of
97 Km to 259 Km. This has also increased project costs. As a result, the project has
been divided into 2 Phases. The first phase will include the original 100Km of sewer,
Nos. sewerage and associated pumping stations, rising mains and treatment plant.
Phase 2 will include the remaining sewers. No.s of pumping station and associated
rising mains. Cost have been worked out for each phase
The Chapter also includes the Work Plan that will be used to schedule the Phase 1 work
over the 3 year construction period and the cost disbursement and escalation over the
construction period.
The sewerage works are divided into two types of constructions packages. One is based
on Item Rates and the other is based on Turnkey Lump Sum. The Item Rate contract
includes the gravity sewers and the rising mains. The Turnkey Lump Sum contract
includes the sewerage pumping stations, treatment plants and the trenchless work for
sewers and rising mains. Each is described separately below.
15.2 Item Rate Contract
The estimated costs for the Item Rate contract are based on an Analysis of Rates and a
Bill of Quantities. The Analysis of Rates prepared for items of works in Bhubaneswer
sewerage District-V, include gravity sewers, rising mains and associated appurtenances.
The analysis of rates has been proposed based on the guiding principles laid down in
Odisha PWD and PHD Schedule Of Rates and analysis of rates considering the
followings.
1. Basic cost of construction materials.

2. Lead statement of different materials.

3. Rate of transportation/conveyance of different materials.
4. Rates of labour.
5. Hire charges of plants and machineries.
Wherever the basic rates or references for the basic rates are not available in the OPWD
Analysis of Rates, rates have been adapted from other equivalent documents including
Schedule of Rates by Orissa Public Health Department, Government Departments of
other states and Analysis of Rates by the Central Public Works Department, New Delhi
(by suitably updating such rates).
For RCC and DI pipes separate calculations for basic pipe rates, transportation and
lowering, laying, jointing, testing and commissioning are made. Basic pipe rates are
based on the available market costs.
Overhead charges @ 10% over the basic cost of material of labour cost, and 10%
overhead charges extra on stone products has been added in the analysis of item of civil
construction works. For item of works over head charges @ 12.5% over the labure cost
only has been added as per the Odisha PH analysis of rates.
Sundries as applicable has also been added in the respective items as given in the
analysis of rates
Beside the above, Labour cess @1% have been added to the above cost to arrive at the
final unit cost of the items.
The different items of works are listed below and the estimated cost is enclosed at the
end of this chapter.
1. Site Clearance Works
2. Excavation & back filling of trenches.
a. Road Cutting
b. Excavation in different of soils and rock
c. Filling of the trench with sand
d. Filling of the trench with excavated materials
e. Disposal of surplus material
3. Masonry Work
a. Brick masonry work

b. Stone masonry work

4. Concrete Work
a. Plain concrete work

b. Reinforced Cement Concrete work
5. Reinforcement work (Complete installation)
• Supply of MS reinforcement bars for binding wires.

• Cutting, bending, binding & placing in position.
6. Finishing Work
a. Plastering work
b. Flooring work
c. Pointing work
d. Cement Punning
7. Pipeline Works
a. Supply, lowering, laying, jointing testing, commissioning of RCC pipe lines

b. Supply, lowering, laying, jointing, testing, commissioning of DI-K9 pipe lines
c. Manholes (of different diameters and depths)
d. Sewer connecting chamber (of different diameters and depths)
e. Inspection Chambers and House Connecting Sewers
f. Air Valve Chambers
g. Sluice Valve Chambers
h. Supply, provide, jointing, testing, commissioning of Air Valves
i. Supply, provide, jointing, testing, commissioning of Sluice Valves
8. Other Misc. Works
a. Dismantling
b. Dewatering
c. Relocation of utilities
d. Road restoration work
15.3 Turnkey Contract
For the Turnkey portions of the project, often called Design/Build/Operate, the contractor
will be responsible for taking the Drawings and the Specifications in the Tender
Documents and completing the design, constructing the facilities and operating them for

7 years. The components of the sewerage system covered in the Turnkey Contract are
pumping stations, treatment plants and the pipes to be constructed by trenchless
technology methods. The method for developing costs for each category is described
below:
Pumping Stations: There are three types of pumping stations that will be constructed in
Sewerage District VI, Bhubaneswar. They include Main Pumping Station, Small Lift
Stations and Manhole Pump Stations. Costs were developed for structures, equipment
and site development work for each type of pump station and combined for a total costs.
The cost estimates for each type of pump station are summarised in Tables 15.18(A-L)
& 15.22 (A-L).
Treatment Plants: One sewage treatment plant to be built in Bhubaneswar will be of the
Standard Activated Sludge type with anaerobic digestion. Actual construction costs for
similar plants built recently in India have been collected. The plant data are included in
Table 15.1. The cost data are plotted on Figure 15.1 in terms of costs per MLD and a
trend curve is drawn through the data points.
Table 15.1: Treatment Plant Capital Costs
ANALYSIS FOR CONTINUAL ACTIVATED SLUDGE SEWERAGE TREATMENT PLANTS CONTSTRUCTION COST
Cost of Construction INR Crore

Sr. Name/Location of Capacity Treatment
Owner Cost Per MLD
No. STP (MLD) Technology Year Total Cost Cost Per MLD
2011
PWD WSSD
1 Gurgaon 20 ASP 2008 23 1.14 1.20
Haryana
2 Massagai 25 ASP 2008 30 1.22 1.30
Najafgarh Road, PWD WSSD

3 25 ASP 2008 31 1.23 1.30
Bahadurgarh Haryana
4 Kashipur 50 ASP 2008 53 1.05 1.10
Delhi Jal
5 Keshopur 53 ASP 2008 57 1.08 1.20
Board
Yamuna Vihar,
6 Delhi Jal Board 114 ASP 2007 100 0.88 1.00
Delhi
Delhi Jal
7 Okhla 136 AS + Power 2007 124 0.91 1.00
Board
Kondli Delhi (not Delhi Jal

8 205 ASP 2008 191 0.93 1.00
referred in the chart) Board

Figure 15.1: Cost Curve for Treatment Plants
STP Cost: Activated Sludge Process with Anarobic Digestion

1.7
1.6
1.5
Cost in Cr. / MLD
1.4
1.3
1.2
1.1
0.9
0.8
0.7
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
STP Capacity - MLD
Trenchless Technology: The rates for microtunnelling and pipe jacking for different
diameter for sewer installations from 300mm to 1000mm dia have been worked out
based on rates used in Singapore and Maharashtra State. Rates have also been worked
out, based on the procedure out lined in the Chapter on Trenchless Technology. Figure
15.2 shows the resulting cost curves. The corresponding trend lines for each rate graphs
are also plotted in the graph. Based on the graphs (except the cost of man holes) the
sewer installation by micro tunnelling and pipe jacking method has been worked out for
different sizes of sewers. The cost estimates are presented in Table 15.2.

Figure 15.1: Cost Curve for Trenchless Technology

Table 15.2: Trenchless Technology Cost Estimate
Diameter wise Length & Cost
Item of Work 150mm 200mm 250mm 300mm 350mm 400mm
Gravity Sewers 0 180m 131m 609m 90m 154.5m
Sewer Crossings
Pumping 0 0 0 0 0 0
Diameter wise total length 0 180 131 609 90 154.5
Unit Costs (Rs./ M length) Rs. 38,000 Rs. 40,000 Rs. 43,000 Rs. 45,000 Rs. 46,500 Rs. 48,000
Diameter wise cost 0 7200000 5633000 27405000 4185000 7416000
Diameter wise Length & Cost

1800mm
Item of Work 600mm 700mm 800mm 1100mm 1400mm
Gravity Sewers 60m 60m 160m 42.5m 207.5m 64m
Sewer Crossings 0 0 0 0 0 0
Pumping
Diameter wise total

length 60 60 160 42.5 207.5 64
Unit Costs (Rs. / M

length) Rs. 54,000 Rs. 58,000 Rs. 70,000 Rs. 85,700 Rs. 1,03,000 Rs. 1,28,500
Diameter wise cost Rs. 32,40,000 Rs. 34,80,000 Rs. 1,12,00,000 Rs. 36,42,250 Rs. 2,13,72,500 Rs. 82,24,000
Rs. 10,29,97,750
Total Cost of Trenchless Work
Survey, Investigation, Design & Drawings Rs. 24,65,550

15.4 Operation and Maintenance Costs
The operation and maintenance (O&M) costs for sewers, rising mains, pumping stations
and treatment plants have been estimated and are included in the Table 15.3. The costs
were developed separately for labour, materials, power and equipment based on guidance
in the NRCD O&M manual.
Table 15.3: Annual Operation and Maintenance Costs
Sr.
Description Capital Cost O & M Cost Reference
No.
Sewers and Rising Mains
Cost of Civil Work gravity, trenchless & 2220014305
pumping mains
7770050
O & M Cost for Civil work 0.35 % PMC
Cost of Sewer Cleaning Equipment 24382840

Cost of Maintenance of Sewer Cleaning 1828713
Equipment @ 7.5%
A Total 9598763
Pumping Stations
Cost of Civil Work 61815090 PMC rate analysis
Cost of E & M Works 117128267 PMC rate analysis
Cost of maintenance of civil works @ 0.35 % 216353 PMC
Cost of maintenance of E & M works @ 7.5 % 8784620 PMC
Annual Staff expenditures 2832000 Table 15.3.a
Annual Energy Expenditures 11526408 Table 15.3.b
B O & M cost for P/S 23359381
Sewerage Treatment Plants

STP Total Cost 815529379 PMC
Annual Staff expenditures 4488000 Table 15.3.a
Annual Energy Charges 18148061 PMC
O & M cost Break
Annual Maintenance Repair & Consumables 4180800
up
C O & M cost for STPs 26816861
Total Annual O & M Cost 59775005

Table 15.2.a: Staffing Plan

Sewerage Treatment Plant
Monthly
Sr. No. Staff 48 MLD Total Rate Expenditure
1 Executive Engineers 0 0 0
Assistant Executive
2 Engineer (E & M) 0 0 0
Assistant Executive
3 Engineer (C) 0 0 0
Junior Engineers (E &
4 M) 2 2 25000 50000
5 Junior Engineers (C) 1 1 25000 25000
6 Sr. Analyst (Chemist) 0 0 21000 0
Asst. Analyst (Asst.
7 Chemist) 1 1 18000 18000
8 Fitter Mistry 2 2 18000 36000
9 Electrician Grade 1 1 1 15000 15000
10 Electrician 2nd Class 3 3 12000 36000
11 Jr. Accountant 0 0 9000 0
12 S. Clerk 1 1 12000 12000
13 Jr. Clerk 1 1 9000 9000
14 Jr. Steno 0 0 9000 0
15 Lab Assistant 2 2 18000 36000
16 Lab Attendant 0 0 6000 0
17 Operators 5 5 12000 60000
18 Gardener 1 1 6000 6000
19 Peon 1 1 6000 6000
20 Sweeper 3 3 5000 15000
21 Labor (Beldars) 10 10 5000 50000
Total monthly 374000
Annual expenditure 4488000
Yearly
Break Up Year -1 Year -2 Year -3 Year -4 Year -5 Year -6 Year -7
Connection
Break Up 60% 60% 60% 60% 100% 100% 100%
Amount 2692800 2692800 2692800 2692800 4488000 4488000 4488000

Pump Station
Monthly
Rate
Sr. No. Staff Total Expenditure
In Rs.
in Rs.
Assistant Executive Engineer (E
1 1 0 0
& M)
2 Assistant Executive Engineer (C) 1 0 0
3 Junior Engineers (E & M) 1 25000 50000
4 Junior Engineers (C) 1 25000 25000
5 Fitter Mistry 3 18000 54000
6 Electrician Grade 1 0 15000 15000
8 Electrician 2nd Class 2 12000 24000
9 Operators 12 12000 48000
10 Sweeper 6 5000 20000
Total monthly 2,36,000
Annual expenditure Rs. 28,32,000

Yearly
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7
Breakup
Connection
60% 60% 60% 60% 100% 100% 100%
Break up
Amount 1699200 1699200 169200 169200 2832000 2832000 2832000

Table 15.2.b Annual Energy Cost for Pumping Stations
Annual Energy Cost for Pumping Stations of Bhubaneswar SD VI
Pumping Pumping POWER Daily Annual

Constructio Discharge Each No of pumps Total Load Running Unit Rate in
Sl No Station Station Head in Mtr Voltage Phase REQD in KWH energy cost Energy cost
n Phase in Lps Pump HP to be Installed in KW Hours Rs.
Type No KVA in RS. in RS.
1 PS PS-RHS 1 1.89 7.35 12.5 2 415 3 35 29.75 18 535.5 4.00 2142.00 781830.00
2 MPS MPS 1 1396.47 17.69 145 4 415 3 780 663 18 11934 4.00 47736.00 17423640.00
4 SLS SLS-1 1 13.98 26.99 5 2 415 3 12 10.2 18 183.6 4.00 734.40 268056.00
5 MHPS MHPS-2 1 1.60 3.97 1.5 2 415 3 5 4.25 18 76.5 4.00 306.00 111690.00
6 MHPS MHPS-3 1 3.41 8.03 1.5 2 415 3 5 4.25 18 76.5 4.00 306.00 111690.00
7 SLS SLS-2 1 221.69 21.84 37 3 415 3 120 102 18 1836 4.00 7344.00 2680560.00
8 MHPS MHPS-5 1 20.24 19.07 5 2 415 3 15 12.75 18 229.5 4.00 918.00 335070.00
10 SLS SLS-3 1 38.77 29.70 10 3 415 3 35 29.75 18 535.5 4.00 2142.00 781830.00
11 MHPS MHPS-4 1 27.75 26.80 10 2 415 3 25 21.25 18 382.5 4.00 1530.00 558450.00
Yearly Break Total Energy
Up Year -1 Year -2 Year -3 Year -4 Year -5 Year -6 Year -7 Cost 23052816.00
Connection
Break Up
20% 40% 60% 80% 100% 100% 100% Diversity Factor 0.5
KWH Break Up
576320.4 1152640.8 1728961.2 2305281.6 2881602 2881602 2881602 Cost with Diversity 11526408.00

15.5 Work Plan
15.5.1 Phasing Plan
The amount of the JICA loan that will fund the construction was based on the Detailed
Project Report (DPR) for Sewerage District VI, Bhubaneswar prepared by OWSSB
assistance with IIT, Roorkee in the year 2006 and the subsequent SAPROF Report. The
DPR (2006) and SAPROF provided for 97Kms of gravity Sewers. During the survey
carried out by PMC in 2010-11, a significant increase in the road length has been
confirmed. The increase is primarily due to the following reasons;
1. Inclusion of new roads with habitations alongside which have come up in

between 2005-06 and 2010-11.
2. In consideration to the recently published land use plan and road networks of
comprehensive development plan of the development Authority.
3. A significant number of new lanes and by lanes are added to the collection
network with an objective to maximize accessibility for house connections.
Hence, based on the survey carried out in 2010-11, the length of Sewers has
significantly increased from the original estimate of 97 Km to 259Km., resulting increase
in the Project Cost.
In view of the above and considering the provisions of the JICA loan, the collection
system is proposed to be implemented in two phases. Phase-I will cover 100Kms of
sewer network with trenchless works, 9 no.s of sewerage pumping stations, Treatments
Plants for intermediate stage (up to 2021) which will be executed under JICA loan
assistance. The remaining portion of work, which includes about 159Kms of sewers.
5Km of rising main & 10 sewage pumping stations will be taken up in Phase-II with
separate funding. The major portions of the sewers are small sized peripheral sewers,
mainly laterals and branch sewers. Out of the 10 pump stations in phase II, one is lift
station and the rest nine are Manhole Pumping Stations.
The Sewage Treatment Plants proposed to be constructed under phase-I cover the flow
to be generated from Phase-II implementation of Sewers.
It is important that the works proposed in Phase-II are implemented concurrently with
Phase-I and both phases have to be integrated for achieving the desired project output.
The reason being;
1. The Phase I sewer network alone cannot collect and transport the designed
sewerage flow to the STPs. Hence the capacity of the STPs will remain under
utilized without implementation of Phase II.
2. Without implementation of Phase II, the estimated no. of house connections cannot
be achieved. Hence the Phase I sewer network cannot collect the designed sewage
flow, and will remain under utilized resulting in silting and disfunctioning in due
course.

It is evident from the above that, without Phase-II works, the desired number of house
connections cannot be achieved and the proposed sewerage system may not reach its
designed utilization level. Hence, immediate steps are to be taken for arrangement of
separate funding for implementation of Phase-II under a separate construction package.
The remaining Sewage Treatment Plant capacities for the intermediate year 2025 and
ultimate design year (2045), can be constructed subsequently upon completion of the
treatment plant for the year 2025.
The detailed phasing plan of proposed works is given in Table 15.3, 15.5A & B
Table 15.3 Detailed Phasing Plan of Proposed Work
Phasing of Works
Sl
Name of works Unit Phase I Phase II Total
No.
1 Gravity Sewers (dia wise)
150mm m 24995.6 92309.4 117305
200mm m 22868 43218.8 66086.8
250mm m 5088.4 10452.1 15540.5
300mm m 6013.4 4472.8 10486.2
350mm m 8015.5 2200.3 10215.8
400mm m 13469.1 2818.4 16287.5
450mm m 593.2 538.6 1131.8
500mm m 1246.5 928.9 2175.4
600mm m 3398.9 1607.7 5006.6
700mm m 3255.7 0 3255.7
800mm m 3864.1 0 3864.1
900mm m 1124.7 0 1124.7
1000mm m 1299.4 0 1299.4
1100mm m 1564.7 0 1564.7
1200mm m 1091 0 1091
1400mm m 1661 0 1661
1800mm m 872 0 872
Total m 100421.2 158547.00 258968.2
2 Manhole Chamber (dia wise)
900mm No 1427 3597 5025
1200mm No 625 862 1486
1500mm No 1237 1092 2343
1800mm No 137 0 123
2100mm No 50 0 50
2400mm No 32 0 32
9059
Total No 3508 5551

Phasing of Works
Sl
No.
3 Sewer Connection Chamber
900mm No 3000 6622 9622
1200mm No 1339 1533 2872
1500mm No 665 168 848
1800mm No 215 0 200
2100mm No 32 0 32
Total No 5251 8323 13574
4 Inspection chamber
600 x 600 x 900 mm size No 20997 33295 54292
5 House Sewer (From Inspection chamber to Sewer Connection Chamber)
150mm dia. m 62992 99885 162877
6 Sewage Pumping Station
Main Pumping Station
No 1 0 1
(New)
Existing Pumping Station No 1 0 1
Lift Station 5 1 4
Man Hole Pumping
No 2 9 13
Station
Total No 9 10 19
7 Rising Main
100 mm m 715 1283 1998
150 mm m 1390 200 1590
200 mm m 2757 3665 6422
250 mm m 0 0 0
300 mm m 0 0 0
350 mm m 0 0 0
400 mm m 750 0 750
450 mm m 0 0 0
500 mm m 0 0 0
600 mm m 0 0 0
700 mm m 0 0 0
800 mm m 0 0 0
900 mm m 0 0 0
1000 mm m 684 0 684
Total M 6296 5148 11444
8 Air valve chamber (Rectangular)
1000mm x 1000mm No. 9 9 18
1200mm x 1200mm No. 2 0 2

Phasing of Works
Sl
No.
Total No. 11 9 20
9 Sluice valve chamber (Rectangular)
1000 mm x 1000mm No. 14 20 34
1200 mm x 1200mm No. 4 0 4
Total No. 18 0 38
10 Pipe laying by Trenchless Method
150mm m 0 0 0
200mm m 180 0 180
250mm m 131 0 131
300mm m 609 0 609
350mm m 90 0 90
400mm m 154.5 0 154.5
450mm m 0 0 0
500mm m 0 0 0
600mm m 60 0 60
700mm m 60 0 60
800mm m 160 0 160
900mm m 0 0 0
1000mm m 0 0 0
1100mm m 42.5 0 42.5
1200mm m 0 0 0
1300mm m 0 0 0
1400mm m 207.5 0 207.5
1800mm m 64 0 64
Total M 1758.5 0 1758.5
11 Sewage Treatment plant
STP (48mld) No. 1 0 1

15.5.2 Implementation Plan (Phase-I):
In order to understand how the Phase-I works, will be scheduled over the three year
period a Work Plan was developed as shown in Table 15.6. The three year period is
adequate to complete the Phase 1 work including the treatment plants, pumping
stations, rising mains and 100 Km of sewers including the trenchless technology work.
From an economic point of view it is also important to schedule the payments as well as
the work. This has also been done for the project considering that the Contractors will
receive an advance payment of 10% of the contract value and purchase large long lead
equipment early in the project. A summary of the work progress and disbursement of
funds is included in Table 15.4. The Project is scheduled to be completed by December
2016.
Table 15.4 Physical Progress and Disbursement of Funds
Category Financial Disbursement %
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3
Physical Progress 20 40 40
Disbursement of Funds 30 35 35
15.6 Summary of Cost Estimates.
The below table 15.5 summarises the cost estimates for the project.
Detailed Project Report for Sewerage System in Bhubaneswar District VI

Summary of Cost Abstract
Sewerage Improvement in Bhubaneswar Sewerage District VI
A. Loan Eligible Portion
a. Works Component
Engineer’s Office, Temporary Diversion Roads, Insurances, Dispute
1 640.70
Board
2 Sewer Laying Works (100.2 Kms, RCC NP3) 150-1800 mm dia 19270.40
3 Sewer House Connections (20997 Nos) 2460.00
4 Rising mains (6.29 Kms, DI-K-9) 469.74
5 Sewer using Trenchless technology by Design Build (1.75 Kms) 1166.06
6 Sewer Cleaning Equipment (5 Nos 1000Lts to 6000 Lts and one CCTV) 243.83
7 Pumping Stations (9 Nos)- 228 HP 1558.88
8 Sewage Treatment Plant (48 MLD) 8155.29
Sub-Total 33964.90
9 Social Development and Public Awareness Component 515.50

10 Engineering & Project Management Consulting Services (5% of 1 to 8) 1698.25

11 Physical Contingencies (5.7%) 1934.30
Sub-Total 4148.05
Sub Total (I) 38112.95
b. Cost Escalations
12 Cost Escalation 2602.69
Sub Total (II) 2602.69
Total A (I + II) 40715.64
B. Loan Non Eligible Component
1 Administrative Cost @ 5% 2035.78
2 WCT, Service tax, Cess etc @ 6% 2442.94
Project Clearances ( Railways,PWD,CESU, PHEO, OSPCB, Forest,
3 1427.00
NHAI etc
4 Operation & Maintenance of Sewers, STP & Pumping Stations for 7 years 4278.18
5 Cost for Land Acquisition/ Alienation 2500.00
Total(B) 12683.90
GRAND TOTAL(A+B) 53399.54

Detailed Project Report for Sewerage System in Work Schedule for District VI, Bhubaneswar Project
District VI, Bhubaneswar under JICA Assisted Orissa Integrated
TABLE 15.4A - WORK SCHEDULE FOR PHASE I of DISTRICT VI, BHUBANESWAR SEWERAGE PROJECT
YEAR 1 YEAR 2 YEAR 3
SL Activity
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
LAYING OF GRAVITY SEWERS
LAYING OF GRAVITY SEWERS
i Zone 1A (34,562 M)
1
ii Zone 1B (3,390M)
iii Zone 2 (22,691 M)
iv Zone 3 (39,559 M)
Sewerage Treatment Plant ( 48 MLD)
2 i Designing & Detailing
ii Construction & Installation
RISING MAIN INSTALLATION (5,524 M)

3
Pipes Procurement & Installation
SEWAGE PUMPING STATIONS
Designing & Detailing
Construction & Installation

4
i Lift Station
ii Man Hole Pumping Station
iii Installation
Electrical Service/Distribution Equipment
5 i Transformers & Distribution Equipment Procurement
ii Equipment Installation:
TEC Consortium – Engineering and Project Management Consultants Page 223 A

Table 15.6 O & M Costs (At 6% rate of annual escalation) - Costs in Crore Rupees
Description 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 7Yrs O 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045
&M
Sewers and 0.96 1.02 1.08 1.14 1.21 1.28 1.36 8.06 1.44 1.53 1.62 1.72 1.82 1.93 2.05 2.17 2.30 2.44 2.58 2.74 2.90 3.08 3.26 3.46 3.67 3.89 4.12 4.37 4.63 4.91 5.20 5.55
Rising Mains
Pumping 2.34 2.48 2.62 2.78 2.95 3.13 3.31 19.61 3.51 3.72 3.95 4.18 4.43 4.70 4.98 5.28 5.60 5.93 6.29 6.67 7.07 7.49 7.94 8.42 8.92 9.46 10.03 10.63 11.26 11.94 12.66 13.42
Stations
Sewerage 2.68 2.84 3.01 3.19 3.39 3.59 3.80 22.51 4.03 4.27 4.53 4.80 5.09 5.40 5.72 6.06 6.43 6.81 7.22 7.65 8.11 8.60 9.12 9.66 10.24 10.86 11.51 12.20 12.93 13.71 14.53 15.40
Treatment
Plants
Total O & M 5.98 6.34 6.72 7.12 7.55 8.0 8.48 50.17 8.99 8.53 10.10 10.70 11.35 12.03 12.75 13.51 14.33 15.18 16.10 17.06 18.0919.1720.32 20.54 20.83 24.20 25.65 27.19 28.83 30.56 32.39 34.33
Cost
Sewers and Rising Main - Total O & M Cost 2015 - 2021 8

Pumping Stations - Total O & M Cost 2015 - 2021 20
Sewerage Treatment Plants - Total O & M Cost 2015 -
2021 23
Total O & M Cost (for 7 years) 2015 - 2021 50
Total O & M Cost 2015 - 2030 153
Total O & M Cost 2030 - 2045 353
Total O & M Cost

507

15.7 Cost Estimates
The phase I works are to be implemented in 3 years and Phase II in 2 years. Below
is the summary of Cost Estimates (Rupees in Crores) for the proposed works.
Scope of Work Phase I Phase II Total
A. Loan Eligible Component
Engineer’s Office, Temporary Diversion Roads, 6.41 15.60 22.01

Insurances, Dispute Board
Sewer Laying 192.7 165.62 358.32
Sewer House Connections 24.6 38.64 63.24
Rising mains 4.7 2.54 7.24
Sewer using Trenchless technology by Design 11.66 0.00 11.66

Build
Sewer Cleaning Equipment 2.44 0.00 2.44
Pumping Stations 15.58 2.30 17.88
Sewage Treatment Plant 81.55 0.00 81.55
Sub Total 339.64 224.70 564.34

Social Development and Public Awareness 5.16 7.10 12.26
Component
Engineering & Project Management Consulting 16.98 11.80 28.78
Services (5% of 1 to 8)
19.34 11.24 30.58
Physical Contingencies
Sub Total 41.48 30.14 71.62
Sub Total(i) 381.12 254.84 635.96
Cost Escalation 26.02 10.19 36.21
Sub Total(ii) 26.02 10.19 36.21
Total(A) 407.15 265.03 672.18
B. Loan Non Eligible Component
Administrative Cost @ 5 % 20.35 12.89 33.24
WCT, Service tax, Cess etc 24.42 20.63 45.05

Project Clearances ( Railways, PWD,CESU, 14.27 0.0 14.27
PHEO, OSPCB, Forest, NHAI etc
Operation & Maintenance of Sewers, STP & 42.78 7.0 49.78
Pumping Stations
25.00 2.0 27.0
Cost for Land Acquisition/ Alienation
Total(B) 126.83 42.52 169.35
Grand Total (A + b) 533.99 307.55 841.54

15.8 Project Economic and Financial Evaluation
Estimates of the Financial Internal Rate of Return (FIRR) and the Economic Internal
Rate of Return (EIRR) for Bhubaneswar Sewerage District VI were up-dated based
on the approach used in the SAPROF Report (2007).
A project life of 40 years was used for both analyses and the impact of inflation was
excluded from the EIRR and FIRR calculations as costs and benefits were taken in
constant prices. The domestic currency (Indian Rupee) at the domestic price level
was used for the analysis.
An additional analysis was carried out considering annual inflation at 5% for both the
costs and benefits.
In the financial analysis (FIRR) revenue from sewage connection charges and
monthly sewerage tariffs represent the financial benefits. The project capital and
O&M costs, excluding interest during the construction period and price contingencies,
represent the project costs for the FIRR calculation.
In the economic analysis (EIRR) only quantifiable benefits were taken into account,
whereas many of the potential benefits of improving the sewage treatment and
disposal system as well as the drainage system were not readily quantifiable in
economic terms. Those economic benefits which were quantified are described
below. Since the project is designed to contribute to the public welfare many of the
community and environmental benefits are not captured in the economic analysis
and therefore the results are conservative in terms of showing benefits.
15.8.1 Affordability
Based on results of the survey reported in the SAPROF Report, the weighted
average monthly household water supply and sewerage charges in Bhubaneswar
currently account for Rs 40 and Rs 19 respectively, including slum areas. With the
weighted average monthly household income being Rs 11,665, the water and
sewerage charges in Bhubaneswar account for 0.6% of the household income, which
is less than the 5% threshold usually taken by international donor agencies for
evaluation of affordability. Analysis of the data obtained from the respondents living
in slum areas shows that their average monthly income is Rs 3,513 and they pay Rs
3 for water supply. Water charges account for less than 0.1% of the total income.
There were no sewer charges.
These results show that the average household in the city theoretically should be
able to afford the current charges and could even sustain some increase in monthly
tariffs. Financial performance of the water supply and sewerage systems in
Bhubaneswar is currently weak. As reported in the SAPROF report, only 30% of the
O&M costs are recovered through the tariffs and only 16% of the sewerage costs are
recovered.
Based in part on this conclusion the State Government is proposing new water and
sewer connection fees and monthly tariffs. These new rates have been used in the
first year in the financial and economic analysis and increased thereafter as

described below. Further the new rates are accompanied by revised regulations that
require connections to the systems. This approach goes a long way in addressing the
issue of willingness to pay, because now there will be no choice about connecting to
the local sewers.
15.8.2 Financial Internal Rate of Return (FIRR)
The financial model provided in Appendix 15.8.1 and summarized in Table 15.8.1
shows that, in the foreseeable future, the revenues generated by the sewerage
system will still be insufficient to recover the full capital financing and O&M costs for
the project.
The financial model shows that with the monthly tariff of Rs 20 and the connection
fee of Rs 1,500 the sewerage system will not operate close to the breakeven point in
terms of recovery of the O&M cost (excluding depreciation and financing cost).
However if the tariff in increase incrementally to Rs.50 in 2015 and Rs.150 in 2020
than the O&M costs would be covered starting in 2020.
The 100% recovery of the O&M costs should be set as a financial target and would
represent a substantial step forward compared to the present situation. In order to
achieve this target, the monthly sewerage tariffs need to be increased and noted
above.
A financial analysis was also completed considering escalation with an annual
inflation rate of 5%. The results are similar to the FIRR in that the O&M costs are
covered starting in 2019 and beyond.
15.8.3 Economic Internal Rate of Return (EIRR)
The financial analysis is used to help build the business model for the water and
sewer utility while the economic analysis adds other benefits related to health and the
environment. Adding these benefits illustrates the overall community value of
investing in sewer infrastructure. For this economic analysis only health benefits were
quantify and therefore as noted above the results are conservative in showing the
benefits of the project.
The health benefits were estimated based on the economic losses related to the
incidence of waterborne and water-related diseases (e.g. typhoid, hepatitis,
dysentery, gastroenteritis, cholera and others). The total loss was divided into three
elements:
1. Productive Time Lost Due to Illness and Early Mortality. The Human Development
Report 2004 published by the Government of Orissa which was conducted in Orissa
by the Administrative Staff College of India in 1999, used the figure of 381
person-years lost per 1,000 of the population. The share of the person-years lost
due to all waterborne and water-related diseases was estimated at 20%, which
resulted in 76 person-years per 1,000 of the population. This in turn results in
approximately 15,400 person-years for District VI of Bhubaneswar, assuming the
baseline population of the District to be 203,000.With the average gross domestic
income per capita in India being about USD 620 (2004, World Bank) and using the
exchange rate of Rs 44.3 per USD 1, the economic cost of productive time lost

due to illness and early mortality cased by waterborne and water-related diseases
was estimated for District VI of Bhubaneswar as Rs 423 million.
2. Public Medical Expenditures. The public medical expenditures of Bhubaneswar

Municipal Corporation (BMC) were estimated based on the Budget Estimate for the
BMC for the 2006-07 fiscal years, which were planned in the amount of Rs 15.2 million
for wages and salaries and Rs 2.7 million for medicine. In addition, Rs 140.0 million
were estimated to be spent in Bhubaneswar from the State Budget (calculated pro rata
using the State Budget 2005-06 total expenditure on health and family welfare in the
amount of Rs 7,406.7 million and the total Orissa population of 37 million as per
Census 2001 compared to the city population of 0.71 million same year or 1.9%).
Since there are no reliable statistics on this matter, assuming that only 20% of all
public medical expenditures can be attributed to treatment of the waterborne and
water-related diseases, the total relevant public medical expenditures were
estimated as Rs 32 million for the whole city or Rs 8 million for District VI.
3. Personal Medical Expenditures The personal medical expenditures were estimated

based on data in the SAPROF Report. Since the weighted average medical
expenditure was Rs 917 per household per month, the total annual personal
medical expenditures for the population of District VI of Bhubaneswar were
estimated as Rs 451 million a year, assuming the number of households in the
District to be 41,000 (5 persons per household on average). Again, assuming that only
20% of this figure can be attributed to treatment of the waterborne and water-
related diseases, the total relevant personal medical expenditures were estimated
as Rs 90 million.
Finally, assuming that the sewerage project itself will reduce the incidence of the
waterborne and water-related deceases by 40% as reported in the SAPROF Report,
the total baseline economic health benefits were estimated as Rs. 208 million per
year, calculated as 40% x (Rs423 + Rs 8 + Rs 90). The figure of 40% as the
achievable reduction was taken for the EIRR calculation based on the World
Development Report: Investing in Health (World Bank, 1993) which provided the
achievable reduction figure of 40% for diarrhoea and intestinal worm infections.
The EIRR calculated for this component of the project under the above assumptions
is 7 % shown in Table 15.8.2, which proves the economic feasibility of the
Bhubaneswar (District VI) Sewerage System.
As noted above a number of non-quantifiable economic benefits were not taken into
account while calculating the EIRR, such as for instance, agricultural benefits,
downstream drinking water supply benefits, other positive environmental impacts,
increase of value of land and real estate in the city, road improvement, enhanced
opportunity for business development, growth of the tourism sector and more.

District VI, Bhubaneswar under JICA Assisted Orissa Integrated
Table 15.8.1 Financial IRR for Sewerage Projects in Bhubaneswar

(Rs. millions, in constant prices)
Inflow Outflow New Flow
Year Revenue Capital Cost O&M Cost Total Outflow
2010 0 35 0 35 (35)
2011 0 18 0 18 (18)
2012 0 21 0 21 (21)
2013 0 1,112 0 1112 (1,112)
2014 0 2,084 0 2084 (2,084)
2015 0 2,398 0 2398 (2,398)
2016 100 1,334 36 1370 (1,270)
2017 68 0 38 38 30
2018 90 0 41 41 49
2019 95 0 44 44 52
2020 101 0 46 46 54
2021 106 0 49 49 57
2022 115 0 52 52 63
2023 147 0 54 54 92
2024 156 0 57 57 99
2025 169 0 60 60 109
2026 184 0 62 62 122
2027 198 0 64 64 134
2028 246 0 66 66 179
2029 263 0 68 68 194
2030 280 0 71 71 210
2031 295 0 73 73 223
2032 312 0 75 75 237
2033 374 0 77 77 297
2034 394 0 79 79 315
2035 417 0 82 82 335
2036 437 0 84 84 353
2037 458 0 86 86 372
2038 538 0 88 88 450
2039 563 0 90 90 473
2040 591 0 92 92 498
2041 616 0 95 95 522
2042 651 0 97 97 554
2043 683 0 99 99 584
2044 715 0 101 101 614
2045 749 0 103 103 645
2046 727 0 103 103 624
2047 727 0 103 103 624
2048 727 0 103 103 624
2049 727 0 103 103 624
2050 727 0 103 103 624
2051 727 0 103 103 624
2052 727 0 103 103 624
2053 727 0 103 103 624
2054 727 0 103 103 624
2055 727 0 103 103 624
Total 17,387 7,003 3,165 10,167 7,219
FIRR = 2.6%
Connection Charges Tariff

Years On tim (Rs) Years Annual (Rs) Monthly (Rs)
2015-2025 1,500 2015-2018 2,400 200.00
2025-2030 2,500 2018-2023 3,000 250.00
2030-2035 3,000 2023-2028 3,600 300.00
2035-2040 3,500 2028-2033 4,200 350.00
2040-2045 4,000 2033-2038 4,800 400.00
2038-2043 5,400 450.00
2043-2048 5,400 450.00
TEC Consortium – Engineering and Project Management Consultants Page 228 A

Financial IRR FOR SEWERAGE BHUBANESWAR (DISTRICT VI)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Year 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 Total
PROJECT INCREMENTAL CASH FLOWS (Rs. millions, in constant prices)

Expenditures
Capital expenditure (excl. price
escalation & interest) (35.3) (17.6) (20.8) (1,112.3) (2,084.2) (2,398.4) (1,334.2) (7,002.8)
Construction Cost 0.0 0.0 0.0 (1,086.8) (2,013.8) (2,322.8) (1,289.3) (6,712.6)
Monitoring Equipment 0.0
Low cost sanitation 0.0
Consulting Service (excl. soft compo.) (35.3) (17.6) (20.8) (25.5) (70.5) (75.6) (45.0) (290.2)
Land acquisition 0.0
Tax 0.0
Total O&M costs (35.8) (38.5) (41.1) (43.8) (46.4) (49.1) (51.8) (54.4) (57.1) (59.7) (61.9) (64.1) (66.3) (68.4) (70.6) (72.8) (75.0) (77.2) (79.4) (81.6) (83.7) (85.9) (88.1) (90.3) (92.5) (94.7) (96.8) (99.0) (101.2) (103.4) (103.4) (103.4) (103.4) (103.4) (103.4) (103.4) (103.4) (103.4) (103.4) (103.4) (3,164.5)
Revenue 0.0
Connection fees (new connections) 38.6 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.7 2.8 3.7 3.9 4.0 6.9 9.0 9.3 9.6 10.0 10.3 9.5 9.7 9.9 10.2 12.5 12.8 13.0 13.3 13.6 16.2 16.5 19.9 20.4 20.9 21.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 338.3
Monthly tariff (new accum. connections) 61.7 65.8 87.4 92.7 98.1 103.7 111.2 142.7 152.2 162.1 175.1 188.5 236.1 252.8 270.1 286.0 302.3 364.6 384.1 404.1 424.5 445.3 525.0 549.4 574.4 599.9 630.6 662.1 694.4 727.4 727.4 727.4 727.4 727.4 727.4 727.4 727.4 727.4 727.4 727.4 17,048.4
Total Revenue 100.3 68.3 90.0 95.4 100.9 106.5 114.9 146.5 156.2 169.0 184.1 197.8 245.7 262.8 280.4 295.5 312.0 374.5 394.3 416.5 437.2 458.4 538.3 563.0 590.6 616.4 650.6 682.6 715.3 748.8 727.4 727.4 727.4 727.4 727.4 727.4 727.4 727.4 727.4 727.4 17,386.7
Operating cash flow (35.3) (17.6) (20.8) (1,112.3) (2,084.2) (2,398.4) (1,269.8) 29.8 48.8 51.6 54.4 57.4 63.1 92.1 99.1 109.2 122.2 133.7 179.5 194.4 209.8 222.7 237.0 297.3 314.9 335.0 353.5 372.4 450.2 472.8 498.1 521.8 553.7 583.5 614.1 645.4 624.0 624.0 624.0 624.0 624.0 624.0 624.0 624.0 624.0 624.0 7,219.4
TOTAL SEWERAGE CASH FLOWS (Rs. millions, in current prices) -with Escalation
Connection fees (new connections) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 44.6 3.1 3.3 3.6 3.8 4.1 5.8 6.3 6.8 7.4 10.2 11.1 12.0 13.1 14.1 13.7 14.7 15.8 17.0 18.3 19.6 21.0 22.6 24.2 25.9 27.8 35.1 37.8 40.7 43.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Monthly tariff (total connections) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 71.4 79.9 111.5 124.2 138.1 153.2 172.5 232.4 260.4 291.1 330.1 373.2 490.8 551.9 619.1 688.3 763.9 967.3 1,070.0 1,182.0 1,303.8 1,436.2 1,777.7 1,953.6 2,144.6 2,351.7 2,595.8 2,861.7 3,151.2 3,466.1 3,639.4 3,821.4 4,012.4 4,213.1 4,423.7 4,644.9 4,877.1 5,121.0 5,377.0 5,645.9
O&M costs 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (41.5) (46.8) (52.5) (58.7) (65.3) (72.5) (80.3) (88.6) (97.6) (107.2) (116.7) (126.9) (137.8) (149.4) (161.9) (175.2) (189.5) (204.8) (221.1) (238.6) (257.2) (277.1) (298.4) (321.0) (345.2) (371.1) (398.6) (428.0) (459.3) (492.7) (517.3) (543.2) (570.3) (598.8) (628.8) (660.2) (693.2) (727.9) (764.3) (802.5)
Operating cash flow 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 74.6 36.2 62.3 69.1 76.6 84.8 98.0 150.0 169.6 191.3 223.6 257.4 365.1 415.5 471.4 526.8 589.1 778.3 865.9 961.6 1,066.1 1,180.1 1,501.9 1,656.8 1,825.3 2,008.4 2,232.4 2,471.6 2,732.6 3,017.1 3,122.1 3,278.2 3,442.1 3,614.2 3,794.9 3,984.7 4,183.9 4,393.1 4,612.8 4,843.4
Capital expenditure (incl. interest) (35.3) (18.5) (22.9) (1,172.1) (2,302.3) (2,779.3) (1,621.8)
JBIC loan disbursements 35.3 18.5 22.9 1,172.1 1,230.7 128.7 0.0
Government co-financing 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1,071.6 2,650.6 1,621.8
Repayment of principal to JBIC 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (86.9) (86.9) (86.9) (86.9) (86.9) (86.9) (86.9) (86.9) (86.9) (86.9) (86.9) (86.9) (86.9) (86.9) (86.9) (86.9) (86.9) (86.9) (86.9) (86.9) (86.9) (86.9) (86.9) (86.9) (86.9) (86.9) (86.9) (86.9) (86.9) (86.9) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Interest payments to JBIC 0.0 (0.3) (0.4) (0.6) (9.4) (18.6) (19.6) (19.6) (18.9) (18.3) (17.6) (17.0) (16.3) (15.6) (15.0) (14.3) (13.7) (13.0) (12.4) (11.7) (11.1) (10.4) (9.8) (9.1) (8.5) (7.8) (7.2) (6.5) (5.9) (5.2) (4.6) (3.9) (3.3) (2.6) (2.0) (1.3) (0.7) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Total net cash flows 0.0 (0.3) (0.4) (0.6) (9.4) (18.6) 55.0 (70.3) (43.5) (36.1) (28.0) (19.1) (5.3) 47.4 67.6 90.0 122.9 157.4 265.8 316.9 373.3 429.4 492.4 682.3 770.5 866.9 972.0 1,086.7 1,409.1 1,564.6 1,733.8 1,917.6 2,142.2 2,382.0 2,643.7 2,928.9 3,034.5 3,278.2 3,442.1 3,614.2 3,794.9 3,984.7 4,183.9 4,393.1 4,612.8 4,843.4
Cash balance accumulated 0.0 (0.3) (0.7) (1.2) (10.6) (29.2) 25.8 (44.4) (88.0) (124.1) (152.0) (171.1) (176.4) (129.0) (61.3) 28.7 151.6 309.0 574.7 891.6 1,264.9 1,694.3 2,186.7 2,869.0 3,639.5 4,506.3 5,478.4 6,565.1 7,974.2 9,538.8 11,272.6 13,190.1 15,332.3 17,714.3 20,358.0 23,286.9 26,321.4 29,599.6 33,041.7 36,655.9 40,450.8 44,435.5 48,619.4 53,012.5 57,625.3 62,468.7
Outstanding JBIC loan principal 35.3 53.8 76.7 1,248.8 2,479.5 2,608.2 2,608.2 2,521.3 2,434.3 2,347.4 2,260.4 2,173.5 2,086.6 1,999.6 1,912.7 1,825.7 1,738.8 1,651.9 1,564.9 1,478.0 1,391.0 1,304.1 1,217.2 1,130.2 1,043.3 956.3 869.4 782.5 695.5 608.6 521.6 434.7 347.8 260.8 173.9 86.9 (0.0) (0.0) (0.0) (0.0) (0.0) (0.0) (0.0) (0.0) (0.0) (0.0)
Supplementary data (thousands):

Projected population 247 294 321 348 374 401 408 415 422 429 436 443 457 472 486 500 515 529 543 557 572 582 592 603 613 624 634 644 655 665 675 686 701 717 733 748 764 780 795 811 827 842 858 874 889 905
Number of households 49 59 64 70 75 80 82 83 84 86 87 89 91 94 97 100 103 106 109 111 114 116 118 121 123 125 127 129 131 133 135 137 140 143 147 150 153 156 159 162 165 168 172 175 178 181
Sewerage coverage incl. non-domestic 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0% 0% 32% 33% 35% 36% 38% 39% 41% 42% 44% 45% 47% 50% 52% 54% 56% 59% 61% 63% 65% 68% 70% 72% 74% 77% 79% 81% 83% 86% 88% 90% 88% 86% 85% 83% 81% 80% 79% 77% 76% 74%
Total sewerage connections 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 26 27 29 31 33 35 37 40 42 45 49 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 93 97 102 106 111 117 123 129 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135
New sewerage connections 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 25.7 1.7 1.7 1.8 1.8 1.9 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.7 3.6 3.7 3.9 4.0 4.1 3.8 3.9 4.0 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 5.7 5.8 6.0 6.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
New connections accumulated 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 26 27 29 31 33 35 37 40 42 45 49 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 93 97 102 106 111 117 123 129 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135
Price index 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.05 1.10 1.16 1.22 1.28 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55 1.63 1.71 1.80 1.89 1.98 2.08 2.18 2.29 2.41 2.53 2.65 2.79 2.93 3.07 3.23 3.39 3.56 3.73 3.92 4.12 4.32 4.54 4.76 5.00 5.25 5.52 5.79 6.08 6.39 6.70 7.04 7.39 7.76
Price index escalation factor= 1.05 (2013)
Connections (per Family) 5.0
Assumptions:
Total project cost (Rs. millions) 7,952.2
O&M costs (Rs. millions) 59.7 (2025)
103.4 (2045)
Connection fee (Rs.) 1,500 1,500 1,500 1500 1500 1,500 1500.00 1500.00 1500.00 1500.00 1500.00 1500.00 1500.00 1500.00 1500.00 2,500 2500.00 2500.00 2500.00 2500.00 2500.00 2500.00 2500.00 2500.00 2500.00 3,000 3000.00 3000.00 3000.00 3000.00 3,500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500
Monthly tariff (Rs.) 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 200.00 200.00 200.00 250.00 250.00 250.00 250.00 250.00 300.00 300.00 300.00 300.00 300.00 350.00 350.00 350.00 350.00 350.00 400.00 400.00 400.00 400.00 400.00 450.00 450.00 450.00 450.00 450.00 450.00 450.00 450.00 450.00 450.00 450.00 450.00 450.00 450.00 450.00 450.00 450.00 450.00
Interest on JBIC loan (%p.a.) 0.75%
FIRR = 2.6%
Page 228 B
Table 15.8.2: Economic IRR for Sewerage Bhubaneswar (District VI)
Economic Benefit Economic Cost
Net Benefit
Year Benefit Capital Cost O&M Cost Total Cost
2010 0 35 0 35 (35)
2011 0 18 0 18 (18)
2012 0 21 0 21 (21)
2013 0 1,112 0 1,112 (1,112)
2014 0 2,084 0 2,084 (2,084)
2015 0 2,398 0 2,398 (2,398)
2016 444 1,334 36 1,370 (926)
2017 418 0 38 38 380
2018 446 0 41 41 405
2019 457 0 44 44 413
2020 469 0 46 46 422
2021 480 0 49 49 431
2022 501 0 52 52 449
2023 544 0 54 54 490
2024 566 0 57 57 509
2025 591 0 60 60 531
2026 606 0 62 62 544
2027 620 0 64 64 555
2028 667 0 66 66 601
2029 685 0 68 68 616
2030 702 0 71 71 632
2031 717 0 73 73 644
2032 734 0 75 75 659
2033 796 0 77 77 719
2034 816 0 79 79 737
2035 838 0 82 82 757
2036 859 0 84 84 775
2037 880 0 86 86 794
2038 960 0 88 88 872
2039 985 0 90 90 895
2040 1,012 0 92 92 920
2041 1,038 0 95 95 944
2042 1,072 0 97 97 975
2043 1,104 0 99 99 1,005
2044 1,137 0 101 101 1,036
2045 1,171 0 103 103 1,067
2046 1,149 0 103 103 1,046
2047 1,149 0 103 103 1,046
2048 1,149 0 103 103 1,046
2049 1,149 0 103 103 1,046
2050 1,149 0 103 103 1,046
2051 1,149 0 103 103 1,046
2052 1,149 0 103 103 1,046
2053 1,149 0 103 103 1,046
2054 1,149 0 103 103 1,046
2055 1,149 0 103 103 1,046
Total 33,807 7,003 3,165 10,167 23,639
7.6%
(Rs. million)
Baseline
Productive Time Lost 169
Public Medical Expenditures 3
Personal Medical Expenditures 36
Flood Damage Avoided
Total 208
No. of Household 5
Average gross domestic income per capita 620
27,466
44.3
Page 228 C
Economic IRR FOR SEWERAGE BHUBANESWAR (DISTRICT VI)
Year 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 Total
Economic costs
Capital expenditure (excl. tax, interest &
price contingency) (35.3) (17.6) (20.8) (1,112.3) (2,084.2) (2,398.4) (1,334.2) (7,002.8)
Construction Cost 0.0 0.0 0.0 (1,086.8) (2,013.8) (2,322.8) (1,289.3) (6,712.6)
Monitoring Equipment 0.0
Low cost sanitation 0.0
Consulting Service (excl. soft compo.) (35.3) (17.6) (20.8) (25.5) (70.5) (75.6) (45.0) (290.2)
Total O&M costs (35.8) (38.5) (41.1) (43.8) (46.4) (49.1) (51.8) (54.4) (57.1) (59.7) (61.9) (64.1) (66.3) (68.4) (70.6) (72.8) (75.0) (77.2) (79.4) (81.6) (83.7) (85.9) (88.1) (90.3) (92.5) (94.7) (96.8) (99.0) (101.2) (103.4) (103.4) (103.4) (103.4) (103.4) (103.4) (103.4) (103.4) (103.4) (103.4) (103.4) (3,164.5)
Total Economic Cost (35.3) (17.6) (20.8) (1,112.3) (2,084.2) (2,398.4) (1,370.1) (38.5) (41.1) (43.8) (46.4) (49.1) (51.8) (54.4) (57.1) (59.7) (61.9) (64.1) (66.3) (68.4) (70.6) (72.8) (75.0) (77.2) (79.4) (81.6) (83.7) (85.9) (88.1) (90.3) (92.5) (94.7) (96.8) (99.0) (101.2) (103.4) (103.4) (103.4) (103.4) (103.4) (103.4) (103.4) (103.4) (103.4) (103.4) (103.4) (10,167.4)
Economic benefits
Total Revenue 100.3 68.3 90.0 95.4 100.9 106.5 114.9 146.5 156.2 169.0 184.1 197.8 245.7 262.8 280.4 295.5 312.0 374.5 394.3 416.5 437.2 458.4 538.3 563.0 590.6 616.4 650.6 682.6 715.3 748.8 727.4 727.4 727.4 727.4 727.4 727.4 727.4 727.4 727.4 727.4 17,386.7
Health benefits 344.0 349.9 355.9 361.8 367.7 373.6 385.6 397.7 409.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 421.7 16,420.0
Total economic benefit 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 444.3 418.2 445.8 457.1 468.6 480.1 500.5 544.2 565.9 590.7 605.8 619.5 667.5 684.5 702.1 717.2 733.8 796.2 816.0 838.3 859.0 880.1 960.0 984.8 1,012.4 1,038.2 1,072.3 1,104.3 1,137.1 1,170.6 1,149.2 1,149.2 1,149.2 1,149.2 1,149.2 1,149.2 1,149.2 1,149.2 1,149.2 1,149.2 33,806.7
Net economic benefits (35.3) (17.6) (20.8) (1,112.3) (2,084.2) (2,398.4) (925.8) 379.7 404.7 413.3 422.1 431.0 448.8 489.8 508.9 531.0 543.9 555.5 601.2 616.1 631.5 644.4 658.8 719.1 736.6 756.7 775.2 794.2 871.9 894.5 919.9 943.5 975.5 1,005.3 1,035.8 1,067.2 1,045.8 1,045.8 1,045.8 1,045.8 1,045.8 1,045.8 1,045.8 1,045.8 1,045.8 1,045.8 23,639.4
Supplementary data:
Projected population (thousands) Dist-VI 247 294 321 348 374 401 408 415 422 429 436 443 457 472 486 500 515 529 543 557 572 582 592 603 613 624 634 644 655 665 675 686 701 717 733 748 764 780 795 811 827 842 858 874 889 905
Assumptions:
Capital expenditure (excl. tax, interest &
price contingency) 7002.8
Incremental O&M costs 59.7
Health benefit (baseline) 208.0
EIRR = 7.6%
1 Page 228 D
15.9 Sewerage Tariff
As per the Odisha Water Works Rules 2000, the existing sewerage tariff is as below;
Description Per Connection Cess
Charges
Residential 1500/- Rs. 20 per connection
Rs. 100/- up to 4 water closets
Institutional 2500/-
Rs. 200/- for more than 4 water closets
Industrial/ Commercial 3000/-
Private Apartment
building
a. 25 flats/houses 5000/- Rs. 200/- for 4” minimum size sewer
b. 26 to 50 flats/ Rs. 500/- for 6” minimum size sewer
10000/-
houses Rs. 800/- for 8” minimum size sewer
c. More than 50
150000/-
flats/ houses
In order to ensure sustainability of the Project, revised Water Works Rules are
prepared and in final stage of approval at the Govt. of Odisha. As part of the rules, the
following measures are incorporated to ensure appropriate revenue recovery and
project sustainability. The proposed revisions to Odisha Water Works Rules the
following amendments are approved for notification in the meeting dt. 17.04.2012
Chaired by Chief Secretary, Govt. of Odisha.
1. Mandatory Sewer House Connections for the households, in sewered areas.

2. Increase of Sewer Tariff at the rate of 3 % every year.
3. Review of Sewer Tariff at the end of every fifth year.
4. Revision of connection Charges for Institutional and Commercial establishments.
The proposed Tariff for appropriate revenue recovery for project success is
presented below;
Domestic Apartments Institutional Commercial
Years
Connections
Connection Charges (One time)
2015-2025 Rs. 1500 Rs. 1000 Rs. 5000 Rs. 10000
2025-2030 Rs. 2500 Rs. 1250 Rs. 7500 Rs. 12500
2030-2035 Rs. 3000 Rs. 2000 Rs. 10000 Rs. 15000
2035-2040 Rs. 3500 Rs. 2500 Rs. 12500 Rs. 17500
2040-2045 Rs. 4000 Rs. 2500 Rs. 15000 Rs. 20000
Monthly Cess
2015-2018 Rs. 200 Rs. 200 Rs. 200 Rs. 500
2018-2023 Rs. 250 Rs. 250 Rs. 250 Rs. 800
2023-2028 Rs. 300 Rs. 300 Rs. 300 Rs. 1200
2028-2033 Rs. 350 Rs. 350 Rs. 350 Rs. 1600
2033-2038 Rs. 400 Rs. 400 Rs. 400 Rs. 2000
2038-2043 Rs. 450 Rs. 450 Rs. 450 Rs. 2250
2043-2048 Rs. 450 Rs. 450 Rs. 500 Rs. 3000


DPR-BBSR SWG

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DPR-BBSR SWG

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

DPR-BBSR SWG

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Detailed Project Report for

Sewerage System in Bhubaneswar City

Submitted to: Submitted by:

Chief Engineer, OISIP, JICA TEC Consortium

1. Volume – I Main Report

2. Volume – II Drawings and Hydraulic Design Statements

Volume – II A DPR Drawings

Volume – II B Hydraulic Design Statement

3. Volume – III Sewer Network Drawings

Volume – III A Sewer Network Drawings for Full Build out

Volume – III B Sewer Network Drawings for Phase-I

Volume – III C Sewer Network Drawings for Phase-II

TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | ii

TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | iii

TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | iv

5.6.1 Data Analysis, Bhubaneswar ...................................................................................................... 51

TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | v

6.13 Sewer Appurtenant Works ......................................................................................................... 59

TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | vi

7.5 Sewer Bedding ............................................................................................................................ 76

TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | vii

8.8.5 Rubber Ring .............................................................................................................................. 103

TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | viii

9.1 General ..................................................................................................................................... 121

TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | ix

12.2.2 Plant Process Description ......................................................................................................... 144

TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | x

13.3.2 Construction Phase Environmental Impact .............................................................................. 172

TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | xi

13.14.1 Laboratories .............................................................................................................................. 195

TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | xii

15.7 Cost Estimates .......................................................................................................................... 225

TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | xiii

TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | xiv

Table 8.7: Specific Friction Values ......................................................................................................... 107

TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | xv

TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | xvi

Fig No. Description Page No.

TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | xvii

Fig No. Description Page No.

TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | xviii

2. MOD: “Minutes of Discussion (MOD), 5 December 2006, on Odisha Integrated

4. CPHEEO (Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering organisation)

5. Relevant Indian Standard Specification.

6. Sewage Collection, Pumping, Treatment and Disposal by Metcalf & Eddy.

7. Sewage Treatment Plant Design by S. R. Quasim.

8. Ten State Standards.

9. CPHEEO (Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering organisation)

10. Some International Publications.

TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | xix

TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | xx

DPR Detailed Project Report

TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | xxi

MCD Municipal Corporation of Delhi

TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | xxii

QA/ QC Quality Assurance/ Quality Control

TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | xxiii

TEC Consortium – Engineering and Page | 1

Sewerage District-VI in Bhubaneswar covers approximately 56 sq. Kms of area and is

The summary of activities undertaken for preparation of the DPR is as below.